Full text of "Chutzpah 911 2001 World War IV World History 2015 V 1"

See other formats

CHUTZPAH

AND

9/11 2001

AND

WORLD WAR

AND

WORLD
HISTORY

2015 -VI -A4

Haaretz Daily Cartoon - 30/10/2014

JfeUr JJork Simejs

Israeli Cartoonist Compares Netanyahu to 9/11 Hijackers

OCT. 30, 2014

In the wake of a report that an Obama administration official used a barnyard epithet
defying Hebrew translation to refer to Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, the Israeli
newspaper Haaretz published a cartoon on the strained relations between Washington and
Jerusalem that compared the Israeli leader to the hijackers who attacked the United States on
Sept. 11,2001.

Haaretz Daily Cartoon - 30/10/14 http://t.co/ueOAVVKkc3 pic.twitter.com/xWXJ50gQL6

— Haaretz.com (@haaretzcom) Oct. 30, 2014

It takes serious chutzpah to argue that a breakdown of relations with Israel would be
equivalent to infinite pain caused by 9-1 1. Absurd.

— Brooklyn Middleton (@BklynMiddleton) Oct. 30, 2014

Arthur Ochs Sulzberger, Jr. (born September 22, 1951) became the publisher of
The New York Times in 1992 and chairman of the board of its owner, The New
York Times Company, in 1997, succeeding his father, Arthur Ochs Sulzberger. Ar-
, thur Ochs Sulzberger, Jr. was born in Mount Kisco, New York, the son of Barbara
■ I Winslow (nee Grant) and the previous Times publisher Arthur Ochs Sulzberger,
grandson of Times publisher Arthur Hays Sulzberger, and the great-grandson of Times own-
er and publisher Adolph Ochs. His mother was of mostly English and Scottish origin and his
father was of Jewish origin (both Ashkenazi and Sephardic).
wJ ews control amercan medsai Six Jewish Companies Control 96% of the World's Media

The power of lies, deceptions and disinformation as Americans
pay the price of collective stupidity.

"You know very well, and the stupid Americans know equally
well, that we control their government, irrespective of who sits
in the White House. You see, I know it and you know it that no
American president can be in a position to challenge us even if
we do the unthinkable. What can they (Americans) do to us? We control congress, we con-
trol the media, we control show biz, and we control everything in America. In America you
can criticize God, but you cant criticize Israel. . ." Israeli spokeswoman, Tzipora Menache

911 CHUTZPAH

2007 NORMAN PODIIORETZ - WORLD WAR IV
2006 HUSH LIKENS WAR ON TERROR TO WWIII
2001 THE FOURTH WORLD WAR STARTED

2000 PLANNING OF WORLD WAR IV ANNOUNCED IN SEPTEMBER

2012 CHRISTOPHER BOLLYN -SOLVING 9-11 - THE DECEPTION THAT CHANGED THE WORLD
201 1 BIN LADEN "PROBABLY" DEAD - HIJACK "SUSPECTS" ALIVE
2010 IS THE OBAMA-IHTLEK BILLBOARD CORRECT
2009 STEVEN JONES - NIELS IIARRIT

2009 BARACK OBAMA - BNAI BRITII - BETTYLU SALT/MAN DAVID AXELROD
2003 THE SELLING OF INVASION OF IRAO BEGAN 91 1 2001
2003 BBC PANORAMA - THE WAR PARTY

2001 FLIGHT 1 1 WTC1 - FLIGHT 175 WTC2 - NO PLANE WTC7 - FLIGHT 77 PENTAGON - FLIGHT 93 SHANKSVILLE

2001 BBC AND WORLD TRADE CENTER 7

2001 MOIIAMED ATTA

2001 ANTHRAX ATTACK

2001 2001 FIVE DANCING ISRAELIS

2001 ISRAELI ART STUDENTS 2001

2001 BENYAMIN NETANYAHU

2001 EHUD BARAK ON BBC 91 1

2001 BUSH DAY 911

2001 EMMA E BOOKER ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SARASOTA - BUSH 911 PEARL HARBOR DIARY
2001 BUSH THE PEARL HARBOR OF THE 2 1ST CENTURY TOOK PLACE TODAY
2001 BUSH CRUSADE

2001 WOLFOWITZ CHILLING SPEECH IN JUNE 2001
2001 DICK CHENEY - DONALD RUMSFELD
2001 DOVZAKIIEIM

2001 JEROME HAUER ON THE NEWS 91 1 2001

2001 RICHARD PERLE AND PAUL BREMER SELLING THE IRAO WAR 911
2001 PROFITING FROM 91 1

2001 91 1 CERTAINLY A FALSE FLAG OPERATION
2001 NEW PEARL HARBOR

2000 SIBEL EDMONDS - ABLE DANGER DATA DESTROYED

2000 PLANNING OF WORLD WAR IV ANNOUNCED IN SEPTEMBER 2000

2000 PNAC PROJECT FOR THE NEW AMERICAN CENTURY - REBUILDING AMERICA'S DEFENSES

2000 BUSH PLANNED AFGHAN INVASION BEFORE 9/1 1

2000 AFGHANISTAN PLANNED BEFORE 911 2001

1999 OFFICE OF SPECIAL PLANS - LEO STRAUSS

1998 PHILIP ZELIKOW 91 1 COMMISION

1997 PNAC WAR FOR DECADES

1996 JEROME HAUER - OFFICE FOR EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT
1996 A CLEAN BREAK - RICHARD PERLE
1993 WTC BOMBING
1979 LEO STRAUSS
1979 ISSER IIAREL

1982 - THE YINNON PLAN FOR A GREATER ISRAEL - A CLEAN BREAK 1986
1968 MAY

1963 KENNEDY MURDER
1947 MONT PELERIN
1911 PETRODOLLARS

1948 A LAND WITHOUT A PEOPLE FOR A PEOPLE WITHOUT A LAND
1947 START OF THE COLD WAR - THE THIRD WORLD WAR

1946 KING DAVID HOTEL BOMBING - LAVON AFFAIR 1954 - USS LIBERTY 1967
1945 HIROSHIMA ATOMIC BOMB
1945 DAVID COLE IN AUSCHWITZ

1943 PEARL HARBOR FALSE FLAG ATTACK - GULF OF TONKIN FALSE FLAG ATTACK
1935 LENNI BRENNER - 51 DOCUMENTS

1929 THE GREAT DEPRESSION
1922 FRANKFURTER SCHOOL

1917 ANTHONY SUTTON - WALL STREET AND HITLER, BOLSHEVIK, FDR
1917 ISRAEL - THE BALFOUR DECLARATION
1917 HERZL - BALFOUR DECLARATION

1915 LUSITANIA FALSE FLAG ATTACK - GLEIWHZ FALSE FLAG ATTACK

1914 28 JUNE BENJAMIN II. FKEEDMAN ON WORLD WAR I

1913 EUSTACE MULLINS - SECRETS OF FEDERAL RESERVE

1909 OTTOMAN EMPIRE

1906 EDVARD VII AND WW I

1905 JAPAN AND CHINA

1899 OIL AND WORLD WAR

1877 BLAVATSKY AND MODERNISM

1871 FREEMASON ALBERT PIKE THREE WORLD WARS

1861 ROME JERUSALEM ZIONISM COMMUNISM MOSES HESS KARL MARX THEODOR HERZL
1843 WHAT IS ZIONISM IASSE WILIIELMSSON
1841 MARXISM ORIGIN

1791 ROTSCIIILDS AND USA

1791 ALEXANDER HAMILTON

1789 THE FRENCH REVOLUTION

1744 ROTHSCHILD FAMILY WEB OF DEBT

1743 ROTHSCHILD AND THE FIVE ARROWS

1649 ENGLISH REVOLUTION

1618-1648 THE THIRTY YEARS' WAR

1584 NATURAL SCIENCE - GALILEO GALILEO

1517 CATHOLIC CHURCH - REFORMATION - LUTHER 1517

770-970 BIRKA AT THE SILKKOAD

SIILOMO SAND - THE INVENTION OF THE JEWISH PEOPLE
KHAZAKIA - PALE OF SETTLEMENTS
I OK All TALMU D CABALA

6TII CENTURY BC THE JEWISH PEOPLE S EXILE IN BABYLON

CANAANITES

MUHAMMAD

JESUS

GREECE - DIALECTICS

THE DYING GOD - THE HIDDEN HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION

ZURVAN

BUDDHA

HINDUISM

VEDA - DRUG/RTA

SCAVENG ING HUNTER GATHERER AGRICULTURE,
NEW GUI NEA 800 LANGIJA GES
GROUP SIZE - DUNBAR 'S NUM BER
TOUMAI - FIRST HUMANS - TCHAD

Chutzpah is the quality of audaci-
ty, for good or for bad. The Yiddish
word derives from the Hebrew
word, meaning "insolence" or "au-
dacity". The modern English usage
of the word has taken on a broader
meaning, having been popularized
through vernacular use in film,
literature, and television. The word
has also been able to be interpreted
as meaning the amount of courage,
mettle or ardor that an individual
has. In more traditional usage, chutz-
pah is invariably negative.

In Hebrew, chutzpah is used indig-
nantly, to describe someone who has
overstepped the boundaries of ac-
CII1JTZPAII

BUT HAVE
ON m t JUDGE i AFTER ALL,
Xn AN ORPHAN?

cepted behavior. In traditional usage,
the word expresses a strong sense of
disgust, condemnation and outrage.

Leo Rosten in The Joys of Yiddish
defines chutzpah as "gall, brazen
nerve, effrontery, incredible guts,'
presumption plus arrogance such as
no other word and no other language
can do justice to." In this sense,
chutzpah expresses both strong dis-
approval and condemnation. In the
same work, Rosten also defined the
term as "that quality enshrined in a
man who, having killed his mother
and father, throws himself on the
mercy of the court because he is an
orphan."

WORLD
WAR
IV

The Long Struggle

A C. A INST I S t A M MlAsCISM

Norman V o d i i o it i : r z

Book Description

Release date: September 11, 2007

For almost half a century— as a magazine
editor and as the author of numerous
bestselling books and hundreds of articles-
Norman Podhoretz has helped drive the
central political and intellectual debates in
this country. Now, in this beautifully written
and powerfully argued book, he takes on the
most controversial issue of our time— the
war against the global network of terrorists
that attacked us on 9/1 1.

In World War IV, Podhoretz makes the
first serious effort to set 9/11 itself, the
battles that have followed it in Afghanistan
and Iraq, and the war of ideas that it has
provoked at home into a broad historical
context. Through a brilliant telling of this
epic story, Podhoretz shows that the global
war against Islamofascism is as vital and
necessary as the two world wars and the
cold war ("World War III") by which it was
preceded. He also lays out a compelling case
in defense of the Bush Doctrine, contending
that its new military strategy of preemption
and its new political strategy of democrati-
zation represent the only viable way to fight

NORMAN PODHORETZ - WORLD WAR IV

and win the special kind of war into which
we were suddenly plunged.

Different in certain respects though the
Islamofascists are from their totalitarian
predecessors, this new enemy is equally ded-
icated to the destruction of the freedoms for
which America stands and by which it lives.
But it took the blatant aggression of 9/ 1 1 to
make most Americans realize that war had
long since been declared on us and that the
time had come to fight back. Past adminis-
trations, both Republican and Democratic,
had failed to respond with appropriate force
to attacks by Muslim terrorists on American
citizens in various countries, and even the
bombing of the World Trade Center in 1993
was treated as a criminal act rather than an
act of war. All this changed after 9/11, when
the whole country rallied around President
Bush's decision to bring the war to the ene-
my's home ground in the Middle East.

The successes and the setbacks that have
followed are vividly portrayed by Podhoretz,
who goes on to argue that, just as in the two
great struggles against totalitarianism in
the twentieth century, the key to victory in
World War IV will be a willingness to en-
dure occasional reverses without losing sight
of what we are fighting against, what we are
fighting for, and why we have to win.

Norman B. Podhoretz born January 16, 1930
is an American neoconservative pundit and
writer for Commentary magazine.

Early life

The son of Julius and Helen ( Woliner) Pod-
horetz, Jewish immigrants [4] from the Cen-
tral European region of Galicia (now part of
Poland, Podhoretz was born and raised in
Brownsville, Brooklyn. Podhoretz's family
was leftist, with his elder sister joining a
Socialist youth movement.

Podhoretz received Bachelor's Degrees from
both Columbia University — where he stud-
ied under Lionel Trilling — and the Jewish
Theological Seminary. He later received a
BA with first-class honors and an MA from
the University of Cambridge. He also served
in the United States Army (1953-1955)
where he worked for the U.S. Army Security
Agency.
Career

Podhoretz served as Commentary maga-
zine's Editor-in-Chief from 1960 (when he
replaced Elliot E. Cohen) until his retire-
ment in 1995. Podhoretz remains Commen-
tary's Editor-at-Large. In 1963, he wrote the
influential essay "My Negro Problem — And
Ours," in which he described the oppression
he felt from African- Americans as a child,
and concluded by calling for a color-blind
society, and advocated "the wholesale merg-
ing of the two races [as] the most desirable
alternative for everyone concerned."

From 1981 to 1987, Podhoretz was an
adviser to the U.S. Information Agency.
From 1995 to 2003, he was a senior fellow at
the Hudson Institute. He was awarded the
Presidential Medal of Freedom by George
W. Bush in 2004. The award recognized
Podhoretz's intellectual contributions as ed-

itor-in-chief of Commentary magazine and
as a senior fellow at the Hudson Institute.

Norman Podhoretz was one of the original
signatories of the "Statement of Principles"
of the Project for the New American Cen-
tury founded in 1997. An organization that
sent a letter to President Clinton in 1998
advocating the removal by force of Saddam
Husein in Iraq.

I ' ' I

Rebuilding
America's
Defenses

Str:ite«y, Fortes ;ind Resources
For a \ew Century

A Rep&ri of

The Project for the Xew American Century
September 2090

* A

Among original 25 signatories of
REbuilding America's Defenses was:
Norman Podhoretz

Podhoretz received the Guardian of Zion
Award from Bar-Ilan University on May 24,
2007.

Podhoretz's 2009 book Why Are Jews
Liberals? questions why American Jews for
decades have been dependable Democrats,
often supporting the party by margins of
better than two -to -one, even in years of
Republican landslides.

NORMAN PODHORETZ - WORLD WAR IV

News Home
Top Stories

Last Update: Saturday, May 6, 2006. 10:11am (AEST) ^ Print ^ Email

Bush likens 'war on
terror' to WWIII

US President George W Bush has referred to the "war on terror" as
"World War III" during a television interview.

Mr Bush told the dN'BC television network the revolt of passengers
on the hijacked flight 93 on September 11,2001, was the "first
Mr Bush has described counter-attack to World War III".

the fight against

I fi rr ° ^p 71 33 W ° r ' ^ Wa r Sa ^ ^ e a £ ree< ^ ^ e description by David Beamer, whose son

Todd died in the crash, in a Wall Street J ournal commentary last
month the act was "our first successful counter-attack in our homeland in this new global war -
World War III".

Just In

World

Australia/Local

Business

Politics

Weather

Sport

Health

Arts

Sci-Tech
Environment

Rural

Indigenous

On the Jul. 13 edition of Fox News' The
O'Reilly Factor, host Bill O'Reilly said
"World War III ... I think we're in it."

On the same day's edition of MSNBC's
Tucker, a graphic read: "On the verge of
World War III?"

"CNN Headline News host Glenn Beck
began his programme on Jul. 12 with a
discussion with former CIA (Central In-
telligence Agency) officer Robert Baer by
saying 'We've got World War III to fight,'
while also warning of 'the impending apoc-
alypse,'" Media Matters for America noted.

"Beck and Baer had a similar discussion on
Jul. 13, in which Beck said: T absolutely
know that we need to prepare ourselves for
World War III. It is here.'"

Back in May, even President George W.
Bush made mention of World War III. Bush
told the CNBC cable television network that
the action taken by the passengers on the
hijacked flight 93 on Sep. 11, 2001 was the
"first counter-attack to World War III."

Bush said that he agreed with the descrip-

tion by David Beamer, whose son Todd died
in the crash, in an April Wall Street Journal
commentary that the act was "our first suc-
cessful counter-attack in our homeland in
this new global war — World War III."

Hyping World War III isn't new to conser-
vatives. Some have even argued that the
real World War III was the Cold War against
the Soviet Union, and that now the U.S. is
engaged in World War IV.

The Project for the New American Century
(PNAC), a neoconservative think tank that
in the late 1990s advocated regime change
in Iraq and consistently promoted a mus-
cular U.S. foreign policy, was one of the
groups that used the term World War III to
describe the Cold War.

In April 2003, at a teach-in at the University
of California, Los Angeles sponsored by
Americans for Victory Over Terrorism, R.
James Woolsey, a former CIA director and
founding member of PNAC, told the audi-
ence that "This fourth world war, I think,
will last considerably longer than either
World Wars I or II did for us; hopefully not
the full four-plus decades of the Cold War."

BUSH LIKENS WAR ON TERROR TO WWIII

Woolsey pointed out that the religious rulers
of Iran, the "fascists" of Iraq and Syria, and
terrorist groups like al Qaeda were the main
targets of the new war.

But PNAC and Woolsey's labeling of the
Cold War as World War III and the current
war against terrorism World War IV may
have been more a case of premature elo-
cution than a precise reading of the times.
That construct "might sell well inside the
Beltway, but out in the countryside where
the younger generation can't recall the Cold
War it doesn't do much," John Stauber, the
founder and executive director of the Centre
for Media and Democracy and the author
of the forthcoming book, "The Best War
Ever," told IPS in an email.

"The Cold War was the best thing that ever
happened to American capitalism, and the
collapse of the Soviet Union was a disaster
for the Eisenhower-named military- industri-
al complex," Stauber pointed out.

"The strategists among the pro-war right
jumped all over 9/11; an endless, secret, war
against a foreign enemy bent on terrorism
and acquiring weapons of mass destruction
is an even better scenario for American
militarists than the Cold War."

ing," he said. "You've got to call it some-
thing and five years after 9/11 with Osama
[bin Laden] still roaming free and Iraq an
American quagmire, and the Republican
Party in danger of losing control of Con-
gress, this ploy makes marketing sense."

If the Republican Party brain-trust — read,
Karl Rove — determines that labeling the
Democrats "cut and runners," "weak on
terrorism," or that they are incapable of
understanding the reality of the dangerous
world we live in, does not appear to be res-
onating with voters, look out for World War
III to be put in play.

On the July 10 edition of Fox News' The
Big Story, host John Gibson interviewed
Michael Ledeen, resident scholar at the
American Enterprise Institute (AEI), and
said "some are calling the global war on
terror something else, something more like
World War III." But Ledeen responded that
"it's more like World War IV because there
was a Cold War, which was certainly a
world war."

BREAKING NEW<^

" 0M THE VERGE OF WORLD WAR Hi? jgj^L

"Calling it World War III is sound packag-

BIJSII LIKENS WAR ON TERROR TO WWIII

History Commons

About Timelines Blag Donate Volunteer

Home Context of November 20, 2001: Neoconservative: US Must Realize It Is Involved in 'World War
IV"

Context of 'November 20, 2001: Neoconservative: US Must Realize It

Cohen asserts, and after the US destroys
al-Qaeda and kills its leadership, including,
presumably, Osama bin Laden, it must then
engage in new battles. Cohen recommends
that the US ally itself with secular democ-
racies in the Muslim world, and actively
target Islamic regimes that sponsor terror-
ism, including Iraq (which he calls "the
obvious candidate," as it "not only helped
al-Qaeda, but attacked Americans directly. . .
and developed weapons of mass destruc-
tion"). After overthrowing the Iraqi regime,
he counsels the US to "mobilize in earnest."
[Wall Street Journal, 11/20/2001]

Entity Tags: Eliot A. Cohen

Timeline Tags: Neoconservative Influence,
Domestic Propaganda, War in Afghanistan
February 2002: Neoconservative: Bush
Islamist terrorism. In agreement with other Must Attack Numerous Arab Nations to
neoconservatives (see 1992, February 2002,
April 3, 2003, and Spring 2007), Cohen
says that World War III was the Cold War
between the US and the Soviet Union. Like
the Cold War, this "world war" against
militant Islam "is, in fact, global;. . . will
involve a mixture of violent and nonvio-
lent efforts;. . . will require mobilization of
skill, expertise and resources, if not of vast
numbers of soldiers;. . . may go on for a long
time; and. . . has ideological roots." Afghan-
istan is "just one front in World War IV,"

Is Involved in 'World War IV

November 20, 2001: Neoconservative: US
Must Realize It Is Involved in 'World War
IV

Neoconservative professor Eliot Cohen
writes that the Afghan war is misnamed.
It should be, he says, the latest salvo in
"World War IV," the US-led fight against

THE FOURTH WORLD WAR STARTER 2001

History Commons

About Timelines BLog Donate

Volunteer

Home =■> Context of February 2002: Neoconservative: Bush Must Attack Numerous Arab Nations to
Fi^ht, Win 'World War IV against Terrorism

Context of "February 2002: Neoconservative: Bush Must Attack
Numerous Arab Nations to Fight, Win 'World War IV against
Terrorism"

culture on the defeated" Islamic world.

The 9/11 attacks caused the US to destroy
the Afghan Taliban in the process of battling
al-Qaeda, Podhoretz writes: "We may
willy-nilly find ourselves forced. . . to topple
five or six or seven more tyrannies in the
Islamic world (including that other sponsor
of terrorism, Yasir Arafat's Palestinian Au-
thority). I can even [imagine] the turmoil of
this war leading to some new species of an
imperial mission for America, whose pur-
pose would be to oversee the emergence of
successor governments in the region more
amenable to reform and modernization than
the despotisms now in place.. . . I can also
envisage the establishment of some kind of
American protectorate over the oil fields of
Saudi Arabia, as we more and more come
to wonder why 7,000 princes should go on
being permitted to exert so much leverage
over us and everyone else." A year later,
conservative pundit Pat Buchanan will ex-
plain why Podhoretz wants to so drastically
remake the map of the Middle East: "[0]ne
nation, one leader, one party. Israel, [Ariel]
Sharon, Likud." [Commentary, 2/2002;
American Conservative, 3/24/2003]
Entity Tags: George W. Bush, Colin Powell,
Ariel Sharon, Likud, Patrick Buchanan,
Taliban, Norman Podhoretz, Al-Qaeda

Fight, Win 'World War IV against Terror-
ism

Norman Podhoretz, the editor of the neo-
conservative magazine Commentary, writes
a call to arms called "How to Win World
War IV." For Podhoretz, the US has already
won World War III— the Cold War with the
Soviet Union. Now, he asserts, it is time to
win the war against Islamist terrorism. The
US must embrace this war against civiliza-
tions, and President Bush must accept that it
is his mission "to fight World War IV — the
war against militant Islam." To win this war,
Podhoretz writes, the nations of Iraq, Iran,
and North Korea must be overthrown, but
also Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Saudi Arabia,
Egypt, and the Palestinian Authority. Bush
must reject the "timorous counsels" of the
"incorrigibly cautious Colin Powell [and]
find the stomach to impose a new political

THE FOURTH WORLD WAR STARTED 2001

History Commons

About Timelines BLog Donate Volunteer

September 2000: Neoconservative Think Tank Writes
'Blueprint' for 'Global Pax Americana'

The neoconservative think tank Proj-
ect for the New American Century
writes a "blueprint" for the "creation
of a global Pax Americana" (see
June 3, 1997). The document, titled
Rebuilding Americas Defenses: Strat-
egies, Forces and Resources for a New
Century, was written for the George
W. Bush team even before the 2000
presidential election. It was written for
future Vice President Cheney, future
Defense Secretary Rumsfeld, future
Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wol-
fowitz, Florida Governor and Bush's
brother Jeb Bush, and Cheneys future
chief of staff Lewis Libby. [Project for
the New American Century, 9/2000, pp. iv and 51 pdf file]

+You Search

Images Maps Play YouTube Gmail Drive Calendar Translate 1

Google

rebuilding america's defenses

Web Images Maps Videos More » Search tools

About 586.000 results (0.25 seconds)

[pdfi Rebuilding America's Defenses - the Project far the New Americ...
www. newameri can century org/RebuildingAmericasDefenses pdf

File Format: PDF/Adobe Acrobat - Quick View

REBUILDING. AMERICA'S. DEFENSES. Strategy, Forces and Resources. For a New
Century'', A Report of. The Project for the New American Century ...

Psopls involved in ths 2000 PNAC rsport (From top
Is Ft): Vies Prssidsnt Chsnsy, Florida Governor Jsb
Bush r Dsfsnss Sscrstary Rumsfsld r Dsputy DsFsnss
Secretary Paul Wolfowitz, Chens/ Chief oF StaFF I.
Lewis Libby r Undersecretary of State John Bolton r
Undersecretary of Defense Dov Zakheim f and author
Eliot Cohen. [Source: Public domain]

PLANNING OF WOULD WAR IV ANNOUNCED IN SEPTEMBER 2000

Rebuilding

America's
Defenses

Strategy, Forces and Resources
For a New Century

A Report of

The Project for the New American Century
September 2000

1. L >D. d,l*gi-^l^J5t)f«{PStnptfii 2.dDt?t**4a[^

la Q \£ u ED * A r

Rebuilding America s Defenses: Sf rafter. Farces ami Resources far & New Century

policy goals and would trouble Americ an
allies.

Further, the process of transformation,
even if it brings revolutionary change, is
likely to be a long one, absent some
catastrophic and catalyzing event like a
new Pearl Harbor. Domestic politics and
industrial policy will shape the pace and
content of trans forma lion as much as I he

tv* ni i m-piii pii tc t \i ^mrp-nt inietirttic A

■■■■international commons" be a key to
world power in the future. An
America incapable of pro letting its
interests or thai of its allies in space
or the hi info sphere" will find it
difficult to exert global political
leadership*

Pursuing a two -stage strategy for of
transforming convent ion a I forces. In

Further, the process of transformation, even if it brings revolu-
tionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some catastroph-
ic and catalyzing event - like a new Pearl Harbor.

PLANNING OF WORLD WAR IV ANNOUNCED IN SEPTEMBER 2000

amazon

>in Prime

YourAmazon.com Today's Deals Gift Cards Sell Help

Shop by
Department

Search Books |~*~[
Books Advanced Search New Releases Bestsellers Ttie New York Times© Best Sellers Children's Bonks Textbooks

SOLVING 9-11

THZ OECEITOM TH ATOWfrlGaD 71 1 E WORLD

Solving 9-1 1 : The Deception that Changed the World

[Paperback]

Christopher Lee Bollyn (Author)

A A A A & 0 f 2Q customer reviews ^

Price: $24.99 & FREE Shipping on orders over $25. Details
In Stock.

Ships from and sold byAmazDn.com. Gift-wrap available.
19 new from t!7.35 6 used from $21.66

Bmkshetf Books up to 50% Off

Favorites Browse our Bookshelf Favorites store each month for big

savings on popular fiction, nonfiction, children's books, and
more.

Solving 9-11:

The Deception That Changed The World by Christopher Bollyn

Trade Center - crucial evidence. Chertoff
went on to head the Department of Home-
land Security, where he continued to control
access to the evidence through the Sensitive
Security Information (SSI) program.
The FBI, for example, under the command
of the Israeli dual-national Michael Cher-
toff, is responsible for the confiscation of
the crucial evidence from 9-11, evidence
which has been withheld to this day This
evidence includes video tapes of the Pen-
tagon attack and physical pieces from the
different aircraft involved. This evidence is
critical to prove what happened and which
aircraft were involved in the attacks - but
the FBI has refused to release this evidence.
Neither President George W. Bush nor the
U.S. Congress has demanded that they do
so. The destruction and suppression of
crucial evidence from 9-11 and the lack of
a real investigation indicate that a culture of
corruption and lack of transparency exist at

f, then Asst. Attorney Gen-
eral, oversaw the non- investigation of 9-1 1
and destruction of the steel from the World

and destruction of the steel from the World all levels of government.

CHRISTOPHER BOLLYN - SOLVING 9-1 1 8

STEPHEN EVANS
- The BBC reporter
and eyewitness to the
destruction of the
World Trade Center
on 9-1 1. When Evans
went on BBC televi-
sion shortly after the

collapses all he talked about was the "series
of explosions" he had witnessed. The pro-
ducers in London were clearly not interested
in discussing that subject. How did the BBC
editors know that explosions were some-
thing that should not be discussed? Why did
they censor Evans' eyewitness account?

THE "PLANE-INTO-BUILDING" DRILL
OF 9-11

On 9-1 1, an agency of the Department
of Defense and the CIA was conducting
a terror scenario in which an imaginary
airplane from Washington's Dulles Interna-
tional Airport was to crash into one of the
four towers of the suburban campus of the
National Reconnaissance Office (NRO) in
Chantilly, Virginia, just a few miles from the
Pentagon.

I NEADS
'RADAR

'operators

These were
I the military
radar systems
and personnel
who were contused on 9-11 because of the
Vigilant Guardian simulation. Did Osama
bin Laden, in a cave in Afghanistan, and the
nineteen flight school drop outs know about
the simulation and
Bollyn.com

hack into the military's computer systems
and manipulate the radar systems in order
to increase the confusion? The real perpetra-
tors of 9- 11 did.

THE COMPUTER CRIMES BEHIND 9-11
The dependence of the U.S. government and
military on computer systems, which run on
software provided by outside vendors, is the
Achilles' heel of the world's most powerful
nation. 9-11 was a computer crime. Apart
from being a monstrous crime of mass
murder and false flag terrorism, 9-11 was
also a sophisticated computer crime, carried
out through long-term foreign infiltration of
the most sensitive U.S. military and govern-
ment computer networks. This infiltration,
carried out by a foreign intelligence agency,
gave the perpetrators of 9-11 "real-time"
access to all the data on the computers of the
U.S. government and military. On 9-11, this
"super-user" access to the data of the most
critical government computer networks
gave the terrorists the ability to thwart the
military response to the emergency as it
developed.

Indira Singh, a senior
risk and IT consultant
with JP Morgan Chase
on 9-11, is described as
a "whistle-blower" be-
cause of her revelations
about Ptech's involvement with the critical
computer systems that failed on 9-11. "Ptech
was with MITRE Corporation in the base-
ment of the FAA for two years prior to 9/11,"
When I turned my at-
tention to Ptech, I soon
discovered that the real
key person involved in
the development of the
company was a Zionist

Jewish lawyer named Michael Goff from
Worcester, Massachusetts. Goff also worked
for an Israeli- run computer security com-
pany called Guardium. This confirmed my
suspicion that Ptech was probably an Arab
"cut out" controlled by the Mossad, and that
Goff was their point man in Ptech.

CHRISTOPHER BOLLYN - SOLVING 9-1 1

Christopher Belly n

jKjmyliste San* FryMierps

The Zionists Who Gained from 9-11 - June 19, 2002

Who benefitted when the World Trade Center towers collapsed? Who controlled access
to the complex prior to 9-11? These burning questions continue to be ignored by the
mainstream media.

Larry Silverstein, lease-holder of the World Trade Center, and Lewis Eisenberg, the
man who negotiated the lease, are key supporters of Israel who have both held high
positions in the largest Israeli fund-raising institution in the United States.

Silverstein and his Australian-Israeli partner, Frank Lowy, are the real estate develo-
pers who obtained 99-year leases on the rental and retail spaces of the World Trade
Center shortly before the catastrophe of 9-11. Although their leased property is de-
stroyed, the leaseholders themselves stand to gain billions of dollars from insurance.

Eisenberg, the former chairman of the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey,
personally arranged the privatization of the World Trade Center property and oversaw
the negotiations that delivered the leases into the private hands of Silverstein and
Lowy. Eisenberg was recently appointed finance chairman of the Republican National
Committee.

How did these well-known supporters of Israel come to control the property? What
actually caused the buildings to collapse? There are two schools of thought.

There is the "official" theory that hijacked planes crashed into the towers and the
subsequent fuel fires caused the twin towers to fall.

The second theory, however, argues that other devices, such as explosive charges,
were used to collapse the towers in a kind of controlled demolition for which the pla-
nes provided a useful distraction.

CHRISTOPHER BOLLYN

Burton FriGd Several years ago, I contacted Burton Fried, president of LVI

f . . Services, Inc., a demolition company that reportedly had done

Or LVI extensive "asbestos abatement" work in the twin towers.

I considered LVI's work in the twin towers as suspicious be-
cause the company is primarily known for asbestos abate-
ment and preparing structures for demolition.

LVI has done millions of dollars of research and development
for the U.S. Department of Defense.

In 2000, for example, FedSpending.org shows that LVI Group, Inc. received $3,246
million worth of contracts with the U.S. Army, of which $2,967 million was for "App-
lied Research and Exploratory Development." It should be noted that the military is
the main user and developer of super-thermite.

ASBESTOS ABATEMENT OR DEMOLITION? - LVI Services, a company that pro-
vides "total turnkey demolition services," did extensive asbestos abatement work in
the World Trade Center prior to 9-1 1. Workers like these would have been needed to
apply the explosive coating of nano-thermite to the undersides of the floorpans and
other surfaces of the Twin Towers. In 201 1, LVI was taken over and Burton Fried, age
71, was ousted. The new president and C.E.O. of LVI services is Scott E. State. State
is the former chairman and CEO of MACTEC, Inc., an Atlanta-based engineering,
environmental, and construction services firm that was recently taken over by another
9-11 insider, AMEC. AMEC

91 i Truth Researcher Christopher
Bollyn

is the British engineering
company - closely tied to BP's
(formerly British Petroleum) oil Tbis sll(nv
extraction operations and the
financier N.M. Rothschild &
Sons - that played a key role in
the 9-11 clean-up.

AMEC also happens to be the
London-based company that
did the construction work on
the section of the Pentagon that
was destroyed in the 9-11.

vas originally broadcasl on September 1. 2009.

II \i> nuv archived here — Ut>e Player

Coming up Tuesday at 9:00 am Pjirifi*- - 12:00 \non F.sstern - lfi:00 WfT

"THE keyin Barrett show-

Tuesday Hear a Live lutevrieu with 9 II Truth

CHRISTOPHER BOLLYN

BBS NEWS

WORLD EDITION

News Front Page

Ycu are in: South Asia

Thursday, 13 July, 2002,. 09:15 GMT 10:15 UK

Bin Laden 'probably' dead

Africa
Americas
Asia-Pacific
Europe
Middle East
South Asia|
UK

Business
Entertainment
Science/ Nature

Technology There are diFFerent

Health

Talking Point

The US Federal Bureau of Investigation's
counter- terrorism chief, Dale Watson, says he

INVESTIGATING

AL-QAEDA

► Full coverage

Key stories

► Hunting an Iraqi link

► Guantanamo update

European probe

► Spanish swoop

► Italy on alert

► Hamburg connection

► Europe's al-Qaeda hunt

Background

► Al-Qaeda battle update

► Who's who in al-Qaeda

thinks Osama bin Laden is "probably" dead
Thursday, 18 July, 2002, 09:15 GMT 10:15 UK

The US Federal Bureau of Investigation's counter-terrorism chief, Dale Watson, says
he thinks Osama bin Laden is "probably" dead.

BBB NEWS WORLD EDITION

Ycu are in: Middle East

News Front Page Sunday, 23 September, 2001, 12:30 GMT 13:30 UK

*^F\-Mmfr H U ac k 'suspects' alive and

Africa
Americas
Asia-Pacific

Europe

Middle East|
South Asia
UK

Business
Entertainment
Science/ Nature
Technology
Health

T .a I Linn Pninf-

A man called Wateed Al Shehri says he leFt the US a
year ago

Rebuilding

► Uneasy peace

► Afghan army test

► Looking ahead

► Aid shortfall

► Unfulfilled dreams

Political uncertainty

► Karzai's shaky rule

► Al-Qaeda threat?

► Qadir's assassination

► Loya jirga assessed

Sunday, 23 September, 2001, 12:30 GMT 13:30 UK

Another of the men named by the FBI as a hijacker in the suicide attacks on Wash-
ington and New York has turned up alive and well.

The identities of four of the 19 suspects accused of having carried out the attacks are
now in doubt.

BIN LADEN "PBOBABLY" DEAD - HIJACK "SUSPECTS" ALIVE

Video of Osama bin Ladens dead body being dropped into the
North Arabian Sea from the USS Carl Vinson early this morn-
ing could be made public, according to officials.

The 40-minute ceremony, and perhaps photos of his corpse,
will be released "cautiously," according to The Associated Press,
citing two Pentagon officials.

The world's most notorious terrorist did not receive a custom-
ary Islamic burial as he was slipped into the North Arabian
Sea today when no others countries would accept his body,
according to experts in Muslim funeral rites.

"Dumping the body into the sea is not part of any Islamic
ritual," said Dr. Zuhdi Jasser, president of the American Islamic
Forum for Democracy and a physician of internal medicine.
"Koranic scripture says God created him and he must return to
the earth."

U.S. officials told ABC News that the last thing they wanted was
to create a burial place which could become a terrorist shrine.
To avoid that, bin Laden was buried at sea.

BIN LADEN "PBOBABLY" DEAD - HIJACK "SUSPECTS" ALIVE

NATIONAL
SOCIALISM

DEMOCRAT MARXIST
SOCIALISM SOCIALISM

E Change

RADICAL LEADERS PREY ON T HE FEARFULft NAIVE

LIVE FREE OH DIE

The Obama-Hitler- Lenin billboard of the North Iowa Tea Party was papered over one day
after it was posted. Did it get too close to the truth?

Christopher Bollyn

Journal iste Sans Frontieres

so quickly Obama, Hitler, and Lenin were
all initially financed by Rothschild money If
we look at the historical record, we can clear-
ly see that all three leaders were originally
puppets of the House of Rothschild.

Is the Obama-Hitler Billboard

Correct?

June 15, 2010

"If the people only understood the rank
injustice of our money and banking system,
there would be a revolution before morning."
- U.S. President Andrew Jackson, 1829

A controversial billboard comparing the
"change" of U.S. President Barack Obama
with Adolf Hitler and Vladimir Lenin raised
a few eyebrows before it was papered over
one day after it appeared in Mason City,
Iowa. The billboard suggests that Obama is
a radical socialist leader similar to Hitler and
Lenin. This is, in fact, a true comparison,
which is probably why it was papered over

IS THE OBAMA-HITLER BILLBOARD CORRECT

LENIN

There is no need to exaggerate the part
played in the creating of Bolshevism and
in the actual bringing about of the Russian
Revolution by these international and for
the most part atheistic Jews. It is certainly
the very great one; it probably outweighs all
others. With the notable exception of Lenin,
the majority of the leading figures are Jews.
Moreover, the principal inspiration and driv-
ing power comes from the Jewish leaders...
- Winston Churchill, "Zionism versus
Bolshevism: A Struggle for the Soul of the
Jewish People", Illustrated Sunday Herald,
London, February 8, 1920

Leon Trotsky was given $20 million in Jacob
Schiff gold to help finance the revolution,
which was deposited in a Warburg bank,
then transferred to the Nya Banken (The
New Bank) in Stockholm, Sweden. Accord-
ing to the Knickerbocker Column in the
New York Journal American on February
3, 1949: "Today it is estimated by Jacob's
grandson, John Schiff, that the old man sank
about $20,000,000 for the final triumph of
Bolshevism in Russia."

In October, 1917 when the Revolution
started, Lenin, who was in Switzerland,
negotiated with the German High Com-
mand with the help of Max Warburg (head
of the Rothschild- affiliated Warburg bank
in Frankfurt) to allow him, his wife, and 32
other Bolsheviks to travel across Germany to
Sweden, where he was to pick up the money
being held for him in the Swedish bank, then
go on to Petrograd. He promised to make
peace with Germany if he was able to over-
throw the new Russian government.

He was put in a sealed railway car with over
$5 million in gold from the German gov-
ernment and upon reaching Petrograd, was
joined by Stalin and Trotsky. He told the

people that he could no longer work within
the government to effect change, that they
had to strike immediately in force to end the
war, and end the hunger conditions of the
peasants. His war cry was: "All power to the
Soviets!"

The Rothschilds, through Milner, planned
the Russian Revolution, and along with
Schiff (who gave $20 million), Sir George
Buchanan, the Warburgs, the Rockefellers,
the partners of J.P. Morgan (who gave at
least $1 million), Olaf Aschberg (of the New
Bank of Stockholm, Sweden), the Rhine
Westphalian Syndicate, a financier named
Jovotovsky (whose daughter later married
Leon Trotsky), William Boyce Thompson (a
director of Chase National Bank who con-
tributed $1 million), and Albert H. Wiggin
(President of Chase National Bank), helped
finance it.

HITLER

Heny Makow has written several in-depth
articles on the Rothschild connections to the
socialist movements in Russia and Germany.
Makow asks, "Why would the [Rothschild]
financial elite also want to destroy Russia,
which they created?"

IS THE OBAMA-HITLER BILLBOARD CORRECT

C. G. Rakovsky
1S73-1941

The transcript of the 1938 NKVD interroga-
tion of C.G. Rakowsky (a.k.a Chaim Rake-
over) provides the answer. Rakowsky was
an intimate of Trotsky's and former Soviet
ambassador to Paris.

Rothschild's agent Leon Trotsky was sup-
posed to succeed Lenin but got sick at the
critical moment. Stalin was able to assume
power and divert Russia from Rothschild
control.

In order to control Stalin, international
finance was forced to build up Hitler and the
Nazi party. Rakowsky confirms that Jewish
financiers backed the Nazis although Hitler
was not aware of this.

"The ambassador Warburg presented himself
under a false name and Hitler did not even
guess his race... he also lied regarding whose
representative he was... Our aim was to pro-
voke a war and Hitler was war... [the Nazis]
received... millions of dollars sent to it from
Wall Street, and millions of Marks from Ger-
man financiers through [Hjalmar] Schacht;
[providing] the upkeep of the S.A and the
S.S. and also the financing of the elections..."

Unfortunately for the bankers, Hitler also
proved intractable. He started to print his
own money!

"He took over for himself the privilege of
manufacturing money and not only physi-
cal moneys, but also financial ones; he took
over the untouched machinery of falsifi-
cation and put it to work for the benefit of
the state... Are you capable of imagining
what would have come ...if it had infected a
number of other states and brought about
the creation of a period of autarchy [absolute
rule, replacing that of the bankers]. If you
can, then imagine its counterrevolutionary
functions..."

Hitler had become a bigger threat than
Stalin, who had not meddled with money.
Rakovsky's present mission was to convince
Stalin to make a pact with Hitler and turn
Hitler's aggression against the West. The
purpose was for Germany and the Western
nations to exhaust each other before another
front was opened in the East.

The "Revolutionary Movement" was an
111) CORRECT

attempt by Meyer Rothschild and his allies to
protect and extend this monopoly by estab-
lishing a totalitarian New World Order.

According to Rakovsky, "The Rothschilds
were not the treasurers, but the chiefs of
that first secret Communism... Marx and the
highest chiefs of the First International ...
were controlled by Baron Lionel Rothschild,
[1808-1878] whose revolutionary portrait
was done by Disraeli the English Premier,
who was also his creature, and has been left
to us [in Disraeli's novel 'Coningsby.']"

Lionel's son Nathaniel (1840-1915) need-
ed to overthrow the Christian Romanoff
Dynasty. Through his agents Jacob Schiff
and the Warburg brothers, he financed the
Japanese side in the Russo Japanese War,
and an unsuccessful insurrection in Moscow
in 1905. Then he instigated the First World
War (Trotsky was behind the murder of
Archduke Ferdinand) and financed the 1917
Bolshevik Revolution. Rakovsky says he was
personally involved in the transfer of funds
in Stockholm.

1918.) This was not the Rothschild's plan.

The Jewish labour movement or "bund" was
Rothschild's instrument. The Bund's "secret
faction" infiltrated all the socialist parties in
Russia and provided the leadership for the
Russian Revolution. Alexander Kerensky,
the Menshevik Prime Minister was a secret
member.

Leon Trotsky was supposed to become the
leader of the USSR. Trotsky, a Jew, married
the daughter of one of Rothschild's closest
associates, banker Abram Zhivotovsky and
became part of the "clan."

Unfortunately "national" Communists like
Lenin (one-quarter Jewish) got in the way.
Lenin overruled Trotsky and made peace
with Germany (Treaty of Brest Litovsk,

is the om

World War One was supposed to end the
way the Second World War did. Russia was
supposed to overrun Germany in 1918 and
assist local "revolutionaries" in establishing a
"peoples' republic."

Trotsky was responsible for an attempt to as-
sassinate Lenin in 1918 but Lenin survived.
When Lenin had a stroke in 1922, Trotsky
had Levin, Lenin's Jewish doctor, finish him
off.

At this critical moment, the unexpected hap-
pened. Trotsky got sick and Stalin was able
to take power. At this crucial juncture, the
Trotskyites pretended to support Stalin and
infiltrated his regime in order to sabotage it...

MA-HITLER BILLBOARD CORRECT

On the eve of his historic nomination,

a look at why some Jews love him and
some don't trust him; and at the key
role Chicago Jews played in getting
him to where he is

The fact that Obama is the product of a
network of wealthy Jewish financiers is cer-
tainly no secret to the Jews. This is the cover
of the Chicago Jewish News of October 24,
2008.

OBAMA

President Obama was cultivated and created
as a candidate since the early 1990s by Jewish
capital to serve Zionist interests, some-
thing I have written a great deal about. It is
remarkable that this controversial billboard
appeared in Iowa, the same state where the
dark horse candidate Obama came from
behind to win - after the rigged caucus in
which the caucus votes were tallied tele-
phonically by Voxeo, a company connected
to Israeli military intelligence.

A recent Israeli interview with President
Obama shows his Zionist colors well:

YONIT LEVI: Now, I must ask you this, Mr.
President, there are people in Israel who are
anxious about you and who, you know, I'm
quoting their sentiments, feel like you don't

quoting tneir sentiments, reel like you aont
IS THE OBAMA-IHTLER BILLBOARD CORRECT

have a special connection to Israel. How do
you respond to that?

OBAMA: Well, it's interesting. This is the
thing that actually surfaced even before I was
elected President, in some of the talk that
was circulating within the Jewish Ameri-
can community. Ironically, I've got a Chief
of Staff named Rahm Israel Emanuel. My
top political advisor is somebody who is
a descendent of Holocaust survivors. My
closeness to the Jewish American commu-
nity was probably what propelled me to the
U.S. Senate. And my not just knowledge but
sympathy and identification with the Jewish
experience is rooted in part because of the
historic connection between the African
American freedom movement here in the
United States and the civil rights efforts of
Jewish Americans and some of the same
impulses that led to the creation of Israel...

YONIT LEVI: So that fear, the tangible fear
that some Israelis have that their best ally in
the world might abandon them is —

OBAMA: Well, it's pretty hard to square
with the fact that not only have I in every
speech that I've ever given talked about
the unbreakable bond to Israel, not only
did I describe that special relationship and
condemn those who would try to drive a rift
between us in Cairo in front of a Muslim au-
dience, but if you look at our actions — and
Prime Minister Netanyahu will confirm this,
and even critics I think will have to confirm
that the United States under my administra-
tion has provided more security assistance
to Israel than any administration in history.
And we've got greater security cooperation
between our two countries than at any time
in our history. And the single most import-
ant threat to Israel — Iran, and its potential
possession of a nuclear weapon — has been
my number one foreign policy priority over

the course of the last 18 months.

So it's hard to, I think, look at that track
record and look at my public statements and
in any way think that my passions for Israel's
survival, its security, and its people are in any
way diminished.

Sources:

Barack Obama Interview by Israeli TV, 7 July
2010

http://www.voltairenet.org/ article 1 66263 .
html

Bollyn, Christopher, "ELRON - VOXEO: The
Israeli Defense Firm That Tallies the Iowa
Caucus", December 31, 2007
http://www.bollyn.com/elron-voxeo-the-
israeli-defense-firm-that-tallies-the-iowa-
caucus

Bollyn, Christopher, "Who Runs the Obama
White House", November 2008
http://www.bollyn.eom/l 1305

Bollyn, Christopher, "Afghanistan - Obama's
War for Israel", July 2010
http://www.bollyn.com/afghani-
stan-the-war-for-israel

Bollyn, Christopher, "Obama's Deception -
9-11 and Afghanistan", June 5, 2009
http://www.bollyn.com/obamas-decep-
tion-9- 1 1 -and-afghanistan

Bollyn, Christopher, "Obama and the Jews",
April 21, 2009

http://www.bollyn.com/obama-and-the-
jews-2

Makow, Henry, "Rothschilds Conduct 'Red
Symphony'", November 9, 2003
http://www.savethemales.ca/000275.html

War", March 21, 2004
http://www.savethemales.ca/000369.html

Rivera, David, "Lenin, Trotsky and the
Bolshevik Revolution", Final Warning: A
History of the New World Order Illuminism
and the master plan for world domination,
1994

http : / / www. mo dernhistoryproj ect . org/ mhp/
ArticleDisplay.php?Article=FinalWarn07-3

Yearwood, Pauline Dubkin, "Obama and the
Jews," Chicago Jewish News, October 24,
2008

http : / / www. chicagoj e wishne ws . com/ story.
htm?id=2522 1 8&sid=2 1 2226

Makow, Henry, " Hitler Didn't Want World

IS THE OBAMA-IHTLER BILLBOARD CORRECT

£ B-|K|

^ v

KESCLT*

L Ckie-iLiruiiK-b flf PL-r KM t-rijf Cfcipi

par f kj^pc vw ixtkd us all ai^» <hni % m\lm. cai
Vrlrd .Ha. wni?tm af [be rkipi ->n pnfvrard to nin3 fin
■ jiiJiiii' -L'f itr ■. u-J I u J<taiiK 4ic rLhoiinfei! ud

prop «f pndH. gfcuf j -Kanmv rtrcDMi marac?*

[>r.?Ji .nEaxri 1 nxdzEr.r scuta p enn Lhr imipLr p m
lw ma qi &r Sc EUf r Uul ft* rrJ lnvr tA fcr pj-ti: In, Ijl

v«ry bfi^iJ- r-cf»at nu»d frr j -Jifhi >:-zunolia:<i of
thMi* utter 4* decQcfl lean, tnrtcjr n fetitrrfv jxor

<fiqdee*t*V flf fcr red Li.n (wr EWmucn vrin) Tar

Htt. auie dwm Ac- r«d Lkw dufctr dun dit trw bycr

^ Scholars for

9/11 Truth & Justice

Niels H. Harrit

Active Thermitic Material Discovered in Dust from the 9/11 World Trade Center Cata-
strophe

By Steven E. Jones, Jeffrey Farrer, Niels H. Harrit, Kevin R. Ryan, Frank M. Legge,
Daniel Farnsworth, Gregg Roberts, James R. Gourley and Bradley R. Larsen

The Open Chemical Physics Journal, 2009, 2, 7-31

Topic: Principal Alternative Theories of the Attack: The Destruction of the World Trade
Center

i i-b'i * r.. ; 'm ■ - - r ■ r fc "c i >»»v.i M , »> *-E. 'c 1 ■■ ■ it:-* j-'f-'m ■ - - r ■ ■■.-«:

9/11 - 2/1/2006 BYU Professor Steven E Jones WTC Lecture UVSC

BYU Physics professor Steven E Jones presents his presentation on the collapse of
WTC Buildings 1,2, and 7 on 9/11.

A very informative and scientific presentation that raises serious questions about the
official account of the collapse of the World Trade Center Towers and Building 7.

STEVEN JONES

NIELS HARRIT

B'nai B rith

FiC*rt fA*lp$*a. ttif Art* trip t*op*»a

R'n.iL R'rilh Iflt^rruilinii.il i=-j .-
n-.wirii- ftfr.nti brrfr/ Htbrtw 'al
jvn "Swii cfttit dhfnjnt') it Hit
oWfrft cantirujally cpa/King J*wih

Service CiQBr rfl!"Cn in th* ViWlU * 13
k-jnd«d m r li • • Vqpik Cfty L> H«frry
Jnnrc and 11 nLnws on Oclcdwi 13

Hi . i, rl il 'i . -iigugiid in a v.irtn vpnOly
ri cammunrly srw.ice and wtfai*
ttfoiifrt including rh* r><HttAhan cA
Jtann flchii and Eh* Halt t&mi
sss'Elmg houpfi^f md wbnu of nKu-ji
fl>f uteri Mwftg idwJtrahip* tn
Ja-Min ?eii«j* tiud*nt3 *p«inirmg

IflnwhComtf tamp bgirsmg and
qppcriinH .inh S'milr-.in tlwuunh it 1 ;
Cnnln far Human ftqjhl-. and Punhr:
Policy i1? WWi nMrty 1 00 OflO m*nit*ri
*nti syppcfltfri B'nai D'rilh
I iiLfn national reachi* rooia than 50
cfltnlnet iraunrj iht tf-nrid 10 msreafja

B'nai B'rith International
("Sons of the Covenant")
is the oldest continually
operating Jewish service
organization in the world.

It was founded in New York
City by Henry Jones and
11 others on October 13,
1843.

THE BENM SERITH*

fftHTOMLlDQ Of LOdfffi* *H K Drill-

TTfHi— The lUtUitifct— Tca*U

Tarn bta nil ltd dwiai iflffifl Iwmtf jtin , In
i nr sJsr* ■ iKnt orgiBtmUoJi . It li *fl AmocIj-
twuvt lis It-rp-tlLt**, Kbllh BHU liHn^qhe-
fflftiijflf ifa«efctf]ii>blc of Up*1f aatnVtf *nd fifae
»kwi *f 4 mijortij of Ibed^ In reUxJan
19 tb* nunc/ of ihi dlar-Kba*.
lLqd of iliflr Ttiti tf^tftf bit ddriac tbt
jierlcul ff 3t* BititrikCc E?ttE#Ofed lt» wjii En qgjltl-
UVIp J I D>1P HOTlVfl i itci n nvm "duV CIJXUBtmACBl

tun now bravtt III lawito to lbt imftee.aa

B'nai B'rith - The Secret Society of Jews

The first Chicago newspaper report from
the 1860s that revealed that a secret
organization of "Israelites" had existed in
Chicago for some 20 years.

B'nai B'rith was instrumental in gaining
U.S. support for the nascent Zionist state
of Israel in the late 1940s.

The Jewish secret society of Freemasons
used President Harry Truman's friend
- and their agent - Eddie Jacobson of
Kansas City (standing behind Truman) in
off-the-record meetings in the Oval Office
to persuade the president to approve the
Zionist land grab known as the 1947 U.N.
Partition Plan of Palestine and then to
recognize the state of Israel the next year
following the Zionist ethnic cleansing of
nearly 400 Palestinian villages and towns.

B'NAI B'RITH

On thr m of him hiUnric n umim tio n ,
j. look At why wme }cwi low Mm md
umi don't cruit huii; and at Oil kxy
■via Chicago played In ftirlnj
Wm IQ nl'rfr fit h

Barack Obama has been created as a poli-
tical candidate since 1992 by David Axelrod
and Bettylu Saltzman, the daughter of Philip
M. Klutznick, the former head of B'nai B'rith
International, the supreme body of the B'nai
B'rith.

This is the secret society of Zionist Jews that
controls the White House and the policies of
the U.S. government.

Many of the Jewish media moguls are members of the secret organization of Freema-
sons, the International Order of B'nai B'rith.

Philip Morris Klutznick, the man who made Obama president, was the international
president of B'nai B'rith. The Sulzberger family who owns the New York Times was
one of the founding families of Lodge No. 1 of the B'nai B'rith, which was started in
New York City in 1843. It is through this secret society, which is closed to all non-
Jews, that the media moguls and Jewish financiers are able to conspire against the
American people while living among them.

The B'nai B'rith also started the Anti-Defamation League (ADL) in the early 1900s.
The ADL is an organization that protects the Jewish criminal network by attacking
those who expose their crimes. The ADL has infiltrated police departments across the
United States.

The B'nai B'rith also runs Hillel, an organization for promoting the Zionist agenda at
every college campus in the United States.

Through their organizations like the ADL and Hillel, the secretive Elders of Zion of the
B'nai B'rith are able to push their agenda into every community and college campus
in America. The Protocols of the Elders of Zion is certainly not a "hoary fake", and is
most likely the protocols from a meeting of the leaders of the B'nai B'rith.

BARACK OBAMA BETTYLU SALTZMAN DAVID AXELROD

History Commons

September 1980: Iraq Invades Iran;

Start of Iran-Iraq War
Iraq invades Iran, officially beginning a
nine -year war between those two coun-
tries, though Iraq insists that Iran has been
launching artillery attacks against Iraqi
targets since September 4. The United States
will provide covert military support to both
Iran and Iraq during the war.

June 7, 1981: Iraqi Nuclear Facility

Obliterated by Israel

On the order of Prime Minister Menachem
Begin and after heated debate among Israeli
leaders, Israeli warplanes strike the Osirak
(also spelled Osiraq) Tammuz I nuclear
plant at al-Tuwaitha near Baghdad, destroy-
ing it and dealing a severe setback to Iraq's
nuclear program.

1981-1988: Reagan Administration
Gives Covert Support to Iraq Against
Iran

The Reagan administration provides covert
support to Iraq in an effort to prevent Iran
from overrunning the oil-rich states of the
Persian Gulf.

December 20, 1983: Rumsfeld Meets
with Hussein, Promises US Support
US Special Envoy Donald Rumsfeld — for-
merly the Secretary of Defense and now
the CEO of the pharmaceutical company,
GD Searle and Co. — personally meets
with Saddam Hussein for 90 minutes in an
attempt to reestablish diplomatic relations
with Iraq. Rumsfeld also discusses US in-
terest in the construction of the Iraq- Jordan
Aqaba oil pipeline

April 27, 1987: Neoconservative
Scholars Call on Reagan to Increase
US Support for Iraq

Neoconservative academics and authors
Laurie Mylroie and Daniel Pipes write an
article for the New Republic entitled "Back
Iraq: Time for a US Tilt in the Mideast."
Mylroie and Pipes argue that the US must
publicly embrace Saddam Husseins secular

THE SELLING OF INVASION OF IRAQ BEGAN 9/1 1 2001

dictatorship as a bulwark against the Islamic
fundamentalism of Iran.
February 19, 1998: Neoconservative
Group Calls on US to Help Over-
throw Hussein

The Committee for Peace and Security in
the Gulf (CPSG), a bipartisan group made
up largely of foreign policy specialists,
sends an "Open Letter to the President"
calling for President Clinton to use the US
military to help Iraqi opposition groups
overthrow Saddam Hussein and replace
him with a US-friendly government. US law
forbids such an operation. The group is led
by, among others, former Representative
Stephen Solarz (D-NY) and prominent Bush
adviser Richard Perle, a former assistant
secretary of defense.

Largely Neoconservative in Makeup - Many
of its co-signers will become the core of the
Bush administrations neoconservative-driv-
en national security apparatus. These
co-signers include Elliott Abrams, Richard
Armitage, John Bolton, Stephen Bryen,
Douglas Feith, Frank Gaffney, Fred Ikle,
Robert Kagan, Zalmay Khalilzad, William
Kristol, Michael Ledeen, Bernard Lewis,
Peter Rodman, Donald Rumsfeld, Gary
Schmitt, Max Singer, Casper Weinberger,
Paul Wolfowitz, David Wurmser, and Dov
Zakheim.

(8:00 a.m.-8:50 a.m.) September 11, 2001:
Defense Secretary Rumsfeld Holds Breakfast
Meeting at Pentagon; Key Military Figures
Present

Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld hosts
a breakfast meeting in his private dining
room at the Pentagon. The meeting, which
is attended by several members of Congress,
is intended to discuss the Department of
Defense's Quadrennial Defense Review. As
well as the secretary of defense, others in
attendance include Rumsfeld's senior mili-
tary assistant, Navy Vice Admiral Edmund

Giambastiani Jr.; Deputy Defense Secretary
Paul Wolfowitz During the course of the
meeting Rumsfeld predicts that some kind
of "shocking" world event will occur in the
near future

Sft

Two sections from Rumsfelds notes, dictated
to Stephen Cambone.

(2:40 p.m.) September 11, 2001: Rumsfeld Is
Told Al-Qaeda Was Behind 9/11 Attacks But
Wants to Blame Iraq

Defense Secretary Rumsfeld aide Stephen
Cambone is taking notes on behalf of
Rumsfeld in the National Military Com-
mand Center. These notes will be leaked to
the media nearly a year later. According to
the notes, although Rumsfeld has already
been given information indicating the 9/11
attacks were done by al-Qaeda (see 12:05
p.m. September 11, 2001) and he has been
given no evidence so far indicating any
Iraqi involvement, he is more interested in
blaming the attacks on Iraq. According to
his aide's notes, Rumsfeld wants the "best
info fast. Judge whether good enough hit
S.H. [Saddam Hussein] at same time. Not
only UBL [Osama bin Laden] .... Need to
move swiftly. ... Go massive. Sweep it all up.
Things related and not."

March 20, 2003: U.S. begins attack, with
"shock-and-awe" bombing of Baghdad
April 9, 2003: Baghdad falls.
May 1 , 2003 : President Bush declares the
U.S. victorious.

THE SELLING OF INVASION OF IRAQ BEGAN »/l 1 2001

Tai & War Partv-Panorama-BBC

BBC PANORAMA - THE WAR 1^

The War Party

BBC Panorama investigates the
"neo-conservatives" the small and
unelected group of right-wingers,
who critics claim have hijacked the
White House.

They brought us war against Iraq -
what do the hawks in Washington
have in store for us now?

The War Party was broadcast on
Sunday, 18 May 2003 at 22:15 BST
on BBC One.

STEVE BRADSHAW: This is a story about
people who want the world run their way,
the American way

WILLIAM KRISTOL: American pre-emi-
nence

BRADSHAW: People who believe American
power is their to be used.
JOSHUA MURAVCHIK: We're very un-
abashed about using American force.
BRADSHAW: They're talking about a new
world war.

JAMES WOOLSEY: They will say: "You
make us very nervous" and our response
should be: "Good".

BRADSHAW: And we scare the hell out of
people.

WOMAN: If we do not stop them now,
they're going to continue with this war all
over the world.

IMAD MOUSTAPHA: Sometimes they are
really terrifying in the way they think, the
way they would like
to shape the world.

The War Party-Pon&rania-BBC

KHALED SAFFURI: It's like a gang, you
know, it's like Mafia. They'll take on every-
one.

BRADSHAW: It's a story of people who
stick together.

MEYRAV WURMSER: It's real fundamen-
tal love and power.

BRADSHAW: But to outsiders they could
be a mystery.

JIM LOBE: How is it that these people., you
know, gain such influence so quickly?
BRADSHAW: They call themselves
Neo-conservatives, rightwing thinkers
whose dreams of a new
American century have become George

Bush's foreign policy.
RICHARD PERLE: The President of the
United States, on issue after issue, has re-
flected the thinking of
Neo-conservatives.

BRADSHAW: What's new about the Neo-

cons thinking? They believe America's

military might should

promote America's ideals.

WILLIAM KRISTOL: American power

should be used not just in the defence of

American interests but

for the promotion of American principles.

BRADSHAW: Throughout the war we were

with the Neo-cons in Washington going

behind the scenes. . .

RICHARD PERLE: I'm going to get a mon-
key to go with it. (cell phone organ jingle)
BRADSHAW: . . . finding out what makes
them tick. . .

MICHAEL LEDEEN: I'm a student of Ma-
chiavelli. I wrote a book on Machiavelli, and
I know the

struggle against evil is going to go on forev-
er.

BRADSHAW: ... and what the Neo-cons
have in store for us now.
LEDEEN: We're going to have to bring
down a series of regimes who are the spon-
sors of a network of
various terrorist organisations.
WURMSER: Syria....
MAN: Saudi Arabia...
LEDEEN: Iran...
MURAVCHIK: North Korea. . .
LEDEEN: And then there's Libya.
BRADSHAW: Tonight will America's super
hawks drag us into more wars against their
enemies?

BBC PANORAMA - THE WAR PARTY

Flight 11 - 7:59 start - 8:14 hijacked - 8:25 hijacking confirmed
- 8:46 hits WTC1 (North Tower) collapses 10:28

Flight 175 - 8:14 start - 8:45 hijacked - 8:52 hijacking confirmed
-9:03 hits WTC2 (South Tower) collapses 9:59

World Trade Center 7(186 meter) collapsed completely at 5:20
p.m. in what looked like a controlled demolition.
NO PLANE HAVING HIT IT!

American Airlines 77

■ Schtdultd flight: Dulles International
Airport to Los Angeles International
Airport, departed at B^LO a.m.

II Cnurc W^st sk3e of Pentagon, 9:40 a.m.

■ Those on board: &4 people, including four
Hight attendants, two pilots

7E ^;,-- /J HOflTH CAROLINA
Das-hed line represents flight path
when transponder was turned oFf.

American Airlines 11

■ Scheduled llighl: Ekuiiun Logan
International Airport tu Los Angeles
International Airport, departed at 7:59
a.m.

■ Crash: World Trade Center Worth at fl:45

a.m.

B Those on board: 92 people, including nine
flight attendants, two pilots

United Airlines 175

■ Scheduled Fight Boston Logan
International Airport to Los Angeles
International Airport, departed at 7:58
a.m.

■ Crash: World Trade Center South at 9:0 5
a.m.

■ Those on boanfc 65 people. Including seven
flight attendants, two pilots.

United Airlines 93

■ Scheduled flight: Newark International
Airport to San Francisco International
Airport, departed 8:01 a,rn.

u Stony Creek Twp.. Pa., which is
miles southeast Of Pittsburgh, at 10:10

■ Thau Oil board: 45 people, including Five
flight attendants, two pilots

NEW VflfiK

PENNSYLVANIA. k

Atlantic
Ocean

THF WASHINGTON PtfSJ

FLIGHT 1 1 WTC1 - FLIGHT 175 WTC2 - NO PLANE WTC

Flight 77 -
Pentagon

8:20 start - 8:59 hijacked - 8:59 hijacking confirmed - 9:37 hits

The photograph is from the US DoD "All Hands"
magazine, and is of a perfectly symmetrical hole
about 2.3 meters in diameter, in the interior
wall of the third ring inside the Pentagon, with a
rescue worker in the foreground. As the trajec-
tory marked by the dotted line, this hole from
the blast is after having gone through 3 conse-
cutive rings of the Pentagon: 2 exterior brick
and concrete walls, 10 rows of 40 cm. square
steel-reinforced concrete load-bearing pillars,
the poured concrete floor between the first and
second story, and 84 m. of interior offices with
perhaps 4 poured concrete walls. That's about
4 m. of reinforced concrete. The DoD Pentagon
Attack Legend is that this hole was caused by the fiberglass nose of a Boeing

Flight 93 - 8:47 start - 9:28 hijacked - 9:28 hijacking confirmed - sometime
between 10:03 och 10:10 the planes goes down on a field in Shanksville

Christopher Bollyn - The Shanksville Deception of 9-11

Something incredibly ugly happened to Flight 93 over rural Pennsylvania on 9-11.

There was no wreckage of an airplane found
anywhere near the small crater that had
been made in a trench of the reclaimed
mine. The real debris field was several
hundred meters in th e woods. But why wa s
it kept hidden?

Secretary of Defense
Rumsfeld said Flight
93 had been shot
down.

The Mysterious Collapse
of WTC Seven

At 5:21 in the afternoon of 9/11, almost
seven hours after the Twin Towers had
come down, Building 7 of the World Trade
Center also came down. The collapse of
this building was from the beginning
considered a mystery. WTC 7 had not been
hit by a plane, so it was apparently the
first steel-framed high-rise building in the
known universe to have collapsed be-
cause of fire alone. New York Times writer

James Glanz quoted a structural engineer
as saying: "Within the structural engineering community, WTC 7is considered to be

much more important to understand than the Twin Towers," because engineers had no

answer to the question, "why did 7 come down?"

FLIGHT 77 PENTAGON - FLIGHT 93 SHANKSVILLE

Tii be

BBC Pwned on 911 - WTC7 Collapse Reported 23-Mlns Too Early!

This incredible footage shows a
BBC reporter Talking about the collapse
of the Salomon Brothers Building (WTC7)
while M remains standing in the live shot
behind her head.

The BBC reported that it came down
23 MINUTES BEFORE it actually did!

On September 11th 2001, BBC World reported at 4:57pm Eastern
Time that the Salomon Brothers Building (more commonly known as
WTC7 or World Trade Building 7) had collapsed.

This even made the 5pm EST headlines, what is bizarre is that the
building did not actually collapse until 5:20pm EST.

9/11 was unusual enough, without BBC World being able to foretell
the destiny of WTC 7.

What is even stranger, is that the women reporter is telling the
world that the building had collapsed when you can see it in the
background over her left shoulder.

Then at 5:15pm EST, just five minutes before the building did actu-
ally collapse, her live connection from New York to London mysteri-
ously fails.

So the question is, on 9/11 how did the BBC learn that WTC7 col-
lapsed 23 minutes before it actually did.

Building Seven was 47 storeys, modern in design with structural
steel throughout, yet symmetrically collapsed in 6.5 seconds, was
someone leaking information.

No steel framed skyscraper has ever collapsed due to fire, before
or after 9/11, most people who find out about WTC7, believe it was
brought down by a controlled demolition, even demolition experts
agree.

BBC AND WORLD TRADE CENTER 7

SEC =•• i J 2 Ml *WW OH**** °. c-. v: 23-rj! i \ A

BBC AM) WOULD TRADE CENTER 7

History Commons

About

Timelines

BLog

Donate

Volunteer

Home * Context of Before September 1 1 , 2001 : Hijackers Drink Alcohol and Watch Strip Show:
Especially towards Eve of Attacks'

Context of "Before September 11, 2001: Hijackers Drink
Alcohol and Watch Strip Shows, Especially towards Eve of
Attacks'

Before September 11, 2001: Hijackers Drink Alcohol and
Watch Strip Shows, Especially towards Eve of Attacks

1'*

1 1

Cheetah's nude bar in San Diego.
[Source; Cheetah's]

A number of the hijackers
apparently drink alcohol heavily in
bars, sleep with prostitutes, and
watch strip shows in the US in the
months and especially the days
Leading up to 9/1 1 .
■ In Late February 2001, hijacker
Ziad Jarrah frequents a strip club in
Jacksonville, Florida (see February
25-March 4, 2001).

On September 10, three hijacker associates spend $200 to $300 apiece on lap dances
and drinks in the Pink Pony, a Daytona Beach, Florida strip club.

While the hijackers had left Florida by this time, Mohamed Atta is reported to have
visited the same strip club, and these men appear to have had foreknowledge of the
9/11 attacks (see September 10, 2001). [Boston Herald, 10/10/2001]

Marwan Alshehhi and Mohamed Atta are seen entering the Hollywood, Florida, sports
bar Shuckums already drunk. They proceed to drink even more hard alcohol there
(see September 7, 2001).

Atta and Alshehhi are seen at Sunrise 251, a bar in Palm Beach, Florida. They spend
$1,000 in 45 minutes on Krug and Perrier-Jouet champagne. Atta is with a tall busty
brunette in her late twenties; Alshehhi is with a shortish blonde. Both women are
known locally as regular companions of high-rollers. [Daily Mail, 9/16/2001]

2001 MOHAMED ATTA

Daniel HorsiCKEPt

"Welcome to Terrorland" is the story of Mohamed Atta, a black-hearted psychopath,
in Florida, a pirate's paradise.

Fearless investigative journalist and documentary film producer Daniel Hopsicker
journeyed to Venice, FL, the biggest Sept. 11 crime scene that wasn't reduced to
rubble, and spent over a year in the sleepy retirement community where authorities
say three of the four terrorist pilots learned to fly.

Based on hundreds of interviews with eyewitnesses and participants, "Welcome to
TerrorLand" details the shocking results of Hopsicker's yearlong investigation, and
names more than a half-dozen individuals Atta went to meetings with while in Florida.

All are living. None are Saudi. You'll meet people who knew Atta, worked with him,
flew with him. They say things like...

"After going to meetings with his German friends, Mohamed always came back glum/'

"I can't really discuss anything. I'm afraid I'll get in trouble. The FBI warned me not
to talk."

MOHAMED ATTA 2001

History Commons

About Timelines

Home e projects ==■ 2001 Anthrax Attacks

2001 Anthrax Attacks

April 24, 1997: Fake Anthrax Received at B'nai B'rith DC Headquarters

February 1999: Classified CIA Report Discusses Responses to an Anthrax Attack
through the Mail

September 18-28, 2001: Scientist Briefly Investigated over Anthrax Threat

November 8, 2001: President Bush Calls Anthrax Attacks a Terrorist Attack on US

In a speech, President Bush refers to the 9/11 attacks as the "first attack/ and then
discusses the recent anthrax attacks. "The second attack against America came in the
mail. We do not know whether this attack came from the same terrorists. We don't
know the origin of the anthrax. But whoever did this unprecedented and uncivilized
act is a terrorist/'

November 12, 2001: FBI Publicly Suspect Three Muslims over Anthrax Attacks Due
to Dubious Tip

After investigators discover in mid-October 2001 that the anthrax used in the anthrax
attacks comes from the Ames strain, the FBI investigation largely discards theories
that al-Qaeda or Iraq was behind the attacks and begins to focus on domestic sus-
pects.

December 9, 2001: FBI Still Has Not Questioned Some Possible Anthrax Attacks
Suspects and Witnesses

On October 3, 2001, Ayaad Assaad was questioned by the FBI because a letter writ-
ten by an unnamed former colleague of his said he was a potential biological terrorist
who could attack the US.

Just days later, the anthrax attacks became publicly known, and there is speculation
that the letter may have been an attempt to frame Assaad for the attacks.

Assaad worked at USAMRIID, the US Army's top bioweapons laboratory where many
believe the anthrax used in the attacks originated. Before Assaad left USAMRIID in
1997, some of his colleagues in an informal group called the Camel Club harassed
him due to his Middle Eastern background (even though he is Christian and a US
citizen).

In the early 1990s, some members of the Camel Club were found to be working on
unauthorized projects at USAMRIID even after no longer being employed there, at a
time when anthrax and other deadly germs went missing from the lab

Blag Donate Volunteer □ Search this project only

ANTHRAX ATTACK

fl*nm £,„ ffff o» fLi

1*1 ii "n-! i >■ m m i y m

tJl^rm.A fern HJo HfJ

\ ■ i evor Stop us.

fog A Ff^ f\ r ft ?

Congress got their Anthrax letters just in time for the vote on the disingenuously
named USA Patriot Act which the terrorized Senators voted into law without bothering
to read.

How convenient for the bill's sponsors that there was a terror attack on the Congress
just when Congress was about to vote on the anti-terror bill.

The letters were addressed to two Democratic Senators, Tom Daschle of South
Dakota and Patrick Leahy of Vermont. At the time, Daschle was the Senate Majority
leader and Leahy was head of the Senate Judiciary Committee.

Documents from the inquiry show that one unauthorized person
who was observed entering the Fort Detrick lab building at night was
Langford's predecessor, Lt. Col. Philip Zack - member of the Camel
Club - who at the time no longer worked at Fort Detrick.

The second suspect is the more well known Dr. Stephen Hatfill, ac-
cused by Dr. Barbara Rosenberg although no actual evidence of his
involvement has surfaced.

The Justice Department agreed 2008 to pay him a settlement valued
at $5.85 million to drop his lawsuit.

Bruce Edwards Ivins committed suicide 2008 prior to formal charges
' being filed by the Federal Bureau of Investigation for an alleged crimi-
nal connection to the 2001 anthrax attacks

ANTHRAX ATTACK

History Commons

Horn* ■ Coniwt*t Septem&ff ri^w*mb*r 9. 20Dt: Ww* MQVfrs ur*uz4 in US:

Context of "September 12-November 9, 2001: Two More
Movers Arrested in US; Suspected to Be Israeli Spies"

Si-jicIi Go

&lPrtnlrr frtrrlcly
"■j^nwiil in Pi d

t? lnor*ns« Text5*lf
□ Dmue TtKt

Laee OcTdtMr 2001 : Enttnu Pa-lineal Prtinjr# to Rtlu»
£uip*ct*d lunvN £pkai Arreted £m H'W

t-rim taft Lft r^flK; Odtd tllr«r, OmP Wi<-jpiru ftfrd TlfM
S^rnyflf. Ttrwf cf =±>fl fi'ifl accused IfT^-i b> - *fU' <appe-&r -^r
[srwh rrlfviiinn m Hwtmkrr :■" : ,t*ir' b^g wlrawe ajvL
iJcuQ'Ted . (Sourer; Puifit Cvinmfl yii "ir#«fi IMvnMrf/ (drift;
-■. H ;e -lo e-l*ifl*J

At uund Urn
Mmc Intent
politic**
pressure is put
on US officials,
hnfldin^ flvp
IvaeLI men
■Pirrp^.tpd few

tw+iAvlnr at
rh« tTrrw of

Five Dancing Israelis Arrested On 9/11

A Mossad surveillance team made quite a public spectacle of themselves on 9-11.

The New York Times reported Thursday that a group of five men had set up video
cameras aimed at the Twin Towers prior to the attack on Tuesday, and were seen
congratulating one another afterwards.

Police received several calls from angry New Jersey residents claiming "middle-eas-
tern" men with a white van were videotaping the disaster with shouts of joy and
mockery.

"They were like happy, you know ... They didn't look shocked to me" said a witness.

[T]hey were seen by New Jersey residents on Sept. 11 making fun of the World Trade
Center ruins and going to extreme lengths to photograph themselves in front of the
wreckage.

The case was turned over to the FBI's Foreign Counterintelligence Section after the
names of two of the five Israelis showed up on a CIA-FBI database of foreign intel-
ligence operatives.

After 71 days in jail, a deal was struck between Israeli and U.S. government officials
and the five Israeli spies were put on a plane and deported to Israel on November 20.

2001 FIVE DANCING ISRAELIS

I AfrrtlriJ On Mfc

Fhm Bfhuq hfMUt A/i-rtlru Oh l>1 1

Omer Marmari, Oded Ellner, Yaron Shmuel - three of The Five Dancing Israelis on an
israeli TV-show. To the right Yair Lapid a well known israeli TV interviewer.

Five OUKrtld, tUttlrt bmM On I'l t

$3 #

Fhnl CUhtirVj ttftalrt A/hrklrri On i'lt

Shortly After 8:46 a.m. September
11, 2001: Neighbor Sees Suspicious
Men Documenting First WTC Attack
and Cheering, Calls Police

In the same movie you can see Yair Lapid
pointing out the other two Israelis from the
team: Sivan and Paul Kurzberg.

TDIidj

1^— — 1

■ ■r*rlra Af rc-Uril Ofl v'l t

Oded Ellner:

"our purpose was to

document the event."

FIVE DANCING ISRAELIS 2001

(J) wh atrea I ly h a p p en ed . c am/VVRH ARTIC LES/spy ri ncj.php

The Israeli Spy Ring

ALL LINKS TO CARL CAMERON'S FOX
NEWS STORY ON THE ISRAELI SPY
RING HAVE BEEN REMOVED AT THE
EXPRESS REQUEST OF FOX NEWS.

"Evidence linking these
Israelis to 9-11 is classified.
I cannot tell you about
evidence that has been
gathered. It is classified
information^

LR SECOND ROfttMO UOVktt FGOW CLEVELAND

"Israel does not spy on the United States of
America."

— Mark Regev, a spokesman at the Israeli
embassy in Washington

Fox News, alone of all the media, actual-
ly ran the story as a four part broadcast,
and put the story up on its web site. Then,
without explanation, Fox News erased the
story from their web site and have nev-
er mentioned it again. CNN followed by
"Orwellizing" their report of the two hour
advance warning of the WTC attacks sent to
Odigo employees. But far more telling is the
admission made by a US Official in part one
of the Fox News report that hard evidence
existed linking the events of 9/1 1 not to
Arab Muslims, but to some of the more than
200 Israeli spies arrested both before and
after 9/11, but that this evidence had been

ISRAELI ART STUDENTS 2001

CLASSIFIED.

Since then, any and all mention of the Israeli
spy ring and phone tapping scandal has re-
sulted in a barrage of shrill screams of "hate"
and "anti-Semite", two well worn and frankly
over used devices to try to silence discus-
sion on any topic unfavorable to the nation
which owns the spy ring in question.

The story of the uncovering of the largest
spy ring ever discovered inside the United
States should be the story of the century, if
indeed the US media is looking out for the
best interests of the American people. That
this spy ring helped drug smugglers evade
investigators should be a major scandal, if
indeed the US media is looking out for the
best interests of the American people. That
the spy ring includes companies able to
track and tap into any phone in America, in-
cluding the White House, should be a cause
celebre', if indeed the US media is looking
out for the best interests of the American
people.

But they are not. The media is trying to bury
this story. They are spiking it, erasing it from
their web sites in a chilling real-life Orwel-
lian rewriting of history.

"Investigators within the DEA, INS and FBI
have all told Fox News that to pursue or
even suggest Israeli spying ... is considered
career suicide."

— Carl Cameron, as quoted in The Spies
Who Came In From The Art Sale

March 23, 2001: DEA Issues Alert to Look Out for Israeli Spies

Summer 2001: Israel Warns US of 'Big Attack'

The Associated Press will report in May 2002, "Israeli intelligence services were aware
several months before Sept. 11 that bin Laden was planning a large-scale terror at-
tack but did not know what his targets would be, Israeli officials have said.

June 2001: DEA Draws Up Report on Israeli Spies

States the Israeli spy ring were known tc have operated
in, according to a June 2001 Drug Enforcement
Administration report (this Fox news graphic was based on
information from that report). [Source: Fox News]

The DEA's Office
of Security
Programs
prepares a 60-
page internal
memo on the
Israeli "art
student spy
ring." [drug

ENFORCEMENT AGENCY,

6/2001] The Memo
is a compilation
of dozens of field

(6:00 a.m.) September 11, 2001: Two Hours Before Attacks, Israeli Company
Employees Receive Warnings

December 12-15, 2001: News Reports Raises Israeli Spying Questions

CAfll ClMKflON

fox vr

Israel. Qetainaes

"Evidence finking these
Israels to 9-11 is classified.
I cannot tell you about
evidence that has been
gathered. It is classified
information."

Two stills fro in Carl Cameron's Fox News report on potential
Israeli spying in the US. [Source: Fox News] (click image to

Fox News
reports,
"Investigators
within the
DEA, INS, and
FBI have aLL
told Fox News
that to pursue
or even

ISRAELI ART STUDENTS 2001

International

WORLD U.S. N.Y. / REGION BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY SCIENCE HEALTH SPORTS OPKION
THE ISRAELIS

Spilled Blood Is Seen as Bond Tliat Draws 2 Nations
Closer

By JAMES E EMMET
Published: September 12. 2001

-JERUSALEM, Sept. 11 — Israeli officials and most Palestinian

isked tonight what the attack meant for relations between the United States and Israel.

Benjamin Netanyahu, the former prime minister, replied, "It T s very good." Then he edited

lilMi^jBllWBBg fB gilffilt He predicted that

tlie attack ^\ _ ould "strengthen the bond between our two peoples, because we've
experienced terror over so many decades, but the United States has now experienced a
massive hemorrhaging of terror."

Spilled Blood Is Seen as Bond That Draws 2 Nations Closer

By JAMES BENNET Published: September 12, 2001

Asked tonight what the attack meant for relations between the United States and
Israel, Benjamin Netanyahu, the former prime minister, replied, "It's very good." Then
he edited himself: "Well, not very good, but it will generate immediate sympathy."
He predicted that the attack would "strengthen the bond between our two peoples,
because we've experienced terror over so many decades, but the United States has
now experienced a massive hemorrhaging of terror."

HAARETZ.com

Report: Netanyahu says 9/11 terror attacks
good for Israel

Published 00:00 16.04-.0S I Latest undate 00:00 16,04.08

Likud chairman and opposition
leader Benjamin Netanyahu.
(Limor Edrey / Archives)

N eta nyahu says 9/ 11 terror attacks good for Israel

According to Ma'ariv, Netanyahu said Israel is 'benefiting from attack' as it 'swung
American public opinion/

2001 BENYAMN NETANYAHU

WORLD

U.S.

N.Y. / REGION

bvs:>:ess

TECHNOLOGY

SCIENCE

HEALTH

SPORTS

OPINION

Eljc Ijork Siting

Saturday. July 17. 20L0

Books

BOOKS OF THE TIMES

By JOHN GROSS
Published: Apfil 25. 1936

photo of B en i a mi n Neta n yah u (J'n cma e Vi c tor)

TERRORISM: How the West Can "Win.

[J FAGEBQQK

(U TWITTER

@ RECOMMEND

El E-MAIL

By JOHN GROSS Published: April 25, 1986
TERRORISM: How the West Can Win.

Edited by Benjamin Netanyahu. 254 pages. Farrar Straus Giroux. $18.95.

THIS year marks the 10th anniversary of the Jonathan Institute, a research orga-
zatio'n founded in memory of Jonathan Netanyahu, the Israeli officer who was killed
leading the rescue mission at Entebbe.

Among its other activities, the institute has organized two conferences on
terrorism, in 1979 and again in 1984. "Terrorism: How the West Can Win" is
a symposium based on the proceedings of the second of these gatherings. It

is edited by Benjamin Netanyahu, Jonathan Netanyahu's brother; Mr. Netanyahu, who
is at present the Israeli delegate to the United Nations, also contributes two papers
msdrlf one,of them - his concluding reflections -the most substantial in the book

amazon

^Jmn Pi mi*

Your A m azon.com Today's DcoId CiftC

HotrThP
West dan
Win

Terrorism :

How the West Can Win
Edited by

Benjamin Netanyahu

[Hardcover]

ffi MW Unnks

The Jonathan Institute was the

most important product of the new Israeli
public relations strategy. The institute was
founded in 1979 by Benjamin Netanyahu, a
prominent rightist and Israeli ambassador to
the United States, who named the organiza-
tion after his brother Jonathan, who died in
the Entebbe airport raid in 1976.

The Jonathan Institutes propaganda
function and its design to influence U.S. and
other Western opinion makers were sug-
gested by its opening offices in Washington,
D.C., and New York, as well as in Jerusalem.
The 1984 conference succeeded in assem-
bling a similarly large and prestigious group
of participants and audience. Leading ad-
dresses were given by US. Secretary of State
George Shultz, UN Ambassador Jeane
Kirkpatrick, and Israeli Prime Minister
Yitzhak Rabin.

As in 1979, the conference featured terror-
ism as the new focus of Israeli, U.S., and
European foreign policy
concern, and the participants chosen
assured the uncontested reiteration of the
Western model, with a strong bent toward
its extremist version.

BENYAMIN NETANYAHU 2001

Ehud Barak:

The world will not be the same from
today on. It's an attack against our
whole civilisation. I don't know who
is responsible. I believe we will know
in twelve hours. If it is a kind of Bin
Laden organization and even if it is
EHUD BARAK ON BBC 9/1 1

something else I believe this is the
time to deploy globally concerted ef-
fort led by the United States, the UK,
Europe and Russia against all sources
of terror. The same kind of struggle
as our forefathers launched against
the piracy on the high sea.

Within minutes of the airplane
crashes on 9-11, Ehud Barak

(the founder and master of the Israeli mil-
itary's covert operation force, the Sayeret
Matkal) was in the London studio of the
BBC World ready to provide a plausible
(and political) explanation to the world.

Barak, the real mastermind of
9-11, was the first person to
call for a "War on Terror" - and
U.S. intervention in Afghani-
stan and the Middle East. This
is how false-flag terrorism

WOrks. The perpetrator is the first one
to assign blame by pointing his finger at
his enemy in order to shape public opinion,
which is the real purpose of such atrocities.

Ehud Barak (Brug) was born at Kibbutz
Mishmar Hasharon on 12 February 1942.
He enlisted in the Israeli Army at age 17,
became a career army officer, and helped
to found and lead the elite Sayeret Matkal
covert operations commando unit. After
serving as head of Israeli Intelligence and
Central Command during the 1980s, Barak
was appointed IDF Chief of Staff, in 1991.

Ehud Barak was prime minister of Israel
from July 1999 until March 7, 2001, when
he was replaced by Ariel Sharon.

Previous positions held by Barak include
Head of Defense Planning and Budgeting,
Head of the Israeli Intelligence Community,
Chief of the General Staff of the Israel De-
fense Forces (IDF), Minister of the Interior
in Prime Minister Itzhak Rabin's cabinet,
Minister of Foreign Affairs in the Shimon
Peres cabinet, and Labor Party Chairman.

When Sharon assumed power in March
2001, Barak came to America. He suppos-
edly came to the United States to work as a
special advisor for Electronic Data Sys-
tems and as a partner with SCP Partners, a
Mos sad-run private equity company focused
on "security-related" work - but this was
merely his cover. His real assignment was
to oversee the terror attacks of 9- 1 1 . As a
partner with SCP Partners Barak was well
placed to supervise the false-flag terror
operation.

The complex false-flag terror attacks of 9-11
required that the mastermind of the opera-
tion be in the country to manage the critical
details. SCP Partners, where Ehud Barak
worked from 2001 until 2007, clearly had
the capability in 2001 to produce nano-com-
posite explosives like the super-thermite
used to pulverize the World Trade Center
on 9- 1 1 . There are very few companies or
countries in the world that had the capa-
bility to manufacture super-thermite in
2001, but Ehud Barak and his SCP Partners
did. Osama Bin Laden and Al Qaida, on
the other hand, did not and could not have
had anything to do with the super-thermite
found in the dust of the pulverized Twin
Towers. The government version is a pack
of lies designed to start a pre-planned war
of aggression against Afghanistan. Ehud
Barak was actually the first person to call
for the U.S. to invade Afghanistan, some-
thing he did only hours after the attacks.

EHUD BARAK ON BBC 9/1 1

Address

http : //Www . histor y commons . org/timeline . jsp Ptimeline =complete_9 1 l_timelineSuda y_of_9/ 1 1 =bush

History Commons

About Timelines BLog Donate Volunteer □ Search this timeline only

Home :: - Timelines by Topic * Regions ==■ Asia ■=* Afghanistan * Complete 91 1 Timeline

Complete 911 Timeline

Bush's Actions on 9/1 \
Project: Complete 911 Timeline

Open -Con tent project managed by matt, Paul, KJF, blackmax
add event | references

(6:00 a.m.) September 1 1 1 2001 : Bush Interview or
Assassination Attempt?

President Bush has just spent the night at the Colony Beach and
Tennis Resort on Longboat Key, Florida, [sarasota herald-tribune, 9/10/ zoozj
He wakes up around 6:00 a.m. and is preparing for his morning jog.

[N EW YORK II MES, 9 / 1 6/ 2001 : C AJ LY "E LEG RAPH , 1 2 / 1 6 / 2001 ; M5N EC , 1 0/ 2 7 / 2 002 ] A V an

occupied by men of Middle Eastern descent arrives at the Colony
Beach Resort, stating they have a "poolside" interview with the
president. They do not have an appointment and are turned away.

(9:06 a.m.) September 11, 200T: President Bush Told WTC
Hit Again and US Is Under Attack- He Continues Photo-Op

President Bush Is in a
Booker Elementary
School second-grader
classroom. His chief of
staff, Andrew Card,
enters the room and
whispers into his ear, "A
second plane hit the
other tower, and
America's under

attack." [EDUCATION CHANNEL
9/1 1 /2001 : NEW YORK TIMES,
9/16/2001; DAILY TELEGRAPH,
12/16/2001; ALBUQUERQUE
TRIBUNE, 9/10/2O02; ABC NEWS.

BUSH DAY 9/1 1 2001

i story Commons

About Timelines BLog Donate Volunteer □ Search this timeline only

Home :: - Timelines by Topic : > Regions ==■ Asia : > Afghanistan ==■ Complete 91 1 Timeline

Complete 911 Timeline

Bush's Actions on 9/11

(9:00 p.m,- 10:00 p.m.) September 1 1, 2001 : President Bush
Meets with Advisers. Declares War Without Barriers

President Bush meets
with his full National
Security Council.
According to journalist
Bob Woodward, this
meeting turns out to be
"unwieldy." So at 9:30
p.m., Bush follows it
with a meeting with a
smaller group of his most
senior principal national
security advisers in the
Presidential Emergency Operations Center (PEOC) beneath the
White House, j

Bush and his advisers have already decided bin Laden
is behind the attacks. As the president later recalls , in these
meetings j "That's when we first got the indication... we've
identified j we think it's al-Qaeda." He says the FBI now thinks that
"it's al-Qaeda, and we start to develop our plans to get them. I
mean j there wasn't any hesitation. We're starting the process of
oaliti on- building and how to get 'em.

President Eush (below television screen) meeting
with the National Security Council in a bunker
below the White House. In the far row from left to
right, are Attorney General Ashcroft, President
Bush, Chief of Staff Card, CIA Director Tenet,
and counterterrorism ■"tsar™ Ckarke. In the near
row, Secretary of State Powell can be seen
waving his hand, and National Security Advisor
Rice sits to his right. [Source: Erie Draper/ White
House]

(According to other

(1 1:30 p.m.) September 1 ^ T 2001 : President Bush Sees 9/1 1
as New Pearl Harbor

Before going to sleep, President Bush writes in his diary, 'The Pearl Harbor
of the 21st century took place today.... We think it's Osama bin Laden/'
[Washington Post, 1/27/2002]

Entity Tags: George W. Bush, Osama bin Laden
Timeline Tags: 9/11 Timeline

Category Tags: All Day of 9/11 Events, George Bush, Key Day of 9/11
Events

BUSH DAY 9/11 2001

Address h1^://ww'^washingtonpost.co^

W$$ ttedincjtcnt (test

TODAY'S NE'iVSPAPER

Subscribe Pos.tPcints

NEWS POLITICS OPINIONS BUSMESS LOCAL SPORTS ARTS S LIVING GOING OUT GUIDE

SEARCH:

Search Archives

Washington post, com > Politics > Political News > Post Series > 10 Days in September
PART 1: Sept. 11

America's Chaotic Road to War

^ Print This Article
D E-Mail This Article

Bush's Global Strategy Began to Take Shape in First Frantic Hours
After Attack

By Dan Baiz and Bob Woodward
Washington Post Staff Writers
Sunday January 27, 2002: Page A01

6:30 a.m.

President Bush rose early the morning of Sept. 11, and went for a four-mile run
around the golf course at the Colony Beach and Tennis Resort on Longboat Key, Fla.,
where he was staying.

On Bush's schedule that day was what White House aides call a "soft events-reading
to about 16 second-graders in Sandra Kay Daniels's class at the Emma E. Booker
Elementary School in Sarasota.

Bush's motorcade left for the school at 8:30 a.m. As it was arriving, pagers and cell
phones alerted White House aides that a plane had hit the North Tower of the World
Trade Center.

At 9:05 a.m., United Airlines Flight 175, also a Boeing 767, smashed into the South
Tower of the trade center. Bush was seated on a stool in the classroom when Card
whispered the news: "A second plane hit the second tower. America is under attack."
Bush remembers exactly what he thought: "They had decla-
red war on us, and I made up my mind at that moment that
we were going to war."

A photo shows Bush's face with a distant look as he absorbed
what Card had said. He nodded and resumed his conversa-
tion with the class. "Really good," he said before excusing
himself and returning to the holding room. "These must be
sixth-graders."

Like his father, Bush tries to keep a daily diary of his thoughts and observa-
tions. That night, he dictated:

"The Pearl Harbor of the 21st century took place today."

"We think it's Osama bin Laden."

"We think there are other targets in the United States, but I have urged the country
to go back to normal."

"We cannot allow a terrorist thug to hold us hostage. My hope is that this will provide
an opportunity for us to rally the world against terrorism."

EMMA 11. BOOKER ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SARASOTA

j Address h1fo://'A ii A ii ^ i A i ashingtonpQS^
Sicjn In Register Now

TODAY'S NEWSPAPER
Subscribe PcstPcints

NEWS POLmCS OPINIONS BUSINESS LOCAL SPORTS ARTS & LIVING GOING OUT GUIDE

Search Archives

wa s h i n cjton post, com

EL PrintThis Article
[^E-Mail This Article

10 Cays in September: Inside the War Cabinet

America's Chaotic Road to War

Bush's Global Strategy Began to Take Shape in First Frantic Hours
After Attack

By Dan Balz and Bob Woodv/ard
Washington Post Staff Writers
Sunday January 27. 2002: Page A01

17; e President at the FT'fee House.- We TJtinklt's Bin Laden'

After the meeting had ended and Bush had returned to the residence, he
and his wife were awakened by Secret Service agents. The agents rushed
them downstairs to the bunker because of a report of an unidentified plane
in the area. Bush was in running shorts and a T-shirt as he made his way
down the stairs, through the tunnel and into the bunker. It proved to be a
false alarm, and the Bushes returned to the residence for the rest of the
night.

Like his father. Bush tries to keep a daily diary of his thoughts and
observations. That night, he dictated:

"The Pearl Harbor of the 21st century took place today."

"We think it's Osama bin Laden."

"We think there are other targets in the United States, but I have urged the
country to go back to normal."

"We cannot allow a terrorist thug to hold us hostage. My hope is that this
will provide an opportunity for us to rally the world against terrorism."

Staff researchers Jeff Himmehnan and Lucy Shackelford contributed
to this report,

BUSH 91 1 PEARL HARBOR DIARY

LOCAL POLITICS SPORTS OPINIONS BUSINESS ARTS ft LIVING

■\G OUT GUIDE

America's Chaotic Road to War

Bush's Global Strategy Began to Take Shape in First Frantic Hours After Attack

would order a military response and that
Rumsfeld would be responsible for organiz-
ing it. "We'll clean up the mess," the presi-
dent told Rumsfeld, "and then the ball will

By Dan Balz and Bob Woodward
Washington Post Staff Writers
Sunday, January 27, 2002; A01

First in a series of eight articles.

be in your court."

Shortly after 9:30 p.m., President Bush
brought together his most senior national
security advisers in a bunker beneath the
White House grounds. It was just 13 hours
after the deadliest attack on the U.S. home-
land in the country's history.

Bush and his advisers sat around a long table
in the conference room of the Presidential
Emergency Operations Center, or PEOC.
Spare and cramped, the bunker was built
to withstand a nuclear attack, with sleeping
berths and enough food for a few people to
survive for several days.

"This is the time for self-defense," he told his
aides, according to National Security Coun-
cil notes. Then, repeating the vow he had
made earlier in the evening in a televised
address from the Oval Office, he added: "We
have made the decision to punish whoever
harbors terrorists, not just the perpetrators."

Their job, the president said, was to figure
out how to do it.

That afternoon, on a secure phone on Air
Force One, Bush had already told Defense
Secretary Donald H. Rumsfeld that he
bush: "THE PEARL IIAUBOU OF THE

Intelligence was by now almost conclusive
that Osama bin Laden and his al Qaeda net-
work, based in Afghanistan, had carried out
the attacks on the World Trade Center and
the Pentagon. But the aides gathered in the
bunker — the "war cabinet" that included
Rumsfeld, Vice President Cheney, national
security adviser Condoleezza Rice, Secretary
of State Colin L. Powell and CIA Director
George J. Tenet -- were not ready to say what
should be done about them. The war cabinet
had questions, no one more than Rumsfeld.

Who are the targets? How much evidence
do we need before going after al Qaeda?
How soon do we act? While acting quickly
was essential, Rumsfeld said, it might take
up to 60 days to prepare for major military
strikes. And, he asked, are there targets that
are off-limits? Do we include American
allies in military strikes?

Rumsfeld warned that an effective response
would require a wider war, one that went far
beyond the use of military force. The United
States, he said, must employ every tool avail-
able -- military, legal, financial, diplomatic,
intelligence.

2 1ST CENTURY TOOK PLACE TODAY. M

The president was enthusiastic. But Tenet
offered a sobering thought. Although al
Qaeda's home base was Afghanistan, the ter-
rorist organization operated nearly world-
wide, he said. The CIA had been working
the bin Laden problem for years. We have a
60-country problem, he told the group.

"Let's pick them off one at a time," Bush
replied.

The president and his advisers started
America on the road to war that night with-
out a map. They had only a vague sense of
how to respond, based largely on the visceral
reactions of the president. But nine nights
later, when Bush addressed a joint session of
Congress, many of the important questions
had been answered.

Meeting in secret, often several times each
day, Bush and his advisers deliberated,
debated and ultimately settled on a strategy
that is still emerging, an unconventional and
risky worldwide war against terrorism. This
series of articles is an inside account of what
happened from Sept. 1 1 to Sept. 20, based
on interviews with the principals involved in
the decision-making, including the presi-
dent, the vice president and many other key
officials inside the administration and out.
The interviews were supplemented by notes
of NSC meetings made available to The
Washington Post, along with notes taken by
several participants.

Cheney raised the military problem of retal-
iating against al Qaeda's home base, noting
that in Afghanistan, a country decimated by
two decades of war, it would be hard to find
anything to hit.

Bush returned to the problem of bin Laden's
sanctuary in Afghanistan. Tenet said they
must deny the terrorists that sanctuary by

targeting the Taliban as well. Tell the Taliban
we're finished with them, he urged.

Discussion turned to whether bin Laden's
al Qaeda network and the Taliban were the
same. Tenet said they were. Bin Laden had
bought his way into Afghanistan, supplying
the Taliban with tens of millions of dollars.

Rumsfeld said the problem was not just
bin Laden and al Qaeda but the countries
that supported terrorism — the point of the
president's address that night.
"We have to force countries to choose," the
president said.

After the meeting had ended and Bush had
returned to the residence, he and his wife
were awakened by Secret Service agents.
The agents rushed them downstairs to the
bunker because of a report of an unidenti-
fied plane in the area. Bush was in running
shorts and a T-shirt as he made his way
down the stairs, through the tunnel and into
the bunker. It proved to be a false alarm, and
the Bushes returned to the residence for the
rest of the night.

Like his father, Bush tries to keep a daily
diary of his thoughts and observations. That
night, he dictated:

"The Pearl Harbor of the 21st
century took place today."

"We think it's Osama bin Laden."

"We think there are other targets in the
United States, but I have urged the country
to go back to normal."

"We cannot allow a terrorist thug to hold us
hostage. My hope is that this will provide an
opportunity for us to rally the world against
terrorism."

bush: "THE PEARL IIAUBOU OE THE 2 1 ST CENTURY TOOK PLACE TODAY."

George W. Bush plumbed the deepest
place in himself, looking for a sim-
ple expression of what the assaults
of September 1 1 required. It was his
role to lead the nation, and the very
world. The President, at a moment of
crisis, defines the communal re-
sponse. A few days after the assault,
George W. Bush did this. Speaking
spontaneously, without the aid of ad-
visers or speechwriters, he put a word
on the new American purpose that
both shaped it and gave it meaning.
"This crusade," he said, "this war on
terrorism."

For George W. Bush, crusade was an
offhand reference. But all the more
powerfully for that, it was an acci-
dental probing of unintended but
nevertheless real meaning. That the
President used the word inadvertent-
ly suggests how it expressed his exact
truth, an unmasking of his most
deeply felt purpose. Crusade, he said.
Later, his embarrassed aides suggest-
ed that he had meant to use the word
only as a synonym for struggle, but
Bush's own syntax belied that. He
defined crusade as war. Even off-
handedly, he had said exactly what he
meant.

Osama bin Laden was already under-
stood to be trying to spark a "clash of
civilizations" that would set the West
against the whole House of Islam.
After 9/11, agitated voices on all
sides insisted that no such clash was
inevitable. But crusade was a match
for jihad, and such words threatened
nothing less than apocalyptic con-
flict between irreconcilable cultures.
Indeed, the President's reference
flashed through the Arab news me-
dia. Its resonance went deeper, even,
than the embarrassed aides expected
- and not only among Muslims.

THE WHITE HOUSE

PRESIDENT GEORGE ff BUSH

BUSH 2001 - A CRUSADE ON TERRORISM

► m 4) 1:47/1:54

O B ft □

Bush Talks about Crusade on Sep 16-2001

THE PRESIDENT: We need to go back to work tomorrow and we will. But
we need to be alert to the fact that these evil-doers still exist. We haven't seen
this kind of barbarism in a long period of time. No one could have conceiv-
ably imagined suicide bombers burrowing into our society and then emerg-
ing all in the same day to fly their aircraft - fly U.S. aircraft into buildings full
of innocent people - and show no remorse. This is a new kind of — a new
kind of evil. And we understand. And the American people are beginning to
understand. This crusade, this war on terrorism is going to take a while. And
the American people must be patient. I'm going to be patient

BUSH 2001 - A CRUSADE ON TERRORISM

Wolfowitz chilling speech

In June 2001 - few months before
911 Deputy Secretary of Defense
Paul Wolfowitz gave a chilling
speech at West Point -The United
States Military Academy

Wolfowitz June 02, 2001:

-Extensive scientific research has demon-
strated that on an average day in June,
the average human brain is capable of
remembering at most one thought from a
commencement speech. But since today is
cooler than average, and West Pointers are
definitely above average, I will challenge
you to think this morning about two words:
"surprise" and "courage."

-This year marks the sixtieth anniversary of
a military disaster whose name has become
synonymous with surprise— the attack on
Pearl Harbor.

-Yet military history is full of surprises, even
WOLFOWITZ CHILLING SPEECH IN

if few are as dramatic or as memorable as
Pearl Harbor. Surprise happens so often that
its surprising that we're still surprised by it.
Very few of these surprises are the product
of simple blindness or simple stupidity. Al-
most always there have been warnings and
signals that have been missed— sometimes
because there were just too many warnings
to pick the right one out, sometimes because
of what one scholar of Pearl Harbor called "a
poverty of expectations"— a routine obses-
sion with a few familiar dangers.

This expectation of the familiar has gotten
whole governments, sometimes whole soci-
eties, into trouble.

-One hundred years later, we live, once
again, in a time of great hopes for world
peace and prosperity. Our chances of real-
izing those hopes will be greater if we use
the benefit of hindsight to replace a poverty
of expectations with an anticipation of the
unfamiliar and the unlikely.

JUNE 2001

History Commons

February 18, 1992: 'Wolfowitz Doctrine:' Proposal Advocates
US as World 's Lone Superpower

February 18, 1992:
'Wolfowitz Doctrine:'
Proposal Advocates US
as World's Lone Super-
power

^aul VYalfowitz. f Source: a
Soston Globej

A draft of the Defense Department's new
post-Cold War strategy, the Defense Plan-
ning Guidance (DPG), causes a split among
senior department officials and is criticized
by the White House. The draft, prepared by
defense officials Zalmay Khalilzad and Lewis
"Scooter" Libby under the supervision of
Undersecretary of Defense Paul Wolfowitz,
says that the US must become the world's
single superpower and must take aggressive
action to prevent competing nations — even
allies such as Germany and Japan — from
challenging US economic and military
supremacy. [New York Times, 5/23/1992;
Rupert and Solomon, 2005, pp. 122; Scoblic,
2008, pp. 165]

September 2000: Neoconservative
Think Tank Writes 'Blueprint' for
'Global Pax Americana

May 30, 2000: US Military Blueprint Calls for Toll-Spectrum
Dominance/ of Entire World

A JuieiL Vi
to enlarge)

yi dpi lie. /Suurce. U3 Default: Day*r Intent] (iliik in id ye

People involved in the 2000 PNAC report (From top
left): Vice President Cheney, Florida Governor Jeb
Bush, DeFense Secretary Rumsfeld, Deputy Defense
Secretary Paul Wolfov*itz, Cheney Chief of Staff I.

A Joint Vision graphic.A Joint Vision graph-
ic. [Source: US Defense Department] (click
image to enlarge)The US Defense Depart-
ment publishes its new long-term blueprint
for the future, entitled "Joint Vision 2020."
As a Defense Department press release
points out, '"Full-spectrum dominance' is
the key term" in the plan. "Full- spectrum
dominance means the ability of US forces,
operating alone or with allies, to defeat any
adversary and control any situation across
the range of military operations."

Author Peter Dale Scott will note that the
similarity between this blueprint and a
report published by the Project for the New
American Century (PNAC) think tank
several months later "was not coincidental,"
since it was built on a 1992 draft report
written by some of the same people involved
in the PNAC report, such as Paul Wolfowitz
and I. Lewis Libby.

Paul Dundes Wolfowitz (born December 22,
1943)

The second child of Jacob Wolfowitz
(1910-1981) and Lillian Dundes, Paul Wol-
fowitz was born in Brooklyn, New York, into
a Polish Jewish immigrant family, and grew
up mainly in Ithaca, New York, where his
father was a professor of statistical theory at
Cornell University.

WOLFOWITZ CHILLING SPEECH IN JUNE 2001

History Commons

About Timelines Blog Donate

Volunteer □ Search this timeline only

Home ==■ Timelines by Topic ■* Regions : > Asia

> Afghanistan * Complete 911 Timeline

Complete 911 Timeline

Dick Cheney's Actions on 9/11

(Shortly Before 7:00 a.m. -7:45 a.m.) September 11, 2001:
Cheney Receives Daily Intelligence Briefing; Heads to White
House

9:26 a.m.) September 11, 2001: Cheney Given Updates on Unidentified Flight
77 Heading toward Washington; Says 'Orders Still Stand'; but Accounts Dif-
fer on Timing and Identity of the Plane

According to some accounts, Vice President Dick Cheney is in the Presidential Emer-
gency Operations Center (PEOC) below the White House by this time, along with
Transportation Secretary Norman Mineta and others. Mineta will recall that, while a
suspicious plane is heading toward Washington, an unidentified young man comes in
and says to Cheney, 'The plane is 50 miles out." According to Mineta, the young man
continues updating the vice president, saying, "The plane is 30 miles out," and when
he gets down to "The plane is 10 miles out," asks, "Do the orders still stand?" In re-
sponse, Cheney "whipped his neck around and said, 'Of course the orders still stand.
Have you heard anything to the contrary?'"

(After 10:00 a.m.) September 11, 2001: Vice President Cheney Assembles
Legal Team for Expanding Presidential Power

DICK CHENEY

History Commons

[

About Timelines Blog Donate

Volunteer

CD Search this timeline only

Home :: - Timelines by Topic : > Regions ==• Asia => Afghanistan ==■ Complete 91 1 Timeline

Complete 911 Timeline

Donald Rumsfeld's Actions on 9/11
(8:00 a.m. -8:50 a.m.) September 11, 2001: Rumsfeld Holds Breakfast Meet-
ing at Pentagon; Key Military Figures Present

During the course of the meeting Rumsfeld predicts that some kind of "shocking"
world event will occur in the near future

(Before 8:46 a.m.) September 11, 2001: Rumsfeld Reportedly Predicts Ter-
ror Attacks

Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld, Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz,
Representatives Christopher Cox (R) and John Mica (R), and numerous others are
meeting in Rumsfeld's private Pentagon dining room, discussing missile defense (see
(8:00 a.m.-8:50 a.m.) September 11, 2001). Rumsfeld later recalls, "I had said at
an eight o'clock breakfast that sometime in the next two, four, six, eight, ten, twelve
months there would be an event that would occur in the world that would be suf-
ficiently shocking that it would remind people again how important it is to have a
strong healthy Defense Department that contributes to— that underpins peace and
stability in our world."

Between 9:38 a.m. and 10:00 a.m. September 11, 2001: Rumsfeld Spends
Brief Time at Pentagon Crash Scene and Helps Carry a Stretcher; Accounts
Conflict over Details

9:39 a.m. September 11, 2001: Defense Secretary Rumsfeld Is Wanted at
Pentagon Teleconference but Cannot Be Reached

DONALD RUMSFELD

History Commons

■

About Timelines BLog Donate Volunteer

Home ==■ Search Results

Results Overview

Dov Zakheim

September 2000*. Neoconservative Think Tank Writes
Blueprint' for Global Pax Americana'

The neoconservative
think tank Project for
the New American
Century writes a
"blueprint" for the
"creation of a 'global
Pax Americana'" (see
June 3, 1997). The
document, titled
Rebuilding America's

People involved in the 2000 PNAC report (from top left): Vice President Cheney, Flo-
rida Governor Jeb Bush, Defense Secretary Rumsfeld, Deputy Defense Secretary Paul
Wolfowitz, Cheney Chief of Staff I. Lewis Libby, Undersecretary of State John Bolton,
Undersecretary of Defense Dov Zakheim, and author Eliot Cohen.

September 2000: Neoconservative Think Tank Writes 'Blueprint' for 'Global
Pax Americana'

The neoconservative think tank Project for the New American Century writes a
"blueprint" for the "creation of a 'global Pax Americana'" (see June 3, 1997). The
document, titled Rebuilding America's Defenses: Strategies, Forces and Resources
for a New Century, was written for the George W. Bush team even before the 2000
presidential election. It was written for future Vice President Cheney, future Defense
Secretary Rumsfeld, future Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz, Florida Go-
vernor and Bush's brother Jeb Bush, and Cheney's future chief of staff Lewis Libby.
[Project for the New American Century, 9/2000, pp. iv and 51 ]

DOV ZAKHEIM

Rabbi Dov Zakheim was the appointed Undersecretary of Defense and Comptrol-
ler from 2001 to 2004 under the George W. Bush administration. Zakheim is the
man responsible for the disappearance of $2.6 TRILLION that went missing from the
Pentagon books which was announced by Donald Rumsfeld on 10th September, 2001.
The story was buried under 9/1 l's rubble.

Not many Americans know who he is, but they ignore him at their own peril. If for
no other reason, a dual Israeli-American citizen as Comptroller and Chief Financial Of-
ficer of the United States Dept. of Defense should raise some eyebrows.

He was Corporate VP1 at System Planning Corporation, a major player in the "Ho-
meland Security" industry. One of the products that SysPlan sells is the Command
Transmitter System, a remote control system for planes, boats, missiles and other
vehicles. It's highly customable and configurable to interface with an almost limitless
number of vehicle types.

DOV ZAKHEIM

You

Tube

911 jerarne hauer

guilty: Jerome hauer on 911

TheSolidsnake41

Jerome Hauer, ABC, 9/11, 14:53
llseptembervideos

Jerome Hauer Planned For 911 Attacks
wearechang&nj

WHO IS JEROME HAUER?
Jerome Hauer is among the small group of
key individuals who are suspected of playing
crucial roles is setting the stage for Israeli
false-flag terror attacks of 9-1 1.
They abandoned WTC 7 the Office of
Emergency Management building BEFORE
the towers collapsed on the OEM build-
ing, which later fell in a perfect controlled
demolition.

Mayor Rudolph W. Giuliani of New York
appointed Jerome M. Hauer, left, to lead the
newly created Office of Emergency Manage-
ment in 1996

The New York Times wrote in May 2007:
Mr. Giuliani and Mr. Hauer began their
JEROME HAUER ON THE NEWS »/l 1 2001

relationship in January 1996 when Mr. Hauer
was hired to lead the new Office of Emer-
gency Management, created to coordinate
the city's response to crises. Mr. Hauer, who
was little known before he became a Giuliani
aide, had previously run emergency manage-
ment programs for the State of Indiana and
IBM.

Oddly, the New York Times never mentions
Jerome Hauer's deep family roots in the New
York Jewish Zionist community. From read-
ing the Times, one might think that Hauer is
from Indiana.

This can only be intentional. Hauer's
mother, Rose Muscatine Hauer, is the retired
Dean of the Beth Israel School of Nursing
and the Honorary President of the New York
Chapter of Hadassah, the Daughters of Zion
movement that is one of the central Zionist
organizations involved in the creation and
maintenance of the State of Israel.

JEROME HAUER ON THE NEWS 0/1 1 2001

The Key Players of 9-11: Who is Jerome M. Hauer?

Christopher Bollyn - January 20, 2008

Yesterday, a reader sent me a document that contained a link to a very interesting
9-minute video clip called 'The 9/11 Solution/'

YOU

The 9/11 Solution

The 9-11 Solution -How the myth was sold-
Cover Story #1

The 911 Harley
Shirt Guy iden-
tified as Cana-
dian actor Mark
Humphrey!

Cover Story #2 #3

On the morning of September 11 2001, Jerome Hauer outlined the official con-
spiracy story to Dan Rather and his viewers on CBS... read the following tran-
script.

Hauer was surprisingly "accurate" with his foreknowledge of how the official story
would later appear to confirm all of his initial presumptions despite the chaos sur-
rounding the attacks in the hours after they took place.

Dan Rather: Based on what you know, and I recognize we're dealing with so few
facts, is it possible that just a plane crash could have collapsed these buildings, or
would it have required the prior positioning of other explosives in the buildings?

Jerome Hauer: My sense is just the velocity of the plane, and the fact that you have
a plane filled with fuel hitting that building that burned, the velocity of that plane
certainly had an impact on the structure itself, and then the fact that it burned, and
you had that intense heat, probably weakened the structure as well, I think it was the
planes hitting the buildings causing the collapse.

JEROME HAUER

Dan Rather: What perspective can you give us, there have been these repeated
reports that Osama Bin Laden ...as responsible for these kinds of events, many intel-
ligence people at very high levels say, you can't have these kinds of attacks without
having some state, Iraq, Iran, Libya, Syria, somebody involved... put that into per-
spective for us.

Jerome Hauer: Yeah, well I'm not sure I agree that this necessarily state sponsored,
it certainly has the fingerprints of somebody like Bin Laden!!

On September 11, 2001, Jerome Hauer was a
National Security Advisor with the National In-
stitute of Health, a managing director with Kroll
Associates, his background in counter terror and
his specialized knowledge of biological warfare
served him well on that day.

On September 11, 2001 Jerome Hauer advi-
sed the White House to begin taking Cipro, an
antibiotic which is effective against anthrax,
Hauer's advice was not made public, and its
value may have been underestimated at the
time, but it was clearly demonstrated a week
later, when the first anthrax letters appeared,
and again three weeks after that, when anthrax
appeared in letters to Democratic Senators
Daschle and Leahy.

On September 11, 2001, in addition to his job with the NIH, Jerome Hauer was also
Managing Director of Kroll Associates.

Kroll was in charge of overall security for the entire World Trade Center
complex, at Hauer's behest, Kroll had hired John O'Neill, his first day of work
would be on September 11, 2001,

O'Neill had resigned his post as Deputy Director of the FBI, during the summer very
unhappy with the Bush administration's head in sand approach to terror, after investi-
gations into the attack on USS Cole had been blocked.

JEROME HAUER

►

0:26/6:40

Paul Bremer interview, NBC, 12:

Paul Bremer interview, NBC, 12:46, 9/11
This is a mind-boggling interview with
Lewis Paul Bremer III (who ended up as the
pro-council of Iraq.)

On 09/11/01 Bremer was the Chairman and
CEO of Marsh Political Risk Practice which
had offices in the WTC as did its parent
company Marsh USA. They had a total
of 1,700 employees assigned to the WTC.
Bremer, himself, had an office in the South
Tower. Nonetheless, this "counter-terrorism
expert" makes no mention of any of this
only three hours after the first plane flew
directly into seven of the eight floors of
WTC 1 occupied by Marsh USA. He is here
on television prognosticating about who
will turn out to be the culprits, with calm
detachment

46, 9/11

Bremer: "Yes, this is a very well planned,
very well coordinated attack, which suggests
it's very well organized centrally. And there
are only three or four candidates in the
world really who could have conducted this
attack."

Vance: "Bin Laden comes to mind right
away, Mr. Bremer."

Bremer: "Indeed, he certainly does. Bin
Laden was involved in the first attack on
the World Trade Center, which had as its
intentions doing exactly what happened
here, which was to collapse both towers.
He certainly has to be a prime suspect. But
there are others in the Middle East, and
there are at least two states, Iran and Iraq
which should at least remain on the list of
potential suspects."

Gentzler: "And can talk to us a little bit
about who could... I mean there are a limited
number of groups who could be responsible
for something of this magnitude. Right?"

RICHARD PEKLE AND PAUL BREMER SELLING THE IRAQ WAR 9/1 1

WIKKICA'S NEWWAim

RICHARD PERLE

CMMMm DEFENSE POLICY BOARD

UUJC m THE COLLAPSE OF THE WORLD TRADE CENTER TOWERS

^)) 3:24/11:31

O o □ □

9/11 Richard Perle - The Next Attack Will Be Entirely Different .... Chemical And Biol.

CNN EVANS, NOVAK, HUNT & SHIELDS

- Richard Pearle U.S. DEFENSE POLI-
CY BOARD CHAIRMAN discusses U.S.
Defense - Aired September 16, 2001 - 17:30
ET

- No, I think there are two tracks
here. There's an effort to determine
who individually was responsible for
this act of terror and to try to dis-
cern the ties back to larger terrorist
organizations. But separate and apart
from that, if we are going to win

the war against terrorism, we must
take that war to the countries who
harbor terrorists, who give them the
facilities, the money, the training, the
intelligence, the communications.
Without that, the ability of these ter-
rorists — bin Laden or anyone else —
to inflict this kind of damage would

CNN September 16, 2001 .... Espionage?
Richard Perle has been accused of spying for
Israel on multiple occasions over a period of
4 decades, getting away the whole time with
criminal activities. 9/11 is what happens
when you let very powerful criminals get
away with past terrorism and treason. Perle
calls out the Anthrax attacks that happen
weeks later, with a smile. When Perle was
working for Senator Scoop Jackson, he was
investigated by the Justice Department and
found to have violated US policies relat-
ing to unlawful transmission of sensitive
classified US information to Israel. Caught
SPYING!

Richard Perle was born in New York
City, New York, the son of Martha
Gloria and Jack Harold Perle. His
family was Jewish.

be extremely limited.
RICHARD PERLE AND PAUL BREMER SELLING THE IRAQ WAR 9/1 1

ces nww co*n

4ft Hours, Uytiteffy

WLtowtes Sunday

G>CB$ EVENTNC NEWS

Wftn K A TIE COURIC

EVENING NEWS HOME |

ftKATlECOURIC

ASSIGNMENT AMERICA

THE AMERICAN

WASHINGTON, &*pi. 19* 2001

Profiting From Disaster?

When The Slocks Fril, 5?- Million Fi ufif Wns MskIc

(AP>

(< HS| So^irees If 91 t"BS That r!ie afternoon

before the iilTa^ k . ,i I ,inii he I h were ^ouiuhai & over
luuuiiitl Hiding in [he U.S. stock ctpTiau- m.uker.

A» ettirnorclijiiiry number of trade* were berrinst Mini
American AilJiih.-^ .lock r-i^e would fall.

The Trader .ire called ,F pim n aud ihcy involved at
kait 4513,000 sjuires of American. But what raised
The red tlusc is mote than SO percent of l]ic order*.
were "plus", fjir ontiYtlinbcrin^ "call 11 options, those

CIA Executive Director "Buzzy" Krongard managed firm that
handled "PUT' options on United Airline Stock by Michael C.
Ruppert

FTW - October 9, 2001 - Although uniformly ignored by the
mainstream U.S. media, there is abundant and clear evidence
that a number of transactions in financial markets indicated
specific (criminal) foreknowledge of the September 11 attacks
on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon.

In the case of at least one of these trades -- which has left a $2.5 million prize
unclaimed — the firm used to place the "put options" on United Airlines stock was,
until 1998, managed by the man who is now in the number three Executive Director
position at the Central Intelligence Agency.

Until 1997 A.B. "Buzzy" Krongard had been Chairman of the investment bank A. B.
Brown being connected to money laundering of drug money.

PROFITING FROM »/l 1

Profiting from a toss

The stocks of United and American airlines feft sharp fy fotf owing the
Sept 1 1 terrorist attacks, which used hijacked jets from the two airlines.
But unknown investors made a bundle using a financial derivative that
increases in value when a stock goes down.

United Airlines

Daily closes

1 $30.82 1

$35

] 5

$17.50

S 10 IS 20 24 26 28
SEPTEMBER

American Airlines

Daily closes

%3b

6 10 IS 20 24 26 28
SEPTEMBER

KEY: ■ Sept 10 ■ Sept 17 M Yesterday

I 4-day market closure after Sept 11 attacks

Source:
Yahoo Finance

Chronicle Graphic

Morgan Stanley Dean Witter & Co., which occupied 22 floors of the World Trade Cen-
ter, saw 2,157 of its October $45 put options bought in the three trading days before
Black Tuesday; this compares to an average of 27 contracts per day before Septem-
ber 6.

Morgan Stanley's share price fell from $48.90 to $42.50 in the aftermath of the
attacks. Assuming that 2,000 of these options contracts were bought based upon
knowledge of the approaching attacks, their purchasers could have profited by at
least $1.2 million.

Merrill Lynch & Co., with headquarters near the Twin Towers, saw 12,215 October $45
put options bought in the four trading days before the attacks; the previous average
volume in those shares had been 252 contracts per day [a 1200% increase!]. When
trading resumed, Merrill's shares fell from $46.88 to $41.50; assuming that 11,000
option contracts were bought by "insiders/' their profit would have been about $5.5
million.

PROFITING FROM »/l 1

Military & Foreign Aff airs Journal

VETERANS TODAY

9/11 | ECONOMY I EDITOR I HEALTH I LIVING I MILITARY | POL

9/1 1 Certainly a False Flag Operation: Mark Dankof

9/11 Certainly a False Flag
Operation: Mark Dankof
by Kourosh Ziabari
Almost two weeks have passed since the
1 1th anniversary of the 9/11 attacks, and
scholars, journalists and authors are still
trying to figure out the hidden realities be-
hind the "most hideous terrorist attacks ever
perpetrated in American soil," as described
by Victor Argothy of the University of Del-
ware's Disaster Research Center.

Israel's involvement in the 9/11 attacks and
the possibility that it might have been a false
flag operation with the objective of laying
the groundwork to attack Afghanistan, Iraq
and other Muslim nations are among the
most popular theories which the members
of 9/1 1 Truth Movement have proposed.

Mark Dankof believes that they were the
Israelis who masterminded and perpetrated
the 9/11 attacks, and believes that there's
abundant evidence confirming this specu-
lation.

On the 1 1th anniversary of the September
11, 2001 attacks, I conducted an in-depth
interview with Mark Dankof to examine
his viewpoints regarding the events that led
to the collapsing of the twin towers of the
World Trade Center, the traces of the foot-
steps of Israel in the attacks and the reasons

9/11 CERTAINLY A f

why the United States and Israel employed
these attacks to launch an all-out war against
the Muslim world. What follows is the text
of this interview.

Q: Mark, in your writings and broadcasts
about 9/11, you've talked about the Israeli
foreknowledge of the attacks. Is there com-
pelling evidence to verify this? Do you mean
that Israel was somehow involved in the
attacks or may have benefited from them in
one way or another?

A: I will reiterate what I said on Press TV. I
believe Dr. Alan Sabrosky of the U. S. Army
War College is correct. The Israeli Mossad
pulled off the 9/11 attacks. They had the
motive, the means, the opportunity, and the
network in the domestic United States to
keep their involvement from public expo-
sure. As Dr. Sabrosky puts it, "It is 100%
certain that 9/11 was a Mossad operation.
Period."

Fact: The BBC reported on September 23,
2001 that most of the "nineteen Muslims"
are still alive. Rex Tomb, Chief of Investi-
gative Publicity for the FBI noted that the
reason bin Laden and the Taliban have never
been officially accused by the United States
for orchestrating 9/11 is "because the FBI
has no hard evidence connecting bin Laden
to 9/11." Dick Cheney stated in an interview
with Tony Snow on March 26, 2006 that

"We've never made the case, or ami
FALSE FLAG OPERATION

ued the

case that somehow Osama bin Laden was
directly involved in 9/1 1. That evidence has
never been forthcoming." Robert Muller of
the FBI admitted the same when he stated
that, "In our investigation, we have not un-
covered a single piece of paper either here in
the U. S. or in the treasure trove of informa-
tion that has turned up in Afghanistan and
elsewhere that mentioned any aspect of the
September 11th plot."

Fact: Zionist Jew and Netanyahu pal, Larry
Silverstein, obtained the lease for the Twin
Towers just ten weeks before 9/1 1. He
doubled the insurance and included a clause
for "terrorists' acts." When it came time to
collect, Silverstein claimed there were two
incidents of "terror" since two buildings
were hit by planes, which allowed him to
seek for double indemnity. His victory in
court was overseen by Zionist Jew Michael
B. Mukasey. Silverstein later gave conflicting
accounts of why he was not eating breakfast
at the Windows of the World restaurant at
the Twin Towers on 9/1 1, a complete depar-
ture from his usual routine. Or why his son,
Roger, and daughter, Lisa did not show up
for work as usual at the World Trade Center
on that fateful morning. Take a look at what
Bollyn, Sungenis, and Wikispooks chronicle
about the astounding list of high-profile
Zionist Jews connected to the Twin Tower
complex who were all conveniently missing
from the area on 9/1 1. Frank Lowy; Lewis
Eisenberg; Ronald S. Lauder; Jules Kroll;
Jerome Hauer. This is all especially interest-
ing given the Jerusalem Post report that the
foreign ministry of Israel had the names of
4,000 Israelis believed to be in the area of the
Twin Towers or the Pentagon at the time of
the attacks, yet only one Israeli is known to
have died that morning. How did all of these
Jews know to be absent that morning?

admission of Jewish-run company Odigo
[later purchased by Comverse Infosys, an
Israeli company which specializes in phone
and wiretapping] which had offices two
blocks from the Twin Towers, that two of its
employees received instant messages warn-
ing of a large-scale attack two hours before
the planes hit the Twin Towers. The Israeli
newspaper, Haaretz, carried the story. Two
weeks after 9/11, the Vice President of Odi-
go, Alex Diamandis stated, "The messages
said something big was going to happen in
a certain amount of time, and it did-almost
to the minute." Bollyn and Sungenis note
another oddity in all of this: the Israeli com-
pany, ZIM, which vacated its 10,000 square
foot office space in the North Twin Tower
only a few days before 9/11 even though
the company lease ran to the end of 2001,
losing $50,000 in the process. When the
FBI's Michael Dick began an investigation
of this suspicious activity, Michael Chertoff
removed him from the case.

Chertoff is an Israeli citizen; his cousin,
Benjamin Chertoff, wrote the infamous
article for Popular Mechanics that attempted
to support the U. S. government's position
on 9/1 1 and to defuse the sharp criticism of
American physicists and scientists which
definitively stated that the official story of

anwoncom

tgur Am a? com

-v ;

■ ^^^^^ '- ■ ■* 1

€Z* \j Can

[Bw*!> 1 '^J^ 1 | £*

s:. a'

Mother of All
Conspiracies

Pearl Harbor: Maine; of All
Canapiraeiea IP.spcitxickJ

/WaUiiMc fro 1 1 1 three selfcrs .

H*.* ?na !? "UJ pi- pi hn#

□ r

S*t > 13-00 imflxcn.ppm Cjifc

Pearl Harbor: Mother of All Conspiracies

President Roosevelt (FDR) provoked the attack, knew about it in advance and covered
up his failure to warn the Hawaiian commanders.

FDR needed the attack to sucker Hitler to declare war,

since the public and Congress were overwhelmingly against entering the war in Eu-
rope. It was his backdoor to war.

FDR blinded the commanders at Pearl Harbor and set them up by:

1. denying intelligence to Hawaii

2. on Nov 27, misleading the commanders into thinking negotiations with Japan were
continuing to prevent them from realizing the

3. having false information sent to Hawaii aboMCTi w 3§cWt!ion of the Japanese carrier
fleet.

Interview with historian Eustace Mullins on the New World Order

Interviewer : Who is it that wants these wars?

Eustace Mullins : It's the bankers, the bankers plan wars to create debt. The Rotshcilds financed
the wars.

Interviewer : How did they trick us into world war two?

Eustace Mullins : The attack on Pearl Harbour was one of those carefully orchestrated
things, Roosevelt was sitting there in Washington listening to every communique the Japanese
were sending out. The United States had the money to finance the war, Woodrow Wilson signed
into law the Federal Reserve Act so we could have world war one.

Interviewer : When we see that room in the United Nations are these guys calling the shots?
Eustace Mullins : David Rockefeller used to come down there and meet with the Soviet delega-
tion and he would give the Soviet delegation there orders and they would relay that to Moscow.
Interviewer : Can you tell us the specific point at which the US currency was switched over to
this fake currency called Federal Reserve note?

Eustace Mullins : They made a number of steps which were finalized in 1944 when we were in-
volved in the second world war and congress removed the gold backing of the dollar. Since 1944
it has only been backed by paper bonds. So you have paper currency backed by paper bonds.

THE NEW PEARL HARBOR

Tilt: \KW

mm iiutmiK

C.*rf Whit I m n

The New Pearl Ha? r>on Disturbing

Questions Aboirt the Bush

Ad mmislrahon and paperback]

Buy M'-lv

=-■*■ 510.20 n, hIkjJjI* for I HI I N u | h*t

v-.-. 5m- z : fr* HC

In Si iv k.

S'-'Li r-j -J i . A-nijjiTii.'.uni Bi'L /t-iii

Wrtnl il HlpliurrPifc HrenilAU. Pnlv IMJ .!p

film Tim rrtmJ
L— jh ui Whin bwj

The New Pearl Harbor:

Disturbing Questions about the Bush Administration and 9/11 by David Ray Griffin
This 256-page book essentially summarizes the research of independent investigators
of the 9/11/01 attack, and builds a cumulative argument implicating at least the Bush
administration in the attack.

Like his father, Bush tries to keep a daily diary of his thoughtsand observations. [On
9/11], he dictated: 'The Pearl Harbor of the 21st century took place today/' [Wash-
ington Post]

September 11th 2001 = The new Pearl Harbor

The large numbers of 'blips' on NORAD screens which displayed both the real and
'drill' hijacked planes explain why press reports released immediately afterwards were
confusing citing that up to eight planes had been hijacked.

David Ray Griffin born 1939 is a retired
American professor of philosophy of re-
ligion and theology. Along with John B.
Cobb, Jr., he founded the Center for Pro-
cess Studies in 1973, a research center

of Claremont School of Theology which
seeks to promote the common good by
means of the relational approach found

in process thought. Griffin has published a
number of books on the subject of the Sep-
tember 1 1 attacks, suggesting that there was
a conspiracy involving some elements of the
United States government.

Griffins second book on the subject was a
direct critique of the 9/11 Commission Re-
port, called The 9/11 Commission Report:
Omissions And Distortions (2005). [13]
Griffins article The 9/11 Commission Re-
port: A 571 -page Lie summarises this book,
presenting 115 instances of either omissions
or distortions of evidence he claims are in
the report, stating that "the entire Report is
constructed in support of one big lie: that
the official story about 9/11 is true.

THE NEW PEARL HARBOR

History Commons

About Timelines BLog Donate Volunteer D Search this timeline only

Home :: - Timelines by Topic : > Regions :: - Asia » Afghanistan :: - Complete 91 1 Timeline

Complete 911 Timeline

The Able Danger Program

May-June 2000; Army Officer Told to Destroy Able Danger
Documents

Maj. Eric Klein smith, chief of intelligence
for the Land Information Warfare Activity
fLIWA) unit, is ordered to destroy data and
documents related to a military intelligence
program set up to gather information about
al-Qaeda. The program, called Able Danger,
has identified Mohamed Atta and three
other future hijackers as potential threats
(see January-February 2000). According to
Kleinsmith , by April Z000 it has collected

May-June 2000: Army Officer Told to Destroy Able Danger Documents

Maj. Eric Kleinsmith, chief of intelligence for the Land Information Warfare Activity
(LIWA) unit, is ordered to destroy data and documents related to a military intelligen-
ce program set up to gather information about al-Qaeda. The program, called Able
Danger, has identified Mohamed Atta and three other future hijackers as potential
threats (see January-February 2000).

According to Kleinsmith, by April 2000 it has collected "an immense amount of data
for analysis that allowed us to map al-Qaeda as a worldwide threat with a surprisingly
significant presence within the United States."(see January-February 2000) [Fox
News, 9/21/2005; New York Times, 9/22/2005]

The data is being collected on behalf of Maj. Gen. Geoffrey Lambert, the J3 at US
Special Operations Command, who is said to be extremely upset when he learns that
the data had been destroyed without his knowledge or consent.

Able Danger and the 9/11 Commission

Curt Weldon's assertion that Able Danger identified the 9/11 hijackers was picked up
by the national media in August 2005, after it was reported in the bimonthly Gov-
ernment Security News. In addition to asserting that Able Danger identified the 9/11
hijackers and was prevented from passing that information onto the FBI, Weldon also
alleged the intelligence concerning Able Danger was provided to the 9/11 Commission
and ignored. Two 9/11 Commission members, Timothy J. Roemer and John F. Leh-
man, both claimed not to have received any information on Able Danger.

Erik Kleinsmith. [Source:
C-SPAN]

ABLE DANGER DATA DESTROYED - SIBEL EDMONDS

m ■

Sibel Deniz Edmonds
born 1970 is an Irani-
an-American former
FBI translator and
founder of the Nation-
al Security Whis-
tleblowers Coalition
(NSWBC). Edmonds
gained public atten-
tion following her fir-
ing from her position
as a language specialist at the FBI's Washington
Field Office in March 2002, after she accused a
colleague of covering up illicit activity involv-
ing foreign nationals, alleging serious acts of
security breaches, cover-ups, and intentional
blocking of intelligence which, she contended,
presented a danger to the United States' securi-
ty. Her later claims have gained her awards and
fame as a whistleblower.

In March 2012, she published a memoir, titled
Classified Woman-The Sibel Edmonds Story.

Edmonds testified before the 9/11 Commis-
sion, but her testimony was excluded from the
official 567 page

Edmonds has continued to make various
allegations and claims about operations within
the FBI. Many of her allegations about the 9/11
attacks and nuclear proliferation have been
reported in the media and published online,
and she continues to publish open letters on
her personal website, Just a Citizen. On August
8, 2009, Edmonds gave sworn testimony
accusing current and former members of the
government of treasonous activity. A video of
her deposition and PDF transcript is avail-
able online as well as an easy-to-read HTML
transcript.

Gladio B: The Origins of NATO's Secret
Islamic Terrorist Proxies

According to Sibel Edmonds, NATO,
through Gladio, worked closely with Za-
wahiri and Bin Laden.
Synopsizing Sibel Edmonds: The Evolution
of Operation Gladio

Over at Sibel's website, she has published
"Sibel Edmonds' State Secrets Privilege
Gallery" - twenty one photos of people.

Sibel doesn't say anything about the photos
- or the people in the photos - but we can
reasonably presume that they are the 21
guilty people in her case.
Sibel has broken the photos into three
different groups.

The first group contains current and
former Pentagon and State Department
officials.

Richard Perle

|| I Marc Grossman |
"iDouglas Feith

Brent Scowcroft

Eric Edelman

Larry Franklin

SIBEL EDMONDS - ABLE DANGER DATA DESTROYED

History Commons

About Timelines BLog Donate Volunteer

September 2000: Neoconservative Think Tank Writes
'Blueprint' for 'Global Pax Americana'

+You Search

Images Maps Play YouTube Gmail Drive Calendar Translate 1

Google

rebuilding america's defenses

Web Images Maps Videos More » Search tools

About 586.000 results (0.25 seconds)

[pdfi Rebuilding America's Defenses - the Project far the New Americ...
www. newameri can century org/RebuildingAmericasDefenses pdf

File Format: PDF/Adobe Acrobat - Quick View

REBUILDING. AMERICA'S. DEFENSES. Strategy, Forces and Resources. For a New
Century'', A Report of. The Project for the New American Century ...

PLANNING OF WOULD WAR IV ANNOUNCED IN SEPTEMBER 2000

Rebuilding

America's
Defenses

Strategy, Forces and Resources
For a New Century

A Report of

The Project for the New American Century
September 2000

1. L >D. d,l*gi-^l^J5t)f«{PStnptfii 2.dDt?t**4a[^

la Q \£ u ED * A r

Rebuilding America s Defenses: Sf rafter. Farces ami Resources far & New Century

policy goals and would trouble Americ an
allies.

tv* ni i m-piii pii tc t \i ^mrp-nt inietirttic A

Pursuing a two -stage strategy for of
transforming convent ion a I forces. In

Further, the process of transformation, even if it brings revolu-
tionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some catastroph-
ic and catalyzing event - like a new Pearl Harbor.

PLANNING OF WORLD WAR IV ANNOUNCED IN SEPTEMBER 2000

P It il i I f 1 Fd« 1 El b

Ne w Amlrican Chntury

Rebuilding America a Defenses: Strategy^

policy goals and would trouble American
allies

Further, the process oHranstoniiation.
even if it brings revolutionary change, is
likely to be a long one. absent some
catastrophic and catalyzing event like a
new Pearl Harbor. Domestic politics and
Rebuilding America's Defenses:

Strategy, Forces and Resources For a New Century
A Report of the Project for the New American Century
September 2000

Further, the process of transformation,
even if it brings revolutionary change, is
likely to be a long one, absent some
catastrophic and catalyzing event - like a
new Pearl Harbor.

PNAC PROJECT FOR THE NEW AMERICAN CENTURY

History Commons

About

Timelines

BLog

Donate

Volunteer

Home ==■ Context of June 3, 1997: PNAC Think Tank Issues Statement of Principles'

June 3, 1 997: PNAC Think Tank Issues Statement of
Principles

The Project for the New American Century
(PNAC}, a neoconservative think tank formed
in the spring of 1997, issues its statement of
principles. PNAC's stated aims are:

■ to "shape a new century favorable to
American principles and interests"

■ to achieve "a foreign policy that boldly and
purposefully promotes American principles
abroad"

■ to "increase defense spending significantly"

■ to challenge "regimes hostile to US interests
and values"

September 2000: Neoconservative Think Tank Writes
'Blueprint' for 'Global Pax Americana'

William Kristol, one of
the founders and
leaders of PNAC.

1 ■ People involved in the 2000 PNAC report (from

Forces and Resources for top left): Vice President Cheney; Florida Governor

Jeb Bush, Defense Secretary Rumsfeld, Deputy
a New Century ? Was Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz, Cheney Chief

Written for the George ? f h Sta c ff }: Lewis Libby, Undersecretary of State

= John Bolton, Undersecretary of Defense Dov
W. Bush team even Zakheim, and author Eliot Cohen. [Source; Public

■ , . domain]

before the 2000

REBUILDING AMERICA'S DEFENSES

National Commission on
Terrorist Attacks Upon the United States

Ninth Public Hearing Archive

The Commissions ninth public hearing was
held on April 8, 2004, in Washington, DC.
The Commission heard testimony from Dr.
Condoleezza Rice, Assistant to the President
for National Security Affairs.
Thursday, April 8, 2004

At the beginning of the Administration,
President Bush revived the practice of
meeting with the director of Central Intel-
ligence almost every day in the Oval Office,
meetings which I attended along with the
Vice President and the chief of staff. At these
meetings, the President received up-to-date
intelligence and asked questions of his most
senior intelligence officials.

From January 20th through September
10th, the President received at these daily
meetings more than 40 briefing items on al
Qaeda, and 13 of those were in response to
questions he or his top advisers posed. In
addition to seeing DCI Tenet almost every
morning, I generally spoke by telephone to
coordinate policy at 7:15 with Secretary —
Secretaries Powell and Rumsfeld on a variety
of topics. And I also met and spoke regularly
with the DCI about al Qaeda and terrorism.

Of course, we did have other responsibili-
ties. President Bush had set a broad foreign
policy agenda. We were determined to con-
front the proliferation of weapons of mass
destruction. We were improving Americas
relations with the world's great powers.

We had to change an Iraq policy that was
making no progress against a hostile regime
which regularly shot at U.S. planes enforcing
U.N. Security Council resolutions. And we
had to deal with the occasional crisis; for
instance, when the crew of a Navy plane was
detained in China for 1 1 days.

We also moved to develop a new and
comprehensive strategy to try and elimi-
nate the al Qaeda network. President Bush
understood the threat, and he understood
its importance. He made clear to us that he
did not want to respond to al Qaeda one
attack at a time. He told me he was "tired of
swatting flies."

This new strategy was devel-
oped over the spring and sum-
mer of 2001, and was approved
by the President s senior na-
tional security officials on Sep-
tember 4th.

It was the very first major national security
policy directive of the Bush administration
— not Russia, not missile defense, not Iraq,
but the elimination of al Qaeda.

Although this National Security Presidential
Directive was originally a highly classified
document, we arranged for portions to be
declassified to help the Commission in its
work, and I will describe some of it today.

BUSH PLANNED AFGHAN INVASION BEFORE 9/1 1

Bush Planned Afghan Invasion BEFORE 9/11, Condoleezza Rice Testimony

The strategy set as a goal the elimination
of the al Qaeda network and threat and or-
dered the leadership of relevant U.S. depart-
ments and agencies to make the elimination
of al Qaeda a high priority and to use all
aspects of our national power -- intelligence,
financial, diplomatic and military — to meet
that goal. And it gave Cabinet secretaries
and department heads specific responsibili-
ties. For instance, it directed the secretary of
State to work with other countries to end all
sanctuaries given to al Qaeda.

It directed the secretaries of the Treasury
and State to work with foreign governments
to seize or freeze assets and holdings of al
Qaeda and its benefactors.

It directed the director of Central Intelli-
gence to prepare an aggressive program of
covert activities to disrupt al Qaeda and
provide assistance to anti-Taliban groups
operating in Afghanistan.
CONDOLEEZZA RICE TESTIMONY

hiEtorycomtnons.org

History Commons

About

Timelines

Volunteer

1976: CIA and Other Intelligence Agencies Use BCCI to Control
anil Manipulate friminak anrt Twrnrists Worldwide

Investigative journalist
Joseph Trento will later
report that in 1976, the
Safari Club, a newly formed
secret cabal of intelligence
agencies (see September 1,
1976-Early 1980s), de-
cides it needs a network of
twLT 1 banks to help finance its

intelligence operations. Saudi Intelligence
Minister Kamal Adham is given the task.
"With the official blessing of George H.
W. Bush as the head of the CIA, Adham
transformed a small Pakistani merchant
bank, the Bank of Credit and Commerce
International (BCCI), into a world-wide
money-laundering machine, buying banks
around the world to create the biggest clan-
destine money network in history." BCCI
was founded in 1972 by a Pakistani named
Agha Hasan Abedi, who was an associate

of Adham's. Bush himself has an account at
BCCI established while still director of the
CIA. French customs will later raid the Paris
BCCI branch and discover the account in
Bush's name. [Trento, 2005, pp. 104] Bush,
Adham, and other intelligence heads work
with Abedi to contrive "a plan that seemed
too good to be true. The bank would solicit
the business of every major terrorist, rebel,
and underground organization in the world.
The intelligence thus gained would be
shared with 'friends' of BCCI." CIA oper-
ative Raymond Close works closely with
Adham on this. BCCI taps "into the CIA's
stockpile of misfits and malcontents to help
man a 1,500-strong group of assassins and
enforcers." [Trento, 2005, pp. 104]

TIME

Magazine <x s^^im q
B.C.C.I.: The Dirtiest Bank of All

By JunuLhuri B L -uLy and S.C Gwyniu-Tk-w York Monday July 29. 1991

Early June- September 10, 2001: Armed Drone Ready to Hit Bin
Laden, but Bureacratic Concerns Prevent Its Use

A Predator drone Firing a HellFire missile. [Source: tfS Air
Force]

An armed version of the Preda-
tor drone successfully passes a
test showing it is ready for use
in Afghanistan. The Predator
had been used successfully in
2000 to spot bin Laden (see
September 7-October 2000), but
it was not used in early 2001
while an armed version was
prepared (see January 10-25,
2001). AHellfire missile was

successfully test fired from a Predator on February 16, 2001. [CBS News, 6/25/2003]
AFGHANISTAN PLANNED BEFORE 9/1 1 2001

□□H NEWS

You are in: World: South Asia
Frnnl Parjp Tuesday, L0 September, Z001, il;27 GMT 1Z:27 UK

■■Bwaru us 'planned attack on
i?&]jr Taleban'

Amen cos
Asia- Pacific
burope
Middle test
South Asia]

HwnUufttm K
QjfitauuiitJmt

Sti/Tech

The widei uLrjeLli

By the BfclU's ceorqe Arnay

A former Pakistani diplomat has told the BBC
that ths US was planning miiitary action
dy-diniit Oidiiid Bill Lddan dind Dm Tdlubdn yvmi
before last week's attacks.

Zbigniew Brzezinski, born in Warsaw, Po-
land, in 1928, the son of a diplomat posted
to Canada in 1938, serves as Counselor,
Center for Strategic and International
Studies (CSIS) and is Professor of American
Foreign Policy at the Paul H. Nitze School
of Advanced International Studies (SAIS)
at Johns Hopkins University, Washington,
D.C. Brzezinski is said to be a protege of
both Nelson A. Rockefeller and Paul H.
Nitze, his CSIS profile states
Brzezinski, in a interview for the French
publication, Le Nouvel Observateur, was
more forthright, and unapologetically
claimed to be the mastermind of a feint
which caused the Soviet Union to embark
upon a military intervention to support
their client government in Kabul, as well as
training and arming extremists, which later
became the Taliban government.

Q: When the Soviets justified their in-
tervention by asserting that they intended
to fight against a secret involvement of the
United States in Afghanistan, people didn't
believe them. However, there was a basis of
truth. You don't regret anything today?

Tuesday, 18 September, 2001, 11:27 GMT
12:27 UK

US 'planned attack on Taleban'
By the BBC's George Arney
A former Pakistani diplomat has told the
BBC that the US was planning military
action against Osama Bin Laden and the
Taleban even before last week's attacks.
Niaz Naik, a former Pakistani Foreign Sec-
retary, was told by senior American officials
in mid- July that military action against
Afghanistan would go ahead by the middle
of October.

Mr Naik said US officials told him of the
plan at a UN-sponsored international con-
tact group on Afghanistan which took place
in Berlin.

Brzezinski: Regret what? That secret
operation was an excellent idea. It had
the effect of drawing the Russians into the
Afghan trap and you want me to regret it?
The day that the Soviets officially crossed
the border, I wrote to President Carter: We
now have the opportunity of giving to the
USSR its Vietnam war. Indeed, for almost
10 years, Moscow had to carry on a war
unsupportable by the government, a conflict
that brought about the demoralization and
finally the breakup of the Soviet empire.

Q: And neither do you regret having
supported the Islamic [integrisme], having
given arms and advice to future terrorists?

Brzezinski: What is most important to the
history of the world? The Taliban or the col-
lapse of the Soviet empire? Some stirred-up
Moslems or the liberation of Central Europe
and the end of the cold war?

Le Nouvel Observateur, Interview with
Dr. Zbigniew Brzezinski, Paris, January 15-
21, 1998

AFGHANISTAN PLANNED BEFORE 0/1 1 2001

About Timelines BLog Donate Volunteer

1999: NeoconserYative Philosopher: Intelligence Provides a
Weans to Policy Ends, by Necessity Steeped in Deception

September 2002: 'Office
of Special Plans' Created;
'Stovepipes' Questionable
Intelligence Reports to
Office of Vice President

Gary Schmitt. [Source: Think
Progress (.org)]

Prominent neo conservative Abram Shulsky,
who worked under former Senator Henry
"Scoop" Jackson (see Early 1970s), joins
fellow neoconservative Gary Schmitt, the
founder of the Project for the New Ameri-
can Century (PNAC - see January 26, 1998),
in penning an essay called "Leo Strauss and
the World of Intelligence." Both are Strauss
proteges, having studied under him at the
University of Chicago. Strauss is considered
an intellectual guiding light for neoconser-
vative philosophy. Strauss, as Shulsky and
Schmitt write, believed that all intelligence
work essentially boils down to deception
and counterdeception, as much with the
governments and citizenry an intelligence
agency ostensibly serves as with an enemy
government or organization. Strauss viewed
intelligence as a means for policymakers
to attain and justify policy goals, not to de-
scribe the realities of the world. Intelligence
is "the art of deception," Strauss taught.
Shulsky will go on to implement Strauss's
views in his work with the Office of Special
Plans (see September 2002). [Middle East
Policy Council, 6/2004]

OFFICE OF SPECIAL PLANS

Undersecretary of Defense
for Policy Douglas J. Feith

William Luti. [Source: ' °

HafefK c. sbkkei/ and Deputy Secretary of

Defense Department] ' '

Defense Paul Wolfowitz, both staunch
neoconservatives, rename the Northern
Gulf Affairs Office on the Pentagons fourth
floor (in the seventh corridor of D Ring) the
"Office of Special Plans" (OSP) and increase
its four-person staff to sixteen.

May 2002-Febru-
ary 2003: Feith
Holds Unrecord-
ed Meeting with
Israelis

Karen Kwiatkowski escorts about half a
dozen Israelis, including some generals,
from the first floor reception area of the
Pentagon to Douglas Feith's office. "We just
followed them, because they knew exactly
where they were going and moving fast," she
later explains. The Israelis are not required
to sign in as is required under special regu-
lations put into effect after the 9/11 attacks.
Kwiatkowski speculates that Feith's office
may have waived this requirement for the
Israelis so that there would be no record of
the meeting. [Inter Press Service, 8/7/2003]

Leo Strauss (September 20, 1899 - October
18, 1973) was a German- American political
philosopher and classicist who specialized
in classical political philosophy. He was
born in Germany to Jewish parents and later
emigrated to the United States. He spent
most of his career as a professor of political
science at the University of Chicago, where
he taught several generations of students
and published fifteen books.

Leo Strauss Philosophy
of Deception

Many neoconservatives like Paul Wolfowitz
are disciples of a philosopher who believed
that the elite should use deception, religious
fervor and perpetual war to control the
ignorant masses.

What would you do if you wanted to topple
Saddam Hussein, but your intelligence
agencies couldn't find the evidence to justify
a war?

A follower of Leo Strauss may just hire the
"right" kind of men to get the job done -
people with the intellect, acuity, and, if nec-
essary, the political commitment, polemical
skills, and, above all, the imagination to find
the evidence that career intelligence officers
could not detect.

The "right" man for Deputy Defense Sec-
retary Paul Wolfowitz, suggests Seymour
Hersh in his recent New Yorker article
entitled 'Selective Intelligence,' was Abram

Shulsky, director of the Office of Special
Plans (OSP) - an agency created specifically
to find the evidence of WMDs and/or links
with Al Qaeda, piece it together, and clinch
the case for the invasion of Iraq.

Like Wolfowitz, Shulsky is a student of an
obscure German Jewish political philoso-
pher named Leo Strauss who arrived in the
United States in 1938. Strauss taught at sev-
eral major universities, including Wolfowitz
and Shulsky s alma mater, the University of
Chicago, before his death in 1973.

Rule One: Deception

It's hardly surprising then why Strauss is so
popular in an administration obsessed with
secrecy, especially when it comes to matters
of foreign policy. Not only did Strauss have
few qualms about using deception in poli-
tics, he saw it as a necessity.

Second Principle:
Power of Religion

According to Drury, Strauss had a "huge
contempt" for secular democracy. Nazism,
he believed, was a nihilistic reaction to the
irreligious and liberal nature of the Weimar
Republic. Among other neoconservatives,
Irving Kristol has long argued for a much
greater role for religion in the public sphere,
even suggesting that the Founding Fathers
of the American Republic made a major
mistake by insisting on the separation of
church and state. And why? Because Strauss
viewed religion as absolutely essential in or-
der to impose moral law on the masses who
otherwise would be out of control.

Third Principle:
Aggressive Nationalism

Like Thomas Hobbes, Strauss believed that
the inherently aggressive nature of human
beings could only be restrained by a power-
ful nationalistic state.

LEO STRAUSS

FOREIGN
W AFFAIRS

Published bv die Council on Foreign Relations

Home International Editi ;■]-.=

New Issue

Archive

Regions

Topics

Features

Discussions

Video

Home > Feature: > Zaayi > Catastrophic Terrorism: Tackling the New Danger

Catastrophic Terrorism:
Tackling the New Danger

By Ashton B. Carter, John Deutch, and

Philip Zelikow
November/December 1998

IMAGINING THE TRANSFORMING
EVENT

Terrorism is not a new phenomenon. But
todays terrorists, be they international cults
like Aum Shinrikyo or individual nihilists
like the Unabomber, act on a greater variety
of motives than ever before. More ominous-
ly, terrorists may gain access to weapons of
mass destruction, including nuclear devices,
germ dispensers, poison gas weapons, and
even computer viruses. Also new is the
world's dependence on a nearly invisible and
fragile network for distributing energy and
information. Long part of the Hollywood
and Tom Clancy repertory of nightmarish
scenarios, catastrophic terrorism has moved
from far-fetched horror to a contingency
that could happen next month. Although
the United States still takes conventional
terrorism seriously, as demonstrated by the
response to the attacks on its embassies in
Kenya and Tanzania in August, it is not yet
prepared for the new threat of catastrophic
terrorism.

PHILIP ZELIKOW »/ll COMMISION

American military superiority on the
conventional battlefield pushes its adver-
saries toward unconventional alternatives.
The United States has already destroyed
one facility in Sudan in its attempt to target
chemical weapons. Russia, storehouse of
tens of thousands of weapons and material
to make tens of thousands more, may be
descending into turmoil. Meanwhile, the
combination of new technology and lethal
force has made biological weapons at least as
deadly as chemical and nuclear alternatives.
Technology is more accessible, and society
is more vulnerable. Elaborate international
networks have developed among organized
criminals, drug traffickers, arms dealers, and
money launderers, creating an infrastruc-
ture for catastrophic terrorism around the
world...

September 7, 2011 — President Obama ap-
pointed dual US-Israel Citizen and Zionist
Philip Zelikow, associate dean for graduate
academic programs in the University of Vir-
ginias Graduate School of Arts & Sciences,
to serve on the President's Intelligence Ad-
visory Board, the White House announced
Tuesday.

History Commons

About Timelines Blog

Donate

Volunteer

November 1997- August 1998:
Future 9/11 Commission
Staff Attend Terrorism Study
Group; Predict Consequences
of 'Catastrophic Terrorism'

Over a period of nine months, faculty from
Harvard University, Stanford University, the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and
the University of Virginia meet in a collabo-
rative effort called the Catastrophic Ter-
rorism Study Group. Its members include
experts on terrorism, national security,

intelligence, and law enforcement. The

project director is Philip Zeli-
kow, future executive director
of the 9/11 Commission. Future

9/11 Commissioner Jamie Gorelick is also
a member, along with Ernest May, who will
be a senior advisor to the 9/11 Commission.
The culmination of the group's efforts is a
report written by Zelikow and its two co-
chairs: former Assistant Secretary of Defense
Ashton Carter and former CIA Director
John Deutch. A condensed version of the re-
port is published in the journal Foreign Af-
fairs in late 1998. They write: "Long part of

the Hollywood and Tom Clancy repertory of
nightmarish scenarios, catastrophic terror-
ism has moved from far-fetched horror to a
contingency that could happen next month.
Although the United States still takes con-
ventional terrorism seriously. . . it is not yet
prepared for the new threat of catastrophic
terrorism." They predict the consequences
of such an event: "An act of catastrophic
terrorism that killed thousands or tens of
thousands of people and/or disrupted the
necessities of life for hundreds of thousands,
or even millions, would be a watershed
event in America's history. It could involve
loss of life and property unprecedented for
peacetime and undermine Americans' fun-
damental sense of security within their own
borders in a manner akin to the 1949 Soviet
atomic bomb test, or perhaps even worse.
Constitutional liberties would be challenged
as the United States sought to protect itself
from further attacks by pressing against
allowable limits in surveillance of citizens,
detention of suspects, and the use of deadly
force. More violence would follow, either
as other terrorists seek to imitate this great
success' or as the United States strikes out
at those considered responsible. Like Pearl
Harbor, such an event would divide our past
and future into a 'before' and after.'"

PHILIP ZELIKOW »/l 1 COMMISION

The Khazars' dual-monarchy was
a Turkic system under which the
kagan was the supreme king and the
bek was the civilian army leader. The
kagans were part of the Turkic Asena
ruling family that had provided ka-
gans for other Central Asian nations
in the early medieval period. The
Khazar kagans had relations with the
rulers of the Byzantines

1997 witnessed the birth of one of the
most pivotal American think tanks in
modern times, whose ideas and ob-
jectives would come to shape the for-
eign policy of the United States (U.S.)
for decades to come. The Project for a
New American Century (PNAC) was
founded by William Kristol, the chief
of staff to Vice President Dan Quayle
during the Bush senior administra-
tion, and Robert Kagan, a Senior
Fellow at the Brookings Institute and
a member of the Council on Foreign
Relations (CFR). The PNAC group's
stated objectives included the desire
to "shape a new century favourable
to American principles and interests"
along with challenging "regimes hos-

WAR FOR DECADES

tile to U.S. interest and values".

Prominent individuals who belonged
to the think tank include some of
the most influential politicians in
America's recent history, including
the former U.S. Secretary of Defense
Donald Rumsfeld, the Vice President
of the U.S. during the George W.
Bush administration, Dick Cheney,
the ex President of the World Bank
and former U.S. Deputy Secretary
of State Paul Wolfowitz, and Rich-
ard Perle, the Assistant Secretary of
Defense for Global Strategic Affairs
under Ronald Regan. In September
2000, the PNAC group released a
document titled: 'Rebuilding Amer-
ica's Defenses - Strategy, Forces and
Resources for a New Century', in
which the group discusses the need
for the U.S. to assert its military au-
thority around the globe to secure its
strategic objectives:

"Preserving the desirable strategic
situation in which the United States
now finds itself requires a globally
preeminent military capability both
today and in the future (p.8)."

Premeditated Wars
The report then continues to advo-
cate an increase in military spending
to enable this "military capability"
as well as asserting one year before
9/11 that all this would be unlikely

to manifest unless there was a "new
Pearl Harbour" event (p.63). In ad-
dition, the document lists a number
of regimes that the group viewed as
"deeply hostile to America". "North
Korea, Iraq, Iran, Libya and Syria"
(p.63 & p.64) are all pinpointed as
enemies of the U.S. well before the
illegal war in Iraq in 2003, as well as
the illegal 201 1 war in Libya and the
ongoing proxy war in Syria.

Further evidence was revealed in
2007 that supports the thesis that
wars are premeditated by the An-
glo-American elite for years prior to
them being launched. This was when
retired four star general and former
NATO commander, Wesley Clark,
disclosed a plan circulating around
the Pentagon in 2001 to attack 7
countries in 5 years. The countries
named mirror the ones targeted by
the PNAC group, as Iraq, Syria, Iran
and Libya were all listed in addition
to Lebanon, Somalia and Sudan.

Israel is also set to benefit if the
government of al-Assad is replaced
with a client state of the West. A
study group led by neocon Richard
Perle prepared a policy document

in 1996 for Israeli Prime Minister,
Benjamin Netanyahu, titled: 'A Clean
Break: A New Strategy for Securing
the Realm', in which it outlines the
strategic importance of removing
Saddam Hussein from power in Iraq
as well as the desire to weaken the
regime in Syria:

"Israel can shape its strategic envi-
ronment, in cooperation with Turkey
and Jordan, by weakening, contain-
ing, and even rolling back Syria. This
effort can focus on removing Sadd-
am Hussein from power in Iraq - an
important Israeli strategic objective
in its own right - as a means of foil-
ing Syria's regional ambitions."

Divide and Conquer: How the First
"Arab Spring" was Manipulated
The plans for reconfiguring the Mid-
dle East started several years before
the First World War. It was during
the First World War, however, that
the manifestation of these colonial
designs could visibly be seen with
the "Great Arab Revolt" against the
Ottoman Empire.
The secret Sykes-Picot Agreement
between London and Paris is a case
in point. France and Britain merely
managed to use and manipulate the
Arabs.

WAR FOR DECADES

hirtorYconnmons.orq

History Commons

A hoi it

i irn p !i i

King llrwijite WrtLintper

: Mayor Giuliani Creates Office of Emergency Management

■f *

Jeroma Hausr f S>. ltdc:

New York City Mayor Rudolph Giuliani
establishes the city's Office of Emergency
Management (OEM). This is tasked with
coordinating the city's overall response to
major incidents, including terrorist at-
tacks. [Gotham Gazette, 9/12/2001; 9/11
Commission, 7/24/2004, pp. 83-284] It will
also be involved in responding to routine
emergencies on a daily basis. [9/11 Com-
mission, 5/18/2004 pdf file] OEM comprises
personnel drawn from various City agencies,
including police and fire departments, and
emergency medical services. It begins with a
staff of just 12, but by 9/1 1 this has increased

to 72. Its first director is counter-
terrorism expert Jerome Hauer.

[New York Times, 7/27/1999]

wmv.historycQmmans.org

History Commons

Otoe Donate

.Iiitih ft, 1999: New Vink Fiiihi y+tmy C< mm trti ir I ThiiIhe fljiffDiHiI in
WTC Building 7

Giuliani 's emergency command

New York City Mayor Rudolph Giuliani
opens a $13 million emergency command
center on the 23rd floor of World Trade
Center Building 7. The center is intended to
coordinate responses to various emergen-
cies, including natural disasters like hurri-
canes or floods, and terrorist attacks. The
50,000 square foot center has reinforced,
bulletproof, and bomb-resistant walls, its
own air supply and water tank, beds, show-
ers to accommodate 30 people, and three
backup generators.

Jerome Hauer On YlfflX After WTC 7 Demoiton &M pm

9/11 Jerome Hauer on WPIX After
WTC 7 Demolition 6.00 pm

Then it collapses two hours after this
inteview, what a miracle! ABC 3:00 pm
September 11 2001. Jerry Hauer never had
to answer for incredible incompetence or
obvious prior knowledge. A highly engi-
neered steel structure cannot fall perfectly
into its footprint at the rate of gravitational
acceleration from small poorly combusted
isolated fires. They abandoned the OEM
BEFORE the towers collapsed on the OEM
building, which later fell in a perfect con-
trolled demolition

In 1983, Hauer joined IBM where he was
responsible for the company's Hazardous
Materials Response and Crisis Management
and Fire Safety programs. 1986.
In the early 1990s, Hauer got his first
contacts to military and biodefense. Then
he became member of the Johns Hopkins

JEROME HAUER - OFFICE FOR EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT - 1998

Working Group on Civilian Bio Defense,
where he wrote various articles about a pos-
sible bioterrorist attack.

In 1998, he started working at the OEM
(Office for Emergency Management) in New
York.

In the same year, Hauer and anthrax suspect
Hatfill both supported the CFR as experts in
their respective fields. The CFR is an acro-
nym for Council on Foreign Relations, one
of the most important think-tanks advising
the US government, as well as many other
governments abroad.

On May 28, 1998, Hatfill and Hauer spoke
together at the same CFR meeting about
"Building a 'Biobomb': Terrorist Challenge"
Hatfill was at that time also Senior Research
Associate at the U.S. Army Medical Research
Institute for Infectious Diseases (=USAM-
RIID)

On October 3, 2001, an Egyptian- Ameri-
can scientist named Dr. Ayaad Assaad sat
terrified in a vault-like interrogation room at
an FBI office in Washington D.C. It was not
yet known that a pair of letters containing
deadly anthrax had been mailed to NBC
Newsman Tom Brokaw and US Senator Tom
Daschle. Five people would die as a result of
the anthrax mailings which had been mailed
from New Jersey.

Before the anthrax murders were committed,
someone had sent the FBI an anonymous let-
ter accusing Dr. Assaad of being a bio-terror-
ist with a grudge against the United States.

One of the scientists known to have been a
leader in the horrible attacks on Dr. Assaad
was Dr. Lt. Col. Philip Zack. Philip Zack was
to "voluntarily" leave Fort Detrick shortly
after Assaad brought Zack's poem and camel

JEROME HAUER - OFFICE FOR

to the attention of his supervisors.

Dr. Assaad had been cleared and Dr. Zack
was coming under a small amount of media
and FBI suspicion. Enter, from stage left,
one Barbara Rosenberg, a jewish environ-
mentalist professor and political activist
with no expertise in bio-warfare. Rosenberg
suddenly went public with the claim that she
knew who the anthrax killer was. She was
supported in this effort by another Zionist
New York Times journalist named Nicholas
D. Kristof, who openly called for the arrest
of Hatfill!

Quietly and behind the scenes, Rosenberg
began directing investigators towards an
American scientist named Dr. Stephen
Hatfill (and therefore away from Dr. Zack).
The Washington Post confirmed that it was
Rosenberg who helped put authorities on
the trail of the innocent Dr. Hatfill.

The name of Hatfill trickled forth from the
news media. In a matter of weeks, the trickle
became a media flood. Dr. Hatfill became
a household name. Hatfill called a news
conference to protest his innocence. There
is not a shred of evidence against him and
he passed an FBI lie detector test. But the
Zionist controlled media lynch mob, led by
the evil Rosenberg and the yellow journalist
Kristoff, continued to pursue and harass
Hatfill. Dr.Hatfill may never be imprisoned,
but his life and career have been destroyed
by these false allegations and the media
hype. Lt. Col. Zack is off the hook.
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT - 1998

History Commons

About

Timelines

BLog

Donate

Volunteer □ Search this timeline only

Home * Timelines by Topic : > Regions :> Asia * Afghanistan Complete 91 1 Timeline

Complete 911 Timeline

Israel

July 1996: Neoconservative Think Tank Advocates
Aggressive Israeli Foreign Policy

The Institute for Advanced Strategic and
Political Studies, an Israeli think tank,
publishes a paper titled "A Clean Break:
A New Strategy for Securing the
Realm." [Washington times, 10/7/2002; ch re ago
sun -times. 3/6/2D03] The paper, whose Lead
author is neoconservative Richard Perle,
is meant to advise the new, right-wing
Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin
Netanyahu. Other authors include:
■ influential neoconservative academic
and former Bush adviser Richard Perle,
primarily responsible for the content of the paper;

Richard Perle. [Source: Public
domain]

Rebuilding Zionism by Abandoning Past Policies - It advocates making a complete
break with past policies by adopting a strategy "based on an entirely new intellectual
foundation, one that restores strategic initiative and provides the nation the room to
engage every possible energy on rebuilding Zionism.../' [Guardian, 9/3/2002]

Aggressive, Militant Israeli Policy towards Arab Neighbors - Much along the lines of an
earlier paper by Israeli Oded Yinon (see February 1982), the document urges the Is-
raelis to aggressively seek the downfall of their Arab neighbors— especially Syria and
Iraq— by exploiting the inherent tensions within and among the Arab States.

The first step is to be the removal of Saddam Hussein in Iraq. A war with Iraq will
destabilize the entire Middle East, allowing governments in Syria, Iran, Lebanon, and
other countries to be replaced. "Israel will not only contain its foes; it will transcend
them/' the paper says. [Perle, 7/8/1996; Guardian, 9/3/2002; Carnegie Endowment
for International Peace, 3/19/2003] Iraq is first on the list of nations to be transfor-
med. Saddam Hussein must be overthrown, the authors say.

1996 A CLEAN BREAK - RICHARD PERLE

Perle was born in New York City, New York,
the son of Martha Gloria and Jack Harold
Perle. His family was Jewish.

As a child, he moved to California, where
he attended Hollywood High School in Los
Angeles - his classmates including actor Mike
Farrell, singer Ricky Nelson, and Joan Wohl-
stetter (the daughter of Albert and Roberta
Wohlstetter of the Rand Corporation).

Perle earned a B.A. in International Politics
in 1964 from the University of Southern
California. As an undergraduate he studied
in Copenhagen at Denmark's International
Study Program. He also studied at the London
School of Economics and obtained a M.A. in
political science from Princeton University in
1967.

Long-time Washington cold warrior Richard
Norman Perle is a man of many hats: Penta-
gon policy adviser (resigned February 2004),
former Likud policy adviser, media manager,
international investor, op-ed writer, talk show
guest, think tank expert, and ardent supporter
of the war in Iraq.

Known in Washington circles as "Hie

Prince of Darkness," Perle is asso-
ciated with the American Enterprise Insti-
tute and the Project for the New American
Century, both of which have been prominent
behind-the-scenes architects of the Bush ad-
ministrations foreign policy, in particular its
push for war with Iraq.

He is closely allied with former Deputy
Secretary of Defense Paul Dundes Wolfowitz,
another Iraq hawk. Perle is also a vocal sup-
porter of Israel and a critic of Saudi Arabia.
Perle is on the Advisory Board of the Jewish
Institute for National Security Affairs (JINSA),
and is a former chairman of the Defense Poli-

1996 A

cy Board, a Defense Department advisory
group composed primarily of former gov-
ernment officials, retired military officers,
and academics.

Perle, 61, was so strongly opposed to
nuclear arms control agreements with the
former Soviet Union during his days in
the Reagan administration that he became

known as °the Prince of Dark-
ness."

PRINCEofDARKNESS

RICHHBfPERLE

The k i n g Wa hi r ift4 r f c m r n r Jb
the End of Empire in America

ALAN WE1SM AN

Book Description

Publication Date: November 1, 2007
At nearly every pivotal moment in in-
ternational politics over the past twen-
ty-five years-from the Reagan- Gorbachev
summits, to the Iran- Contra scandal, to
the collapse of the Soviet Union, to the
decision to go to war in Iraq-if you dug
deeply you would find a figure just behind
the scenes influencing the action: that of

CIJ^N d BRMK - RICHARD PERLE

History Commons

About Timelines BLog Donate Volunteer □ Search this timeline only

Home :: - Timelines by Topic Regions Asia :: - Afghanistan :: - Complete 911 Timeline

Complete 911 Timeline

1993 Bombing of the World Trade Center

January 4 y 1984: Alleged Terrorist Plot to Bomb WTC
Uncovered

The New York Port Authority, which owns the
World Trade Center, is aware of terrorism
occurring around the world and that the WTC is
vulnerable to attack. It has therefore created the
Terrorist Intelligence Unit within its police
department, headed by Detective Sergeant Peter
Caram, to gather information about terrorist

January 4, 1984: Alleged Terrorist Plot to Bomb WTC Uncovered

The New York Port Authority, which owns the World Trade Center, is aware of terro-
rism occurring around the world and that the WTC is vulnerable to attack.

It has therefore created the Terrorist Intelligence Unit within its police department,
headed by Detective Sergeant Peter Caram, to gather information about terrorist
groups and assess the vulnerability of its numerous facilities to attack.

On this day, Caram writes a memo to the assistant superintendent of the Port Aut-
hority Police Department, reporting that the FBI has uncovered a terrorist threat:
Two supporters of Ayatollah Khomeini are allegedly planning to bomb the WTC in the
near future. Although the attack never occurs, this is the first of numerous occasions
during the 1980s where the WTC is considered a potential target for a terrorist at-
tack.

July 1990: 'Blind Sheikh' Enters US
Despite Being on Terrorist Watch List,
Takes Over Al-Kifah

Despite being on a US terrorist watch list for three years, ra-
dical Muslim leader Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman enters the US
on a "much-disputed" tourist visa issued by an undercover CIA
agent. [Village Voice, 3/30/1993; Atlantic Monthly, 5/1996;
Lance, 2003, pp. 42]

WTC BOMBING 1003

Early July 1992- FBI Fires Informant Who Has Penetrated
WTC Bombing Group

P\ In mid-June 1992, FBI informant Emad Salem
Wk talks to EL Sayyid Nosair, who is in prison for
I killing Zionist Leader Rabbi Meir Kahane (see
I November 5, 1990). Nosair and an associate of
his named All Shinawy reveal to Salem that
Hi their group (all of whom are close to Sheikh
% Omar Abdul-Rahman) is plotting to set off
■ bombs at twelve "Jewish Locations" in New
iiem. [source: York City, including temples and banks. A few

February 26, 1993: WTC Is Bombed but Does Not Collapse, as Bombers Had
Hoped

The New York Times later reports on Emad Salem, an undercover agent who will be
the key government witness in the trial against Yousef.

Salem testifies that the FBI knew about the attack beforehand and told him they
would thwart it by substituting a harmless powder for the explosives. However, an
FBI supervisor called off this plan, and the bombing was not stopped. [New York
Times, 10/28/1993]

After February 2c, 1993: Threat Assessments Predict
Possibility of Terrorists Crashing Plane into WTC

Following the 1993 World Trade Center bombing
(see February 26, 1993), the New York Port
Authority asks investigative and security
consulting firm KroLL Associates to help design
new security measures for the WTC. KroLL' s
Deputy Chairman Brian Michael Jenkins Leads the
analysis of future terrorist threats and how they
might be addressed. Assessments conclude that a

Brian Michael

Jenkins, /source; second terrorist attack against the WTC \s

June 2001: Wolfowitz Asks CIA and DIA to Look into Theory
that Iraq Masterminded 1993 Bombing of WTC

WTC BOMBING 1993

|[] http : //www . alternet. org/stor y / 15935

Alie i\N 8 1 / Uz/ Jim Lobe Q co m u e nt now!

Leo Strauss' Philosophy of Deception

Many neoconservatives like Paul Wolfowitz are disciples of a
philosopher who believed that the elite should use deception,
religious fervor and perpetual war to control the ignorant
masses.

THE CASE FOR ALTERNET

PRESS IN FORMATS

^AlterNet

OUR MISSION

WRITER GUIDELINE

WHO TflfE ARE

ABOUT 1 M 1

ADVERTISE ON A LI

OUR FOUNDATIONS

Leo Strauss' Philosophy of Deception

Many neoconservatives like Paul Wolfowitz are disciples of a philosopher who believed
that the elite should use deception, religious fervor and perpetual war to control the
ignorant masses.

May 19, 2003 | What would you do if you wanted to topple Saddam Hussein, but
your intelligence agencies couldn't find the evidence to justify a war?

A follower of Leo Strauss may just hire the "right" kind of men to get the job done
- people with the intellect, acuity, and, if necessary, the political commitment, po-
lemical skills, and, above all, the imagination to find the evidence that career intel-
ligence officers could not detect.

The "right" man for Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz, suggests Seymour
Hersh in his recent New Yorker article entitled 'Selective Intelligence/ was Abram
Shulsky, director of the Office of Special Plans (OSP) - an agency created specifically
to find the evidence of WMDs and/or links with Al Qaeda, piece it together, and clinch
the case for the invasion of Iraq.

LEO STRAUSS - PHILOSOPHY OF DECEPTION

address hgj http://en. , A , ikipedia.org/wiki,i l Leo_Strauss

N e w f e atu re s A Lo g i n / ere ate a ceo u i

Article Discussion Read Edit View history

Leo Strauss

WlKIPEDlA

Tie Free Encyclopedia From 'A'ikipedia. the free encyclopedia

Navigation

Main page
Contents
Featured content
Current events
Random article

Interaction

About Wikipedia
Community portal
Recent changes
Contact Wikipedia
Donate to Wikipedia
Help

Toolbox
What links here

Leo Strauss [September 20 1899 -
October 18 1973] was a political
philosopher who specialized in classical
political philosophy He was born in
Germany to Jewish parents and later
emigrated to the United States. He spent
most of his career as a professor of
political science at the University of
Chicago, where he taught several
generations of students and published
fifteen books

Originally trained in the Neo-Kantian
tradition with Ernst Cassirer and later
acquainted with phenoinenolcgists such as
Edmund Husserl and Martin Heidegger.
Strauss later focused his research on
Greek texts of Plato and Aristotle, and
encouraged application of their ideas on
contemporary political theory-

Leo Strauss

Leu Strauss
Lso Strauss

Leo Strauss (September 20, 1899 - October 18, 1973) was a political philosopher who spe-
cialized in classical political philosophy. He was born in Germany to Jewish parents and later
emigrated to the United States.

He spent most of his career as a professor of political science at the University of Chicago, where
he taught several generations of students and published fifteen books.

Originally trained in the Neo-Kantian tradition with Ernst Cassirer and later acquainted with phe-
nomenologists such as Edmund Husserl and Martin Heidegger, Strauss later focused his research
on Greek texts of Plato and Aristotle, and encouraged application of their ideas on contemporary
political theory.

LEO STRAUSS - PHILOSOPHY OF DECEPTION

amazon.com

Hello, Sign in to get personalized recommendations. New customer? Start here .

1 Shop All Dc

partments Q

1 Books

Advanced
Search

Browse
Subjects

New
Releases

1 Bestsellers!

The New York
Times© Bestsellers

C1M51DB

The American Prophecies: Ancient
Scriptures Reveal Our Nation's Future

[Hardcover]

Michael D, Evans (Author)

0 i. l,463 customer reviews 1

Available from these sellers ,

29 new from ±1.58 92 used from $0.01
9 collectible from $9.65

Am 3 ion H ew U sed
Price from from

rut

AMERICAN

men ircrs

Ikymi) imp TKr Nat Mmx

Michael D, Evans

Is America in Bible Prophecy?

Beliefnet talks to the evangelist whose new book has zoomed up the best-seller lists
in its first two weeks.

This interview was first featured in August 2004

Michael D. Evans is an evangelist, writer, and founder of the Jerusalem Prayer Team.

Two weeks ago, Evans published a book, The American Prophecies: Ancient Scriptu-
res Reveal Our Nation's Future.

On Sept. 23, 1979, the founder of Israeli intelligence over dinner told me that Ame-
rica was developing a tolerance for terror. The gentleman's name was Isser Ha-
rel, the founder of Mossad Israeli intelligence-he ran it from 1947 to 1963.

He told me that America had developed an alliance between two countries, Israel and
Saudi Arabia, and that the alliance with Saudi Arabia was dangerous and would deve-
lop a tolerance for terror among Americans.

He said if the tolerance continued that Islamic fundamentalists would ultimately strike
America. I said "Where?"

He said, "In Islamic theology, the phallic symbol is very important. Your biggest phal-
lic symbol is New York City and your tallest building will be the phallic symbol they
will hit."

Isser Harel prophesied that the tallest building in New York would be the first building
hit by Islamic fundamentalists 21 years ago.

1979 ISSER HAREL

WlKIPEDlA

The Free Encyclopedia

Navigation

Main page
Contents
Featured content
Current events
Random article

Inters rti inn

About Wikipedia
Community portal
Rfirifint changes
Contact Wikipedia
Donate to Wikipedia
Help

Toolbox

What links here

Isser Harel

From wiripedla. the free encyclopedia

Isser Harel (Hebrew: "jpon iot<. born Isser
Halperin 1912 - 13 February 2003) was
spym aster of the intelligence and the security
sen/ices of Israel and the Director of the Mossad
(1952 - 1963;

Contents [hide]

1 Childhood and youth

2 Political career
d Personal lite

4 References

5 Bibliography

6 External links

Childhood and youth

[edit]

lyytu HaiKl way bum in ViLbbsk. Ruyyia iuuvt
Belarus) to a large, wealthy family. The exact date
of his birth was not passed on to him because the
book of Gemara in which the date was recorded

Dale of birth 1912

Place of birth Vitebsk, Russian Empire
Year of aHy ah 1930

dlerusalem Wavib $euifi

Thii rc-.n] Ficri-iiM j.-riu ncvJ Ut> -ic? from

Wufft □■id ch« Middk l-3*t

Click Here
to sign up for your
free subscription

J«tlu1«ii7hi

Hi*riLI

■Jf-rujaLnn ".oriel .Wn-i:.>'cMur<Ml lltadlno
^l*t O ntury T*rrori*Tn

"Aaijcn cbwikllrow Am truth, aid At nruth ihtl\ ntyon fr

Amrrbcwi Support JHn Utbr-n

r-^..5 ia.-4t t
BrLziEmJrn

P.-.r- P •

-WBJ urnrtm win is Am*rn. -nfl -pu. * inn *Tw7 ■ t*,- \m
hHp "Itftt* hi**, trtlfct mm EM? ttey *Pfr N« tffte-Hri i «
b=idic|. lfw t=*rw &T*li 1uilfc=| cilhAl «1 i S|* TMWmr :i«r Jtirnt
I* JSa nn Urmd. i J--*i±J hiii|inri zMt.uA im> t W»S* 1r«

nmc t!ii ■ *jr ii niG m§ "iic Cm Enstn Sau BduIIde m iz*
uUki bcidiDp fc>H**€T. cm M^uuj TUT. tbtmack tlUeT>|D
Ti> in v# bLjLT Thn ttmh^lj iKk plic* ftcita ij:!

By Mike Evans Published: April 30, 2007

"Will terrorism come to America, and if so, when and where?" "Yes," he said, "I
believe it will, and the most likely city will be New York.. .and the building,
the Empire State Building in that it's the tallest." Isser Harrel (who ran Israel's
Mossad Intelligence network from 1947 to 1963) was correct the year he told me that
the Empire State Building was the tallest building; however, the following year, the
much taller Twin Towers were built. That meeting took place decades ago!

ISSER HAREL 1979

Divide and Conquer: How the First "Arab
Spring" was Manipulated

The plans for reconfiguring the Middle East
started several years before the First World
War. It was during the First World War,
however, that the manifestation of these
colonial designs could visibly be seen with
the "Great Arab Revolt" against the Otto-
man Empire.

Despite the fact that the British, French, and
Italians were colonial powers which had
prevented the Arabs from enjoying any free-
dom in countries like Algeria, Libya, Egypt,
and Sudan, these colonial powers managed
to portray themselves as the friends and
allies of Arab liberation.

During the "Great Arab Revolt" the British
and the French actually used the Arabs as
foot soldiers against the Ottomans to further
their own geo-political schemes. The secret
Sykes-Picot Agreement between London
and Paris is a case in point. France and Brit-
ain merely managed to use and manipulate
the Arabs by selling them the idea of Arab
liberation from the so-called "repression" of
the Ottomans.

In reality, the Ottoman Empire was a
multi-ethnic empire. It gave local and
cultural autonomy to all its peoples, but was
manipulated into the direction of becoming
a Turkish entity. Even the Armenian Geno-
cide that would ensue in Ottoman Anatolia
has to be analyzed in the same context as
the contemporary targeting of Christians in
Iraq as part of a sectarian scheme unleashed
by external actors to divide the Ottoman
Empire, Anatolia, and the citizens of the
Ottoman Empire.

After the collapse of the Ottoman Empire,

it was London and Paris which denied free-
dom to the Arabs, while sowing the seeds
of discord amongst the Arab peoples. Local
corrupt Arab leaders were also partners
in the project and many of them were all
too happy to become clients of Britain and
France. In the same sense, the "Arab Spring"
is being manipulated today. The U.S., Brit-
ain, France, and others are now working
with the help of corrupt Arab leaders and
figures to restructure the Arab World and
Africa.

The Yinon Plan: Order from Chaos...

The Yinon Plan, which is a continuation
of British stratagem in the Middle East, is
an Israeli strategic plan to ensure Israeli
regional superiority. It insists and stipulates
that Israel must reconfigure its geo-political
environment through the balkanization of
the surrounding Arab states into smaller
and weaker states.

A Strategy for Israel in the Nineteen Eight-
ies by Oded Yinon

This essay originally appeared in Hebrew
in KIVUNIM (Directions), A Journal for
Judaism and Zionism; Issue No, 14— Win-
ter, 5742, February 1982, Published by the
Department of Publicity/The World Zionist
Organization, Jerusalem.

1982 - THE YINNON PLAN FOR A GREATER ISRAEL

A Clean Break:
A New Strategy far Securing the Realm

Following is a report prepared by The Institute for Advanced
Strategic ar;d Political Studies ' "Stud} 1 Grotip on a Neiv Israeli
Is>«fi?gv 'lirwani lOVU. " The' main substantive ideas in this paper
emerge from a discussion in which prominent opinion maker s t
including Richard Perle t James Colbert, Charles Fairbanks.. Jr...
Daughr-s Fe:th, Rahsrt La^vAnhArg, David Tl~nnt?s#r r iitid MftfrW
Wurmxar purtifiputud. Thu rvpvrl, untitled "A Clean Break: A New
Strategy for Securing the Realm, " is the framtnmrk for a series of
follow-up reports on strategy.

Israel has a large problem. Labor Zionism,
which for 70 years has dominated the Zion-
ist movement, has generated a stalled and
shackled economy. Efforts to salvage Israel's
socialist institutions — which include pursu-
ing supranational over national sovereignty
and pursuing a peace process that embraces
the slogan, "New Middle East" — undermine
the legitimacy of the nation and lead Israel
into strategic paralysis and the previous
governments "peace process." That peace
process obscured the evidence of eroding
national critical mass — including a palpable
sense of national exhaustion — and forfeit-
ed strategic initiative. The loss of national
critical mass was illustrated best by Israel's
efforts to draw in the United States to sell
unpopular policies domestically, to agree to
negotiate sovereignty over its capital, and to
respond with resignation to a spate of terror
so intense and tragic that it deterred Israelis
from engaging in normal daily functions,
such as commuting to work in buses.

Benjamin Netanyahu's government comes
in with a new set of ideas. While there are
those who will counsel continuity, Israel has
the opportunity to make a clean break; it
can forge a peace process and strategy based
on an entirely new intellectual foundation,
one that restores strategic initiative and pro-
vides the nation the room to engage every
possible energy on rebuilding Zionism, the
starting point of which must be economic
reform. To secure the nation's streets and

A Clean Break: A New Strategy for Secur-
ing the Realm

From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

A Clean Break: A New Strategy for Securing the Realm
(commonly known as the "Clean Break" report) is a
policy document that was prepared in 1996 by a study
group led by Richard Perle for Benjamin Netanyahu,
the then Prime Minister of Israel.The report explained
a new approach to solving Israel's security problems in
the Middle East with an emphasis on "Western values".
It has since been criticized for advocating an aggressive
new policy including the removal of Saddam Hussein
from power in Iraq.

borders in the immediate future, Israel can:

Work closely with Turkey and Jordan to
contain, destabilize, and roll-back some
of its most dangerous threats. This implies
clean break from the slogan, "comprehensive
peace" to a traditional concept of strategy
based on balance of power.

Change the nature of its relations with the
Palestinians, including upholding the right
of hot pursuit for self defense into all Pal-
estinian areas and nurturing alternatives to
Arafat's exclusive grip on Palestinian society.

Forge a new basis for relations with the
United States— stressing self-reliance, matu-
rity, strategic cooperation on areas of mutual
concern, and furthering values inherent
to the West. This can only be done if Israel
takes serious steps to terminate aid, which
prevents economic reform.

Israel can shape its strategic environment,
in cooperation with Turkey and Jordan, by
weakening, containing, and even rolling
back Syria. This effort can focus on remov-
ing Saddam Hussein from power in Iraq
— an important Israeli strategic objective in
its own right — as a means of foiling Syria's
regional ambitions.

199« A CLEAN BREAK - THE ZIONISTS PLAN FOR A »/l 1

Cohn-Bendit sided with Israel in
1967, but led May 1968 against the
West

llffS^r Mark Kurlansky writes, in
Oiosen A Chosen Few: The Resur-
^ ew rection of European Jewry:

In Paris many of those who had
demonstrated for Israel in 1967 also
demonstrated in May 1968. . . .

One of the leaders of the student
movement was Daniel Cohn-Bendit,
a German Jew whose parents had
returned to Frankfurt in 1949. ... A
kind of folk hero in France, for years
afterward French journalists would
look him up in Frankfurt and ask
him how he became a student radi-
cal.[...]

Finally he had to tell them. It was the
Middle East Six-Day War. The Pales-
tinian cry, "Drive them into the sea"
had rallied him too.
{endquote}

Cohn-Bendit saw no incompatibility
between supporting Israel in 1967,
and denouncing Western Imperial-
ism in 1968.

MAY 1968

Daniel Marc Cohn-Bendit born 4
April 1945 is a German politician.
He was a student leader during the
unrest of May 1968 in France and
was also known during that time as
Dany le Rouge (French for "Danny
the Red", because of both his politics
and the colour of his hair).

Cohn-Bendit was born in Montau-
ban, France, to German-Jewish par-
ents who had fled Nazism in 1933.
He spent his childhood in Montau-
ban. He moved to Germany in 1958.

He returned to France in 1966 to
study sociology at the University of
Nanterre. He soon joined the larg-
er and classic nationwide anarchist
federation Federation anarchiste,
which he left in 1967 in favour of the
smaller and local Groupe anarchiste
de Nanterre and the Noir et rouge
magazine.

From 3 May 1968 onwards, massive
student and workers riots erupted
in Paris against Charles de Gaulle's
government. Cohn-Bendit quick-
ly emerged as a public face of the
student protests, along with Jacques
Sauvageot, Alain Geismar and Alain
Krivine. His "foreign" origins were
highlighted by opponents of the stu-
dent movement, leading to students
taking up the chant, "Nous sommes
tous des Juifs allemands" ("We are all
German Jews").

France and Israel had signed in
1953 a modest nuclear cooperation
agreement covering heavy water and
uranium production. A year after the
Suez Crisis, nuclear cooperation was
substantially broadened. Although
the details remain secret the agree-
ment was believed to have provided
Israel with a large (24-megawatt)
reactor capable of producing one or
two bombs worth of plutonium a
year. France also provided Israel with
blueprints for a reprocessing plant
for turning spent fuel into weapons
grade plutonium.

Relations began to cool with the
accession of Charles de Gaulle as
president of Frances Fifth Repub-
lic (1958-1969). At the same time,
Israels relations with the United
States began improving. The coming
to power of John F. Kennedy in 1961
saw the first sale of major arms to
Israel by Washington. His successor,
Lyndon B. Johnson, became the most
pro -Israel president up to that time,
substantially opening Americas arse-
nal to Israel.

The breaking point for De Gaulle was
Israels launching of the 1967 war
against Egypt, Jordan and Syria. He
had urgently implored Israel not to
attack. But Israel ignored him and
attacked on June 5. As late as May
24, President De Gaulle had pro-
phetically warned Foreign Minister
Abba Eban: "Don t make war. You
will be considered the aggressor by
the world and by me. You will cause
the Soviet Union to penetrate more
deeply into the Middle East, and Is-
rael will suffer the consequences. You
will create a Palestinian nationalism,
and you will never get rid of it."

On the day of Israels attack, France
announced a total arms embargo on
the Middle East. By that time, how-
ever, Israel was receiving its major
weapons from the United States and
the embargo had little effect. De
Gaulle also quietly ended Frances
support of Israels nuclear program.
He reveals in his memoirs that "...
French cooperation in the construc-
tion of a factory near Beersheva [Di-
mona, Israels nuclear facility] for the
transformation of uranium into plu-
tonium — from which, one fine day,
atomic bombs might emerge— was
brought to an end." Israels program,
however, was so far advanced that it
no longer needed France.

MAY 1968

President John F. Kennedy -
The President and the Press:
Address before the American
Newspaper Publishers Asso-
ciation

Waldorf-Astoria Hotel New
York City, April 27, 1961

The very word "secrecy" is
repugnant in a free and open
society; and we are as a
people inherently and his-
torically opposed to secret
societies, to secret oaths and
to secret proceedings.

We decided long ago that the dangers of excessive and unwarranted concealment of
pertinent facts far outweighed the dangers which are cited to justify it.

Even today, there is little value in opposing the threat of a closed society by imitating
its arbitrary restrictions. Even today, there is little value in insuring the survival of our
nation if our traditions do not survive with it.

And there is very grave danger that an announced need for increased security will
be seized upon by those anxious to expand its meaning to the very limits of official
censorship and concealment.

President John F.Kennedy, The Federal Re-
serve And Executive Order 11110
On June 4, 1963, a little known attempt was
made to strip the Federal Reserve Bank of
its power to loan money to the government
at interest.

On that day President John F. Kennedy
signed Executive Order No. 11110 that
returned to the U.S. government the power
to issue currency, without going through the
Federal Reserve.

With the stroke of a pen, Mr. Kennedy was on his way to putting the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York out of business. Executive Order 11110 gave the U.S. the ability to
create its own money backed by silver.

After Mr. Kennedy was assassinated just five months later, no more silver certificates
were issued.

KENNEDY MURDER 1963

Excerpts from Kennedy Letter to Ben-Gurion

Regarding Visit to Israel nuclear reactor Dimona - May 18, 1963

Dear Mr. Prime Minister

I am sure you will agree that there is no more urgent business for the whole world
than the control of nuclear weapons.

We are concerned with the disturbing effects on world stability which would accom-
pany the development of a nuclear weapons capability by Israel.
Sincerely, John F. Kennedy

Israel's Prime Minister David Ben-Gurion, who ruled that country from its inception in
1948 resigned on June 16, 1963

Excerpts from JFK's Letter to Eshkol About Dimona - July 5, 1963
Dear Mr. Prime Minister

I am sure our carefully considered request will have your most sympathetic attention.
Sincerely, John F. Kennedy

On the 22nd November, 1963, the United States President, John F. Kennedy, was
murdered in Dallas, Texas.

\ filming

KENNEDY MURDER 1963

The Mont Pelerin Society: The ulti-
mate neoliberal Trojan horse

TIME

The Weekly Navtniagazme

Walter Lippmann, the American journalist and CFR
co-founder whose ideas led to the birth of the Mont
Pelerin Society

Far from being merely a "debate
club" the Mont Pelerin Society is
an elite globalist organization that
played a leading role in shaping
the economic policies of several
countries and in creating numerous
think-tanks devoted to propagat-
ing the theories of the Chicago and
Austrian schools of economics. In
this article, Memehunter delves into
the origins and goals of the MPS,
and analyzes its impact on postwar
economic policies.

MONT PELERIN

The globalist origins of the Mont
Pelerin Society: Lippmann, Rap-
pard, and Rockefeller money

Although the birth of the Mont
Pelerin Society (MPS) officially took
place in 1947, its conception can
be traced back to 1938. Capitaliz-
ing on American journalist Walter
Lippmanns visit to Paris, French
right-wing philosopher Louis Rou-
gier decided to organize a "Walter
Lippmann Colloquium" (WLC) that
would build upon the ideas presented
in Lippmanns recent book The Good
Society and promote the neoliberal
ideology that was threatened by the
emergence of fascist and communist
regimes in Europe.

Lippmann (1889-1974), who came
from an upper-class German-Jew-
ish background, was initially very
influenced by the views of the Fabian
Society: he was a founder and pres-
ident of the Harvard Socialist Club
as a student. Soon, Lippmann began
moving in elite circles. Already in
1917, he was working with "colonel"
Edward Mandell House as an advisor
to President Woodrow Wilson and
participated in drafting the famous
"Fourteen Points" speech.

Together with House, Lippmann was
one of the founding members of the
Council on Foreign Relations. Lip-
pmann, who viewed journalism as

"intelligence work", was very inter-
ested in the manipulation of public
opinion, as evidenced by his book by
that same title published in 1922. His
political views apparently changed
in the 1930s, and he openly began
discussing liberalism as a viable alter-
native to socialism.

Upon hearing the news about Lip-
pmanns visit, Rougier, who already
in 1934 had received a grant from the
Rockefeller Foundation to investigate
totalitarianism in Central Europe,
contacted Swiss academic William
Rappard to discuss a list of attend-
ees for the colloquium. Rappard, a
hardcore globalist, had known both
Lippmann and House for several
years (he taught at Harvard in 1911-
12), and had been instrumental in
convincing Wilson to choose Geneva
for the seat of the League of Nations
in 1920. Rappard s globalist achieve-
ments are celebrated nowadays in the
form of the Center William Rappard,
the headquarters of the World Trade
Organization in Geneva.

Rappard was also the co-founder
of the Graduate Institute for Inter-
national Studies in Geneva. The
Institute for International Studies,
which hosted several professors and
visiting scholars associated with the
neoliberal or Austrian ideologies,
such as Friedrich von Hayek, Ludwig
von Mises, Michael Heilperin, and

Wilhelm Ropke, was almost entirely
funded by the Rockefeller Founda-
tion. Not surprisingly, Rougier s list
of invitees to the WLC included, in
addition to the above-mentioned
scholars, the name of Tracy B.
Kittredge, a longtime trustee of the
Rockefeller Foundation.

As pointed out in The Road from
Mont Pelerin, the list of attendees
to the WLC reads like a who's who
of postwar economic and political
prominence: we find a future Nobel
Prize (Hayek), the first general sec-
retary of the Organization for Euro-
pean Economic Cooperation (Robert
Marjolin), De Gaulle's financial ad-
viser (Jacques Rueff), the director of
the Bank of International Settlements
(Roger Auboin) and its manager
(Marcel van Zeeland), Ronald Rea-
gan's adviser on the Star Wars project
(Stephan T. Possony), and a promi-
nent French philosopher (Raymond
Aron), to name but a few.

From the Walter Lippmann Collo-
quium to the Mont Pelerin Society

Although there were some dissen-
sions between Austrian economists
such as Mises and "softer" neoliberals
like Lippmann and German econo-
mist Alexander Riistow, WLC par-
ticipants agreed on an agenda which
would provide the cornerstone of
the postwar neoliberal propaganda.
One of the fundamental tenets of this
MONT PELERIN

agenda was that "only the mechanism
by which prices are determined by
the free market allows the optimal
organization of the means of produc-
tion and leads to the maximal satis-
faction of human needs".

The WLC led to the creation of the
"Society for the Renovation of Lib-
eralism", whose activities were inter-
rupted by the onset of World War II.
Nevertheless, the seed was planted,
and as soon as the war ended, Hayek,
Mises, Ropke and their colleagues
devoted their energies to creating
a society that would further the
neoliberal aims enunciated at the
WLC. This led in 1947 to the first
meeting of the Mont Pelerin Society
in Switzerland, a reunion which was
sponsored by the Volker Fund, the
Foundation for Economic Education
(FEE), and most notably the multina-
tional bank Credit Suisse, which paid
93% of the total conference costs.

The continuity between the WLC and
the MPS becomes obvious when one
considers than 12 of the 26 partici-
pants to the WLC participated in the
MONT PELERIN

first meeting of the MPS, and anoth-
er four eventually joined. Moreover,
it was the arch-globalist Rappard,
who was at the center of the WLC
network, who gave the opening ad-
dress of the first-ever MPS meeting.

From a modest gathering of 36
attendees in 1947, the MPS grew
quickly to include 167 members
in 1951, and 500 members by the
late 1990s. Nevertheless, the MPS
remained an exclusive club whose
members are co-opted and must gen-
erally first attend as guests.

The impact of the Mont Pelerin
Society on postwar economics and
politics

Hayeks goal was to mold the MPS
into an intellectual meeting place
which would help disseminate the
neoliberal agenda. He was keenly
aware that ideas were more powerful
in the long run than politics, and he
knew that the opinions of scholars
carried more weight than those of
businessmen and bankers.

However, this should not be con-
strued to mean that the MPS was
merely a "debate club". On the con-
trary, MPS members often ended up
occupying leading positions in their
respective countries, and ideas first
enunciated behind closed doors at
MPS meetings were eventually dis-
seminated to a wider public by think-

tanks and journalists, and became
official policies a few decades later.

Chancellor Ludwig Erhard (West
Germany), President Luigi Einaudi
(Italy), Chairman of the U.S. Federal
Reserve Arthur Burns, Prime Min-
ister Vaclav Klaus (Czech Republic)
are among the best-known examples
of MPS members who later occu-
pied prominent public positions.
In addition, no less than eight MPS
members, including Hayek, Milton
Friedman, and George Stigler, won
Nobel prizes in economics.

In essence, the MPS became the
prototype for all the neoliberal
think-tanks that proliferated in the
decades following WWII. The first
of the neoliberal think-tank breed-
ers was Antony Fisher, a successful
chicken farmer who was elected to
the MPS in 1954. The following year,
he founded the Institute of Econom-
ic Affairs (IEA) in London and was
soon joined by Ralph Harris, who
eventually became president of the
MPS from 1982 to 1984. Over the
ensuing decades, the IEA spawned a
dozen of think-tanks (including the
Atlas network), that mostly function
as fronts for the MPS.

Harris candidly admitted in a 1996
interview that "the Mont Pelerin So-
ciety created the IEA, which comes to
be called 'Thatchers think-tank,' but

we were running long before Thatch-
er. We weren't Thatcherites, but she
was an 'IEA-ite.' " Harris added that
MPS founder Hayek was dubbed a
"Companion of Honor" of the British
Empire by the Queen, one of only 60
to ever receive that title. Following
Thatcher's election, Harris himself
became Lord Harris of High Cross,
while Fisher was knighted.

Edwin Feulner, MPS president (1996-
1998) and treasurer (2004-2006),
emulated Fisher on the other side of
the Atlantic Ocean and co-founded
the Heritage Foundation in 1973.
The impact of the neoliberal wave
was similarly powerful across the
pond: Of 76 economic advisers on
Ronald Reagan's 1980 campaign staff,
22 were MPS members. In Chile,
"free-market" policies inspired by
the Chicago school of economics and
supported by Friedman and Hayek
were implemented soon after Pino-
chet took power. In fact, according
to Corey Robin, author of The Reac-
tionary Mind, "Hayek admired Pino-
chet's Chile so much that he decided
to hold a meeting of his Mont Pelerin
Society in Vina del Mar, the seaside
resort where the coup against Allen-
de was planned."

Mont Pelerin Society, Black Nobili-
ty, Bilderberg, and Pan-Europa: all
in it together

The MPS was also, from its incep-

MONT PELERIN

tion, associated with elite European
aristocrats. Thus, Max von Thurn
und Taxis, the head of an ancient
and extremely wealthy family, as well
as Otto von Habsburg, putative heir
to the throne of Austria, were both
influential members of the MPS. Von
Thurn even served as the general sec-
retary of the MPS from 1976 to 1988.
This association between neoliberals
and members of the Black nobility
lends credence to the suspicion that
the MPS ultimately seeks to promote
a neo-feudalist society under the
guise of the "free market" Utopia.

Moreover, MPS members often took
part in Bilderberg meetings, a clear
indication of high-level connections
between neoliberal thinkers and
globalist policymakers: Frenchmen
Aron, Rueff, and Marjolin attend-
ed multiple annual meetings in the
1950s and 60s, whilst economist Hei-
lperin was invited twice in the 1950s.

Finally, several MPS members had
close ties to pan-European organi-
zations. Besides Otto von Habsburg,
who was president of the Pan-Europa

Movement from 1973 until 2004, the
MONT PELE1UN

best example is probably Marjolin,
recipient of a Rockefeller scholarship
in 1931, whose name is associated
with the 1962 "Marjolin Memoran-
dum", the official starting point of
monetary integration in Europe.

The relationship between the Mont
Pelerin Society and Austrian eco-
nomics

Austrian sympathizers, when con-
fronted with the apparent paradox of
Hayeks and especially Mises' prom-
inent role in an elitist organization
such as the MPS, often emphasize
the distinctions between the Chicago
and Austrian schools. They also con-
clude from the oft-told anecdote that
Mises stormed out of the initial MPS
meeting shouting "You're all a bunch
of socialists" that he quickly became
disenchanted with the MPS.

To be sure, there were two antago-
nistic factions in the MPS, identified
by longtime MPS secretary general
Albert Hunold as "the laissez-faire
liberals. . . and the neoliberals," and
Mises was not alone in complaining
about the collectivist tendencies of
some of his colleagues. A group of
American businessmen led by Jasper
Crane of the DuPont company, along
with the Volker Fund and the FEE,
wanted Mises and his "hardcore"
Austrian followers to play a larger
role in the MPS.

However, after being urged by Har-
old Luhnow (director of the Volker
Fund) to attend the second MPS
meeting in 1949, Mises seems to have
gotten over his initial disappoint-
ment, as he became an active par-
ticipant to MPS meetings until 1965
(when he was 84 years old), even giv-
ing a keynote in 1958 at Princeton.

In spite of his sometimes tense re-
lationship with the neoliberal wing,
there is no doubt that Mises himself
was a globalist. Indeed, he wrote
in 1927 that "the [classical] liberal
therefore demands that the political
organization of society be extended
until it reaches its culmination in a
world state that unites all nations on
an equal basis," even going so far as
to hope that "a world superstate real-
ly deserving of the name may some-
day be able to develop that would
be capable of assuring the nations
the peace that they require". Later,
Mises worked on currency issues for
the Pan-Europa movement, founded
by his fellow Austrian exile Richard
Coudenhove-Kalergi.

Following Mises, several prominent
Austrian economists have been active
in MPS circles, including Murray
Rothbard, Israel Kirzner, Hans-Her-
mann Hoppe, Jesus Huerta de Soto,
and Thomas Di Lorenzo. In addition,
George Roche III and Larry Arnn,
the last two presidents of Hillsdale

College, a conservative institution
which houses Mises personal library,
were MPS members.
In a blatant display of the close links
between the MPS, the globalist elites,
and the most anti-statist factions of
the Austro-libertarian movement,
Otto von Habsburg, an active MPS
member and noted pan-European-
ist whom Mises served as economic
advisor, was the first-ever winner
(in 1999) of the $10,000 Schlarbaum
Prize, awarded by the Ludwig von
Mises Institute "to a public intellec-
tual or distinguished scholar" for
"lifetime defense of liberty".

Conclusion

From its earliest origins to its con-
temporary incarnation, the MPS has
served globalist interests. Despite its
appearances as a mere intellectual
meeting place, the MPS became the
ultimate neoliberal Trojan horse,
influencing the public opinion and
infiltrating political movements
worldwide, with a pronounced im-
pact on economic policies. Although
there have been tensions between the
"laissez-faire" and "true neoliberal"
wings of the MPS, Austro-libertarian
economists in the Mises/Rothbard
mold have always found a home in
the MPS, indicating the close ties
between the "free-market" anti-statist
ideology and the "one-world" agenda
of the transnational plutarchy.

MONT PELERIN

U.S. Treasury Secretary Henry Mor-
ganthau confers with John Maynard
Keynes at Bretton Woods, 1944.

The Battle of Bretton Woods

John Maynard Keynes, Harry Dexter White,

and the Making of a New World Order

Author: Benn Steil, Senior Fellow and Direc-
tor of International Economics

As World War II drew to a close, represen-
tatives from forty-four nations convened in
the New Hampshire town of Bretton Woods
to design a stable global monetary system.
Leading the discussions were John Maynard
Keynes, the great economist who was there
to find a place for the fading British Em-
pire, and Harry Dexter White, a senior U.S.
Treasury official. By the end of the confer-
ence, White had outmaneuvered Keynes to
establish a global financial framework with
the U.S. dollar firmly at its core. How did a
little -known American bureaucrat sideline
one of the greatest minds of the twentieth
century, and how did this determine the
course of the postwar world?

The Battle of Bretton Woods: John May-
nard Keynes, Harry Dexter White, and the
Making of a New World Order tells the
story of the intertwining lives and events
surrounding that historic conference. In a

PETRODOLLARS

book the Financial Times calls "a triumph
of economic and diplomatic history," author
Benn Steil, CFR senior fellow and director
of international economics, challenges the
misconception that the conference was an
amiable collaboration. He reveals that Presi-
dent Franklin D. Roosevelt's Treasury had an
ambitious geopolitical agenda that sought to
use the conference as a means to eliminate
Great Britain as a rival.

Steil also offers a portrait of the complex and
controversial White, revealing the motives
behind Whites clandestine communications
with Soviet intelligence officials— to whom
he was arguably more important than the
famous early-Cold War spy Alger Hiss.
"Everything is here: political chicanery,
bureaucratic skulduggery, espionage, hard
economic detail and the acid humour of men
making history under pressure," writes Tony
Barber, reviewer for the FT.

With calls for a new Bretton Woods follow-
ing the financial crisis of 2008 and escalating
currency wars, the book also offers valuable,
practical lessons for policymakers today.

The London Gold Pool was the pooling of
gold reserves by a group of eight central
banks in the United States and seven Euro-
pean countries that agreed on 1 November
1961 to cooperate in maintaining the Bretton
Woods System of fixed-rate convertible
currencies and defending a gold price of
US$35 per troy ounce by interventions in the
London gold market.

The central banks coordinated concerted
methods of gold sales to balance spikes
in the market price of gold as determined
by the London morning gold fixing while
buying gold on price weaknesses. The United
States provided 50% of the required gold
supply for sale. The price controls were suc-
cessful for six years until the system became
no longer workable. The pegged price of gold
was too low and runs on gold, the British
pound, and the US dollar occurred and
France decided to withdraw from the pool.
The London Gold Pool collapsed in March
1968.

By the beginning of the 1960s, the U.S.$ 35
= 1 oz. Gold price was becoming more and
more difficult to sustain. Gold demand was
rising and U.S. Gold reserves were falling,
both as a result of the ever increasing trade
deficits which the U.S. continued to run with
the rest of the world.

Shortly after President Kennedy was Inau-
gurated in January 1961, and to combat this
situation, newly- appointed Undersecretary
of the Treasury Robert Roosa suggested that
the U.S. and Europe should pool their Gold
resources to prevent the private market price
for Gold from exceeding the mandated rate
of U.S. $ 35 per ounce. Acting on this sugges-
tion, the Central Banks of the U.S., Britain,
West Germany, France, Switzerland, Italy,
Belgium, the Netherlands, and Luxembourg
set up the "London Gold Pool" in early 1961.
One wonders why they were so cooperative
with the U.S. Granted the gold that left these
nations ahead of the war was still in the U.S.
and slowly but surely they felt it necessary
to get it back. What happened in occupied
Europe was that U.S. dollars became more
abundant there and a market in 'Eurodollars'
sprang up derived in part from U.S. soldiers
still in Europe. But the volumes grew more
and more as the U.S. established a perpetual

Trade deficit feeding the rest of the world
with them.

The 'Pool' came apart as Europe, under
Charles de Gaulle, decided enough was
enough and began to send the Dollars
earned by Europe back to the U.S. back and
exchanged these for their gold. Then they
were unwilling to continue accepting U.S.
Treasury Bills & Bonds in return. Under the
terms of the 'Bretton Woods Agreement'
signed in 1944, Europe was legally entitled
to do this. It would appear that by the time
the gold sent to the U.S. before the war had
returned to Europe, the U.S. pulled the plug
on exchanging gold for dollars letting the
London Gold Pool fold in April 1968. But
the demand for gold from Europe did not
abate.

OIL, IRAQ AND THE
FUTURE OF THE DOLLAR

Petrodollar maintenance was pretty easy
until 2000 and manageable until recently, but
now it seems to be failing. Only a few realize
how intense the consequences for the US
will be when it ends. The US policy toward
maintaining the standard has created very
difficult circumstances for the superpower,
one that is no longer tenable as US power
declines. The end result will be far more
tumultuous than any crisis of the past sixty
years. For America, it could easily be worse
than WWII or the Great Depression. Oil will
be far more expensive, and that's the least of
the problems.

PETRODOLLARS

After Bretton Woods (a defunct currency
agreement), the US dollar alone was convert-
ible into gold. When the amount of dollars
became disproportionate to the amount of
gold backing the currency at $35 per ounce,
countries began buying US gold with their
dollars. When foreign exchange reserves
became too great and the US balance of
payments deficit (monetary outflow) kept
increasing, some countries got edgy and
cashed in. In 1960, the open market price
spiked to $40. The Federal Reserve and Bank
of England agreed to defend the price. The
1961 London

Gold Pool was a protective measure to hold
down the price of gold. A group of 8 central
banks, led by the Federal Reserve, agreed to
maintain the dollar convertibility into gold
at $35 and to defend it with interventions
in the gold market. The US put in half the
gold and the other 7 nations the other half. It
was a public policy with a particular idea. If
people thought the gold price would be de-
fended at $35 an ounce, there was little point
in trying to profit from arbitrage - buying
low in one market (US government gold,
which only a few had access to) and selling
high in another (London gold market, where
the pool operated). The London Gold Pool
set out to openly control the public market
for gold.

Prior to 1971, the US was caught in the
Triffin dilemma. Economist Robert Triffin
pointed out the problem in 1960 for any
world reserve currency. The nation issu-
ing the currency is stuck with conflicting
domestic and international monetary policy
goals. They need to simultaneously maintain
a current account trade deficit - putting out
more money than taking in - and a current
account trade surplus - taking in more than
sending out. Obviously, the two are mutually

exclusive. The need for the deficit comes
from the need to supply excesses of curren-
cy to the rest of the world. The need for the
surplus is to maintain the strength and confi-
dence in the currency.

On August 15, 1971, the world lost its
connection with sound money' Money was
no longer connected to a limited supply of
a commodity - it became unfixed and has
been ever since, floating mainly on an ocean
of oil. The dollar was now a fiat currency,
mandated for all debts public and private
by government decree. In this case, it is not
illegal to make or use a competing currency
with the dollar. Local currencies are legal,
but the court system will not enforce a
contract put outside of dollar terms. If your
contract is settled in gold or silver, you are
on your own collecting. This is the method
of enforcing use of the dollar.
Petrodollar creation

A deal was struck in 1973 with Saudi Arabia.
The US agreed to militarily support the un-
popular Saudi Royals. This made the country
more or less attack proof. No one wanted to
go to war with America. It also made it inter-
nally stable. The military power dominated
any possibility of successful rebellion. In
return for bolstering the regime, the royals
agreed to sell Saudi oil only in US dollars.
The also agreed to re-invest those dollars
back into the US banking and Treasury debt
complex. Two years later, every OPEC nation
accepted only dollars for oil and was rein-
vesting likewise. The US supplied military
support in the other OPEC nations, as well.
The skillful power grab by architect Henry
Kissinger was non-violent even. After the
heated six-day war, this was a very enticing
promise.

Soon, all oil producers followed suit. Every
oil importer needed dollars and every oil

PETRODOLLARS

exporter received US dollars. All those
exporters recycled the dollars right back into
the US debt complex. This money was then
spent into the general economy (along w

ith a certain amount of new money from the
Fed), where it was used to purchase foreign
goods, moving those dollars to oil importing
countries. They sent the dollars to oil export-
ers. The cycle of debt has continually ramped
up this way to the present day. In 1973,
economics professor Ibrahim Oweiss named
it the Petrodollar Standard. It has never been
formalized as a standard, however. It stands
as a political open secret - everyone in pow-
er knows, but no one talks about it.

This created a multi-decade virtuous circle
for the US. Every country needs oil, so every
country without excess capacity had to get
US dollars first. As countries industrialized
and used more and more oil, they needed
more dollars. The US was able to export
inflation - that has been the main product.
This created a high standard of living and
gave the government its real power. This is
why the government can deficit spend itself
into the trillions. Every country wants to
sell goods to the US so they can soak up the
dollars and buy oil. The dollars then come
back to fund the burgeoning debt - a critical
part of the agreement.

President Richard M. Nixon and his Sec-
retary of State, Henry Kissinger, knew that
their destruction of the international gold
standard under the Bretton Woods arrange-
ment would cause a decline in the artificial
global demand of the U.S. dollar. Main-
taining this "artificial dollar demand" was

vital if the United States were to continue
expanding its "welfare and warfare"spend-
ing. In a series of meetings, the United
States — represented by then U.S. Secretary
of State Henry Kissinger — and the Saudi
royal family made an agreement. According
to the agreement, the United States would
offer military protection for Saudi Arabia's
oil fields. The U.S. also agreed to provide the
Saudis with weapons, and protection from
Israel"..

The agreement included:

1) The Saudis must agree to price all of their
oil sales in U.S. dollars only. (In other words,
the Saudis were to refuse all other currencies,
except the U.S. dollar, as payment for their
oil exports.)

2) The Saudis would be open to investing
their surplus oil proceeds in U.S. debt secu-
rities.

By 1975, all of the oil-producing nations of
OPEC had agreed to price their oil in dollars
and to hold their surplus oil proceeds in U.S.
government debt securities in exchange for
the generous offers by the U.S.
They were, five countries namely Islamic,
Republic of Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Saudi Arabia
and Venezuela. They were to become the
Founder Members of the Organization.
These countries were later joined by Qatar
(1961), Indonesia (1962), Libya (1962),
the United Arab Emirates (1967), Algeria
(1969), Nigeria (1971), Ecuador (1973),
Gabon (1975) and Angola (2007).
From December 1992 until October 2007,
Ecuador suspended its membership. Gabon
terminated its membership in 1995. Indo-
nesia suspended its membership effective
January 2009.

In 2000, Saddam Hussein announced Iraqi
oil would be traded in euros, not dollars.
Some say sanctions and an invasion followed
because the Americans were desperate to
prevent OPEC from transferring oil trading
in all its member countries to the euro.

PETRODOLLARS

The Nixon Shock was a series of eco-
nomic measures undertaken by Unit-
ed States President Richard Nixon in
1971, the most significant of which
was the unilateral cancellation of the
direct convertibility of the United
States dollar to gold.

While Nixon's actions did not for-
mally abolish the existing Bretton
Woods system of international
financial exchange, the suspension of
one of its key components effectively
rendered the Bretton Woods system
inoperable. While Nixon publicly
stated his intention to resume di-
rect convertibility of the dollar after
reforms to the Bretton Woods system
had been implemented, all attempts
at reform proved unsuccessful. By
1973, the Bretton Woods system was
replaced de facto by a regime based
on freely floating fiat currencies that
remains in place to the present day.

In 1944 in Bretton Woods, New
Hampshire, representatives from 44
nations met to develop a new inter-
national monetary system that came
PETRODOLLARS

to be known as the Bretton Woods
system. Conference members had
hoped that this new system would
"ensure exchange rate stability, pre-
vent competitive devaluations, and
promote economic growth." [1] It
was not until 1958 that the Bretton
Woods System became fully opera-
tional. Countries now settled their
international accounts in dollars
that could be converted to gold at a
fixed exchange rate of $35 per ounce,
which was redeemable by the U.S.
government. Thus, the United States
was committed to backing every dol-
lar overseas with gold. Other curren-
cies were fixed to the dollar, and the
dollar was pegged to gold.

For the first years after World War II,
the Bretton Woods system worked
well. With the Marshall Plan Japan
and Europe were rebuilding from the
war, and foreigners [who?] wanted
dollars to spend on American goods
— cars, steel, machinery, etc. Because
the U.S. owned over half the worlds
official gold reserves — 574 million
ounces at the end of World War II —
the system appeared secure. [2]

However, from 1950 to 1969, as
Germany and Japan recovered, the
US share of the world's economic
output dropped significantly, from
35% to 27%. Furthermore, a negative
balance of payments, growing public
debt incurred by the Vietnam War

and Great Society programs, and
monetary inflation by the Federal
Reserve caused the dollar to become
increasingly overvalued in the 1960s.
[2]

In France, the Bretton Woods Sys-
tem was called "America's exorbi-
tant privilege" [3] as it resulted in an
"asymmetric financial system" where
foreigners "see themselves support-
ing American living standards and
subsidizing American multination-
als". As American economist Barry
Eichengreen summarized:"It costs
only a few cents for the Bureau of
Engraving and Printing to produce
a $100 bill, but other countries had
to pony up $100 of actual goods in
order to obtain one". [4] In February
1965 President Charles de Gaulle
announced his intention to exchange
its U.S. dollar reserves for gold at the
official exchange rate. [5]

By 1966, foreign central banks held
$14 billion, while the United States
had only $13.2 billion in gold reserve.
Of those reserves, only $3.2 billion
was able to cover foreign holdings
as the rest was covering domestic
holdings. [6]

By 1971, the money supply had
increased by 10%.[7] In May 1971,
West Germany left the Bretton
Woods system, unwilling to reval-
ue the Deutsche Mark. [8] In the

following three months, this move
strengthened its economy. Simul-
taneously, the dollar dropped 7.5%
against the Deutsche Mark. [8] Other
nations began to demand redemption
of their dollars for gold. Switzerland
redeemed $50 million in July. [8]
France acquired $191 million in gold.
[8] On August 5, 1971, the United
States Congress released a report
recommending devaluation of the
dollar, in an effort to protect the dol-
lar against "foreign price-gougers".
[8] On August 9, 1971, as the dollar
dropped in value against European
currencies, Switzerland left the Bret-
ton Woods system. [8] The pressure
began to intensify on the United
States to leave Bretton Woods.

The puich.ishuj powei of $1 from the time
the Ferieiol Reserve was established in 1913

1913 1923 1933 1943 1953 1963 1973 1983 1993 2003

PETRODOLLARS

1932

King Abdel Aziz ibn Saud unified the king-
dom of Saudi Arabia following a series of
military conquests between 1902 and 1926.
He established an absolute monarchy, which
gained legitimacy from an 18th century
alliance between the Al Saud family and
the Wahhabi sect of Islam. Muhammed bin
Abd al-Wahhab, the founder of Wahhabism,
preached a strict adherence to the principles
of sharia (Islamic law). His relationship with
a local chieftain of the Al Saud family con-
tributed to the strengthening and endurance
of both the Wahhabis' religious authority,
and the Al Sauds' political authority. Saudi
Arabia and the United States established
diplomatic relations in 1933.

1933

King Abdel Aziz granted a concession to the
U.S. company, Standard Oil, which allowed
them to explore for oil in the country's East-
ern Province. The joint enterprise eventually
became known as the Arabian American Oil
Company (Aramco). The company granted a
loan of £50,000 to the Saudi government and
paid it other assorted rental fees and royalty
payments. In exchange, Aramco received
exclusive rights to mine, produce and export
oil from the eastern part of the country, free
of Saudi taxes and duties. In 1938, efforts
were rewarded with the first discovery of
commercial quantities of oil at Dammam
Well Number 7, located near Dhahran.

The agreement was modified several times
over the years. In 1950, Saudi Arabia and
Aramco agreed to a 50-50 profit-sharing
arrangement, and a series of agreements be-
tween 1973 and 1980 resulted in the Saudis'
regaining full control of the company. In
1988, King Fahd issued a royal decree es-
tablishing the Saudi Arabian Oil Company,
known as Saudi Aramco, to replace Aramco.
1940 - 45

Although Saudi Arabia officially maintained
neutrality through most of the war, the U.S.
began to court the kingdom as it realized the
strategic importance of Saudi oil reserves.
In 1943, President Franklin Roosevelt
made Saudi Arabia eligible for Lend-Lease
assistance by declaring the defense of Saudi
Arabia of vital interest to the U.S. In 1945,
King Abdel Aziz and President Roosevelt
cemented the tacit oil-for- security relation-
ship when they met aboard the USS Quincy
in the Suez Canal.
1951

Under a mutual defense agreement, the U.S.
established a permanent U.S. Military Train-
ing Mission in the kingdom and agreed to
provide training support in the use of weap-
ons and other security-related services to the
Saudi armed forces. The U.S. Army Corps
of Engineers assisted in the construction of
military installations in the kingdom. This
agreement formed the basis of what grew
into a longstanding security relationship.
1953

Upon his death, King Abdel Aziz was suc-
ceeded by his son, Crown Prince Saud, who
was known for his reputation as a spend-
thrift. Under King Saud, the kingdom's trea-
sury diminished rapidly and he was forced
to turn over direct control of government
affairs to his half-brother Faisal from 1958 to
1961. In 1964, the royal family and religious
leadership forced Saud to abdicate in favor
of Faisal.
1960

At a conference in Baghdad, Saudi Arabia
joined Iran, Iraq, Kuwait and Venezuela in
founding the Organization of Petroleum Ex-
porting Countries (OPEC). The organization
— which was later joined by Qatar, Indone-
sia, Libya, United Arab Emirates, Algeria
and Nigeria — was established to coordinate
and unify petroleum production and pricing
among the member nations.
1963

PETRODOLLARS

The 1962-1967 civil war in Yemen pitted
Saudi- supported royalists against Egyp-
tian-supported republicans. In November
1963, Egyptian aircraft bombed several
villages inside Saudi territory. U.S. President
John F. Kennedy responded by sending a
squadron of F- 100 fighter jets to protect
Saudi Arabia. The Egyptians backed down
after the threat from the U.S., but tensions
between the two nations did not subside
until Egypt withdrew its troops from Yemen
in 1967.
1964

King Faisal began a modernization program,
1974 - 85

Petroleum prices rose during the 1970s and
early 1980s, and the Saudi economy became
one of the fastest-growing world economies.
By 1981, oil revenues in the kingdom had
reached $116 billion per year.

The explosion of petrodollars into the
Saudi economy led to a rapid infrastruc-
ture development during the government's
First Five Year Development Plan (1970-75)
and Second Five Year Development Plan
(1975-80). The nation rapidly increased its
pipeline capacity, seaports, and telecom-
munication structure. The government also
invested large sums of money in building
new airports, hotels, schools, hospitals and
power plants, and tripled the total length of
paved highways. Many foreign private firms
invested in joint ventures to build refineries
and other technologies important to the
petrochemical industry. During the Third
Five-Year Development Plan (1980-1985),
the government targeted spending on social
services, education and healthcare.

The petrodollars were also used to fund the
construction of new mosques and religious
schools, known as madrassas, throughout
the kingdom and abroad. There was an ex-
plosion in religious charities that were fund-

ed by a newly wealthy citizenry. U.S. officials
believe that the network of madrassas across
the world -- funded by the Saudi charities
and fueled by the strict Wahhabi interpre-
tation of Islam — evolved into a network of
recruiting schools that were to train Islamic
militants to fight the jihad war in Afghani-
stan against the Soviet invasion (1979-1989).

Zbigniew Brzezinski, known for his hardline
policies on the Soviet Union, initiated in
1979 a campaign supporting mujaheddin in
Pakistan and Afghanistan, which was run
by Pakistani security services with financial
support from the Central Intelligence Agency
and Britain's MI6.[43] This policy had the
explicit aim of promoting radical Islamist
and anti- Communist forces.
Years later, in a 1997 CNN/National Security
Archive interview, Brzezinski detailed the
strategy taken by the Carter administration
against the Soviets in 1979:
Pakistan a month or so after the Soviet inva-
sion of Afghanistan, for the purpose of coor-
dinating with the Pakistanis a joint response,
the purpose of which would be to make the
Soviets bleed for as much and as long as is
possible; and we engaged in that effort in a
collaborative sense with the Saudis, the Egyp-
tians, the British, the Chinese, and we started
providing weapons to the Mujaheddin, from
various sources again

PETRODOLLARS

The weapondollar-petrodollar coa-
lition: still about oil?

December 16, 2014 by Shimshon
Bichler and Jonathan Nitzan
1. The Triangle of Conflict
Analyses of modern Middle East
conflicts vary greatly They range
from sweeping regional histories to
narratives of individual disputes.
They draw on various analytical
frameworks and reflect different
ideological standpoints. They rely on
realism to emphasize state interests,
alignments and conflicts, on liberal-
ism to accentuate markets, trade and
interest groups, on Marxism to stress
exploitation, dependency and impe-
rialism, and on postism to transform
both the conflicts and their causes
into a cultural-ethnic-racist collage of
deconstructible 'texts'. They use these
views, opinions and dogmas to cri-
tique and condemn, rationalize and
moralize, predict and strategize.[l]

Underlying this great variety, how-
ever, lies a simple triangular scheme.
Regardless of their particular theo-
retical foci and ideological bent, all

PETRODOLLARS

analyses seem to derive from and
accentuate one or more of the follow-
ing themes: (1) outside intervention,

(2) culture and internal politics and

(3) scarcity.

Outside intervention. Analysts of
international relations tend to divide
the history of foreign intervention in
the region into four broad eras: (i)
the period up till the Second World
War, (ii) the post-war stretch till the
collapse of the Soviet Union, (iii) the
era of neoliberal globalization till the
recent financial crisis and (iv) the
new period of growing multipolari-
ty. Foreign meddling in the Middle
East is said to have intensified during
the nineteenth century. With the
decline of Ottoman rule and the
rise of European imperialism, direct
colonial takeovers carved up the
region among the leading European
powers. This division ended after
the Second World War. Colonialism
disintegrated, and with superpower
confrontation substituting for in-
ter-imperial struggles, proxy conflicts

replaced the need for direct occupa-
tion. The 1990s collapse of the Soviet
Union again shuffled the cards. The
previously bipolar world was ren-
dered unipolar, and this unipolarity,
argue the pundits, enabled the United
States to launch an aggressive re-
gime-changing campaign to promote
democracy and make the Middle
East safe for business. But this era
too seems to be drawing to a close.
The United States is not what it used
to be. Its chronic current account
deficit, mounting debt, sliding dollar
and recent financial crisis, along with
its failed military interventions, have
given rise to mounting challenges
from China, India and the new Rus-
sia, among others countries, as well
as from armed NGOs in various parts
of the world. These centrifugal forces
create peripheral vacuums, includ-
ing in the Middle East, which local
mini-powers such as Iran and Turkey
and militias like ISIS and Hezbollah
jockey to fill.

Culture and internal politics. The is-

WE M I H

A MM
WAR

sue here is the bellicose consequenc-
es of the regions tribal traditions,
ethnic differences and religious hos-
tilities - as well as the ways in which
these cultural-political traits differ
from those in other, mainly Western
societies. Oriental pundits, analysts
and deconstructivists examine how
cultural incompatibilities breed con-
flict within the Middle East, as well
as a broader clash of civilizations',
particularly between Islam and the
West. Some claim that the regions
cultural-political bellicosities are
deeply ingrained and therefore diffi-
cult to change, while others see them
as malleable attributes that can be
smothered or nourished depending
on circumstances and expediency.

Scarcity. This subject is handled
more or less exclusively by econo-
mists. The main focus here is water,
which the region is short on, and oil,
of which it has plenty. In the short
term, say the economists, the overall
supply of both water and oil can be
taken as given, so the ups and downs
of their scarcity depend mostly on
variations in demand.

PETRODOLLARS

The Council on Foreign Relations
(CFR), founded in 1921, is a United
States nonprofit, 4900 member orga-
nization, publisher, and think tank
specializing in U.S. foreign policy and
international affairs. Its membership
has included senior politicians, more
than a dozen Secretaries of State, CIA
directors, bankers, lawyers, profes-
sors, and senior media figures.

The CFR regularly convenes meet-
ings at which government officials,
global business leaders and prom-
inent members of the intelligence/
foreign-policy community discuss
major international issues. It pub-
lishes the bi-monthly journal For-
eign Affairs, and runs a think tank
called the "David Rockefeller Studies
Program", which influences foreign
policy by making recommendations
to the presidential administration
and diplomatic community, testifying
before Congress, interacting with the
media, and authoring books, reports,
articles, and op-eds on foreign policy
issues.

The CFR is headquartered in New
York City, with an additional office in
Washington, D.C..

PETRODOLLARS

The Three -State Solution

By Leslie H. Gelb

Published: November 25, 2003

President Bush's new strategy of transfer-
ring power quickly to Iraqis, and his critics'
alternatives, share a fundamental flaw: all
commit the United States to a unified Iraq,
artificially and fatefully made whole from
three distinct ethnic and sectarian commu-
nities. That has been possible in the past
only by the application of overwhelming and
brutal force.

President Bush wants to hold Iraq together
by conducting democratic elections coun-
trywide. But by his daily reassurances to the
contrary, he only fans devastating rumors of
an American pullout. Meanwhile, influential
senators have called for more and better
American troops to defeat the insurgency.
Yet neither the White House nor Congress is
likely to approve sending more troops.

And then there is the plea, mostly from
outside the United States government, to
internationalize the occupation of Iraq.
The moment for multilateralism, however,
may already have passed. Even the United
Nations shudders at such a nightmarish
responsibility.

The only viable strategy, then, may be to
correct the historical defect and move in
stages toward a three- state solution: Kurds in
the north, Sunnis in the center and Shiites in
the south.

The Middle East has been engulfed in
a state of chaos for decades now, with
the region becoming increasingly
unstable in recent years largely due to
western sponsored proxy wars. The
current map of the Middle East was
created in 1916 through the surrep-
titious Sykes-Picot agreement, a deal
which divided the Ottoman-ruled
territories of Syria, Iraq, Lebanon
and Palestine, into areas controlled
by either Britain or France. Today the
chaos we see in the Middle East is the
creation of Anglo-American-Israeli
power, which is attempting to redraw
the map to meet their present strate-
gic and imperial objectives.

Islamic State: A Creation of US Intel-
ligence

The Islamic State (IS) has hit the
headlines in recent months due to
their latest terror campaign in Iraq,
which has led to US airstrikes in the
North of the country. What has been
omitted from mainstream circles
though is the intimate relationship
between US intelligence agencies and
IS, as they have trained, armed and
funded the group for years. Back in
2012, World Net Daily received leaks
by Jordanian officials who reported
that the US military was training ISIL
(as it was then known) in Jordan,
before being deployed into Syria to
fight against Bashar al- Assad. Francis
Boyle, a Law professor at the Uni-

versity of Illinois, has described IS as
a "covert US intelligence operation"
whose objective is to "destroy Iraq as
a state".

The strategy in the Middle East is the
creation of a perpetual condition of
instability and a policy of "construc-
tive chaos", where nation states are to
be destroyed so that the map of the
Middle East can be redrawn. IS pro-
vided the pretext to intervene in Iraq
once again, with the intervention en-
suring the oil fields in Erbil are safely
in the hands of multi-national cor-
porations - as oppose to chaotic and
dysfunctional mercenaries. As well as
providing the justification for the US,
Britain and France to "bolster" the
Kurds in the North of the country,
which furthers the agenda of destroy-
ing "Iraq as a state". As the President
of the Council on Foreign Relations
(CFR) and Former Director of Policy
Planning at the State Department,
Richard Hass, wrote in an Op Ed for
Project Syndicate last month:

"It is time to recognize the inevita-
bility of Iraq's break-up (the country
is now more a vehicle for Iran's influ-
ence than a bulwark against it) and
bolster an independent Kurdistan
within Iraq's former borders."

As I reported in June, the policy in
Iraq is to split the country into 3

PETRODOLLARS

separate religious and ethnic mini-
states: a Sunni Iraq to the West, an
Arab Shia State in the East and a Free
Kurdistan in the North. The objective
of dividing Iraq into 3 has been dis-
cussed in neo-imperial policy circles
since as far back as 1982, when Israeli
journalist - who also had close con-
nections to the Foreign Ministry in
Israel - Oded Yinon, wrote an article
which was published in a journal
of the World Zionist Organisation,
titled: "A Strategy for Israel in the
Nineteen Eighties". Yinon discusses
the plan for a Greater Israel and pin-
points Iraq in particular as the major
obstacle in the Middle East which
threatens Israels expansion:

"Iraq, rich in oil on the one hand
and internally torn on the other, is
guaranteed as a candidate for Israels
targets. Its dissolution is even more
important for us than that of Syria.
Iraq is stronger than Syria. In the
short run it is Iraqi power which
constitutes the greatest threat to Is-
rael (p. 12) The dissolution of

Syria and Iraq later on into ethnically
or religiously unique areas such as
in Lebanon, is Israels primary target
on the Eastern front in the long run,
while the dissolution of the military
power of those states serves as the
primary short term target." (p.l 1.)

Yinon continues:

"In Iraq, a division into provinces
PETKODOLMKS

along ethnic/religious lines as in Syr-
ia during Ottoman times is possible.
So, three (or more) states will exist
around the three major cities: Basra,
Baghdad and Mosul, and Shi'ite areas
in the south will separate from the
Sunni and Kurdish north.

Engineer a Civil War for the "Three
State Solution"

Shortly after the initial 2003 invasion
and occupation of Iraq, the New York
Times ran an op-ed piece by Leslie
Gelb, President Emeritus and Board
Member of the US-based Council on
Foreign Relations, the most influen-
tial and powerful think tank in the
United States. The op-ed, titled, "The
Three State Solution," published in
November of 2003, stated that the
"only viable strategy" for Iraq, "may
be to correct the historical defect
and move in stages toward a three-
state solution: Kurds in the north,
Sunnis in the center and Shiites in
the south." Citing the example of the

break up of Yugoslavia, Gelb stated
that the Americans and Europeans
"gave the Bosnian Muslims and
Croats the means to fight back, and
the Serbs accepted separation." Ex-
plaining the strategy, Gelb states that,
"The first step would be to make the
north and south into self-governing
regions, with boundaries drawn as
closely as possible along ethnic lines,"
and to "require democratic elections
within each region." Further, "at the
same time, draw down American
troops in the Sunni Triangle and ask
the United Nations to oversee the
transition to self-government there."
Gelb then states that this policy
"would be both difficult and danger-
ous. Washington would have to be
very hard-headed, and hard-hearted,
to engineer this breakup." [6]

Following the example of Yugoslavia,
as Gelb cited, would require an engi-
neered civil war between the various
ethnic groups. The US supported and
funded Muslim forces in Bosnia in
the early 1990s, under the leadership
of the CIA- trained Afghan Muja-
hideen, infamous for their CIA-di-
rected war against the Soviet Union
from 1979-1989. In Bosnia, the
Mujahideen were "accompanied by
US Special Forces," and Bill Clinton
personally approved of collaboration
with "several Islamic fundamentalist
organisations including Osama bin
Ladens al Qaeda." In Kosovo, years

later, "Mujahideen mercenaries from
the Middle East and Central Asia
were recruited to fight in the ranks
of the Kosovo Liberation Army
(KLA) in 1998-99, largely support-
ing NATO's war effort." The US
Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA),
the British Secret Intelligence Ser-
vices (MI6), British SAS soldiers and
American and British private security
companies had the job of arming and
training the KLA. Further, "The U.S.
State Department listed the KLA as
a terrorist organization, indicating
that it was financing its operations
with money from the international
heroin trade and loans from Islamic
countries and individuals, among
them allegedly Usama bin Laden,"
and as well as that, "the brother of a
leader in an Egyptian Jihad organiza-
tion and also a military commander
of Usama bin Laden, was leading an
elite KLA unit during the Kosovo
conflict." [7]

Could this be the same strategy being
deployed in Iraq in order to break up
the country for similar geopolitical
reasons?

PETRODOLLARS

"It is the duty of Israeli leaders to explain
to public opinion, clearly and courageously,
a certain number of facts that are forgotten
with time. The first of these is that there is
no Zionism, colonialization, or Jewish State
without the eviction of the Arabs and the
expropriation of their lands."

— Ariel Sharon, Israeli Foreign Minister,
addressing a meeting of militants from the
extreme right-wing Tsomet Party, Agence
France Presse, November 15, 1998.

"Everybody has to move, run and grab as
many (Palestinian) hilltops as they can to
enlarge the (Jewish) settlements because
everything we take now will stay ours...
Everything we don't grab will go to them."

— Ariel Sharon, Israeli Foreign Minister,
addressing a meeting of the Tsomet Party,
Agence France Presse, Nov. 15, 1998.

"Israel may have the right to put others on
trial, but certainly no one has the right to put
the Jewish people and the State of Israel on
trial."

— Israeli Prime Minister Ariel Sharon, 25
March, 2001 quoted in BBC News Online

"If we thought that instead of 200 Palestin-
ian fatalities, 2,000 dead would put an end
to the fighting at a stroke, we would use
much more force...."

— Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Barak, quot-
ed in Associated Press, November 16, 2000.

A LAND WITHOUT A PEOPLE FOR A PEOPLE WITHOUT A LAND

"If I knew that it was possible to save all
the children of Germany by transporting
them to England, and only half by trans-
ferring them to the Land of Israel, I would
choose the latter, for before us lies not only
the numbers of these children but the histor-
ical reckoning of the people of Israel."

— David Ben-Gurion (Quoted on pp 855-56
in Shabtai Teveth's Ben-Gurion in a slightly
different translation).

"This country exists as the fulfillment of a
promise made by God Himself.
It would be ridiculous to ask it to account
for its legitimacy."

- Golda Meir, Le Monde, 15 October 1971

"[The Palestinians] are beasts walking on
two legs."

— Israeli Prime Minister Menachem Begin,
speech to the Knesset, quoted in Amnon
Kapeliouk, "Begin and the 'Beasts,'" New
Statesman, June 25, 1982.

"We walked outside, Ben-Gurion accom-
panying us. Allon repeated his question,
What is to be done with the Palestinian
population?' Ben-Gurion waved his hand in
a gesture which said 'Drive them out!"
— Yitzhak Rabin, leaked censored version of
Rabin memoirs, published in the New York
Times, 23 October 1979.

"(The Palestinians) would be crushed like
grasshoppers ... heads smashed against the
boulders and walls."
— Israeli Prime Minister (at the time)
Yitzhak Shamir in a speech to Jewish set-
tlers, New York Times April 1, 1988

A LAND WITHOUT A PEOPLE FOR A PEOPLE WITHOUT A LAND

The $5 Trillion Cold War Hoax
by Eustace Mullins

For more than four decades, the American
people have been terrorized, not by a foreign
threat, but by their own government. In
order for the Federal Reserve System central
bankers to continue to loot the nation after
the successful conclusion of the I Second
World War, they had to invent a new threat.
The only candidate was our erstwhile gallant
ally, the Soviet Union. The central bank
conspirators faced the task of continuing to
mobilize the people against a terrible threat,
taxing them heavily in order to save them
from destruction.

The World Order billionaires launched a
complex, long-term plan to demonize Soviet
Russia. Overnight, they would undergo a
sea change, from the darlings of the Amer-
ican political Establishment to a dangerous
and possibly overwhelming enemy, la my
researches of more than fifty years, I finally
located the smoking gun which exposed
this conspiracy, a little known article in the
August 1977 issue of American Heritage
magazine, "Who Started the Cold War?" by
historian Charles L. Mee Jr., editor of Hori-
zon magazine, and author of one of the first
cold war books, Meeting at Potsdam.

START OF THE COLD WAR - THE T

LIFE --^

v- ' ' 1

TIME

I M in . w 20 DPllE

"SCARE THE HELL OUT
OF THE COUNTRY"

In this article, Mee writes that on Feb. 27,
1947, "President Truman met with Con-
gressional leaders in the White House.
Undersecretary of State Dean Acheson
was present at the meeting, and Truman
had him tell the Congressmen what was
at stake. Acheson spoke for ten minutes,
informing the legislators that nothing less
than the survival of the whole of West-
ern civilization was in the balance at that
moment; he worked in references to ancient
Athens, Rome, and the course of Western
civilization and freedom since those times.
The Congressmen were silent for a few
moments, and then, at last. Senator Arthur
Vandenberg of Michigan, a prominent Re-
publican who had come to support an active
foreign policy, spoke up. All this might be

WORLD WAR

true, Vandenberg said, but, if the President
wishes to sell his program to the American
people, he would have to 'scare hell out of
the country'. It was at that moment that the
Cold War began in earnest for the United
States."

This is one of the most revealing statements
in American history. This is the smoking
gun which proves that the federal govern-
ment used a terror campaign to frighten
the American people into supporting four
decades of Cold War spending on arma-
ments. The initial campaign was the "atom
bomb scare", which raged for some years;
it finally lost its effectiveness, and was re-
placed by the ogre, based solely on falsified
and invented CIA statistics, that Soviet
Russia was the most terrifying military
power, with the fastest growing economy,
in the world.

apogee in the Cold War. Hopefully, we will
not see another such travesty of history.
On March 5, 1946, at Fulton, Churchill
made his famous "Iron Curtain" speech. He
warned that an "Iron Curtain" had descend-
ed upon Europe, the Communist enslave-
ment of the Eastern European countries.
He failed to mention that he and Franklin
Delano Roosevelt had joined at Yalta to
deliver Eastern Europe to Stalin, with Alger
Hiss, the originator of the plan, beaming
in the background. Not a single journalist,
anywhere in the world, mentioned Chur-
chill's overwhelming personal complicity in
creating and maintaining the dire situation
which he now publicly deplored.

Truman needed an excuse for deficit
spending, because without it he could not
have kept the American economy busy and
productive. Thus he waged a Cold War, after
the hot war was won, to justify continued
deficit spending. With the Truman Doctrine
and the Marshall Plan, the encouragement
of American multinational companies, and
a set of defense treaties that came finally to
encompass the world, he institutionalized it."

As Charles T. Mee Jr. points out in his article,
Stalin was a principal beneficiary of the Cold
War. " Stalin needed the Cold War, not to
venture out into the world again after an
exhausting war, but to discipline his restless
people at home. He had need of that ancient
stratagem of monarchs — the threat of an im-
placable external enemy to be used to unite

his own people in Russia." Mee also names
START OF THE COLD WAR - THE THIRD WORLD WAR

CHURCHILL LAUNCHES
COLD WAR

The Cold War, the Hegelian invention of
Soviet Russia and the United States at each
other's throats, the "free world" vs. the "slave
empire", Capitalism vs. Communism, was
the final triumph of dialectical materialism,
also invented by the German philosopher,
Hegel. He laid down the dictum that to rule
the world, you create a problem; you find an
antidote to that problem; and you throw the
two conflicting theses against each other,
to result in a consensus or resolution. This
diabolical and cynical formula reached its

Winston Churchill as a prime suspect in the
Cold War conspiracy. He states that Chur-
chill "emerged from World War II with a
ruined empire, irretrievably in debt, an em-
pire losing its colonies and headed inevitably
toward bankruptcy Churchill's scheme for
saving Great Britain was to arrange to have
America and Russia quarrel, while America
and Russia quarrelled, England would — as
American diplomats delicately put it — 'lead'
Europe".

THE FIRST VICTIMS
OF THE COLD WAR

The first victims of the Cold War were not
soldiers, they were American politicians who
were reluctant to embrace the new cam-
paign. The first casualty was elder statesman
Henry Stimson, who wrote a memo to Presi-
dent Truman in the autumn of 1945, cited by
Mee as the cause of Stimson's disappearance
from Washington. Stimson's memo de-
nounced the projected Cold War as a serious
error, and called for "satisfactory relations"
with Russia. Henry Wallace, Secretary of
Commerce, also protested against the Cold
War, he was allowed to resign. Mee identifies
the "comers" in Washington as those who
were quick to latch onto the Cold War as
"the wave of the future". Those who tended
to believe in an aggressive attitude toward
Russia, were spotted, and promoted — young
men such as John Foster Dulles and Dean
Rusk.

RUSSIA,
THE ATOM

AND
THE WEST

George Kennan, then in the American
Embassy in Moscow, was discovered after he
sent a perfervid 8,000 word telegram back
to Washington. "We have here a political
force committed fanatically to the belief that
with U.S. there can be no permanent modus
vivendi, that it is desirable and necessary
that the internal harmony of our society
be disrupted, our traditional way of life be
destroyed, the international authority of our
state be broken." Mee mentions that, in his
memoirs, Kennan says that he now looks
back on his cable with horrified amuse-
ment'. "At the time, however, he was ideal
for Truman's use, and he was recalled from
Moscow and made chairman of the State
Department's Policy Planning Committee, or
as the New York Times called him, 'America's
global planner'."

Newsweek

That Sizzling Congress Race

THE EGGHEADS

Critics of the new Cold War foreign policy
quickly found a nickname for its architects,
"the eggheads". Like George Kennan, they

START OF THE COLD WAR - THE THIRD WORLD WAR

were liberal intellectuals, often prematurely
bald, and unanimous in their dislike of the
American people, whom they hated and
feared, and their Constitution. Their goal,
which they now seem to have achieved, was
to liberate the federal government, which
Thomas Jefferson and the other Founding
Fathers had written to "bind down the
government with the chains of the Constitu-
tion". While ostensibly following an "an-
ti-Communist" policy, the eggheads never
forswore their dedication to Marxism, and
its monolithic state.

A PHONY WAR

During most of its history, the Cold War was
a propaganda war, in which the opponents
hurled invectives at each other. However, the
military- industrial complex cannot make
billions of dollars from propaganda; there
had to be occasions of real shooting. We en-
dured the Korean War and the Vietnam War,
with hundreds of thousands of casualties,
while Soviet Russia did not lose a man in
either war. Both Russia and the United States
were careful to have the scenes of battle take
place thousands of miles from their own
lands, in poverty-stricken countries such as
Korea and Vietnam. We had the Cuban mis-
sile crisis, a soap opera in which the media
convinced Americans that they had been on
the brink of atomic destruction, being saved
just before the bombs were launched by

the "incredible diplomatic skills" of John F.
Kennedy and Khrushchev, neither of whom
before or after this crisis had ever shown the
slightest skill at diplomacy. The Berlin Wall
was built, to prevent all of its population
from fleeing the desolation of Communist
East Germany. The eggheads greeted the
Berlin Wall with praise. President John F.
Kennedy made a special trip to Germany to
put his seal of approval on the Berlin Wall,
and to reassure the Communists that the
United States would not remove it. And we
never did. It was the Germans themselves,
driven beyond endurance, who ripped it
down, much to the consternation of our
eggheads in Washington.

Aft;

I ml

Wail

ST.

A METEORIC CAREER

Although few Americans recognize the
name of George Kennan, he not only was
the source of the nickname "egghead", he
also was the bureaucrat entrusted with the
maintenance of the Gold War in Washington
for many years. He was named after his un-
cle. George Kennan, who spent many years
travelling in Czarist Russia on "missionary
work" for the world Communist movement.
He was entrusted with many millions of
dollars by Jacob Schiff, known as "A Prince
in Israel", who was born in the Rothschild
house in Frankfurt, and who, according to

START OF TIIF COLD WAR - TIIF THIRD WORLD WAR

his grandson, John Schiff, had spent twen-
ty-two-million dollars of his, personal funds
to bring about the Bolshevik Revolution in
Russia. Most of this money was spent on
revolutionary propaganda, which Kennan,
with journalistic credentials, distributed
throughout Russia. Some historians credit
George Kennan as the pivotal force in the
Bolshevik Revolution, pointing out that it
was his distributing of thousands of revolu-
tionary leaflets to officers in the Czar s Army
which turned them against the regime and
led to the downfall of the Czar.

cation of the Council on Foreign Relations,
titled "The Sources of Soviet Conduct", that
George Kennan continues to be remembered
in Washington. This article laid down the
principle of "containment" which was to be
official U.S. policy towards Russia for the
remainder of the Cold War. No wonder the
New York Times called Kennan "Americas
global planner". Henry Kissinger, who in-
herited the Kennan policy of the Cold War,
wrote in White House Years, p. 135, that
"George Kennan came as close to authoring
the diplomatic doctrine of his era as any
diplomat in our history."

Paul Kennedy, in The Rise and Fall of
the Great Powers, defined the "policy of
containment" as follows: "The view from
Washington was that a master plan for world
Communist domination was unfolding and
needed to be contained'." Walter Lippmann,
who was a one-man think tank in Washing-
ton for fifty years, and an adviser to many
Presidents, adopted Kennans policy in his
influential The Cold War; a Study in United
States Foreign Policy, as Americas senior
elder statesman.

George Kennan also worked with Jacob
Schiff in financing Japan in the Russo-Japa-
nese War of 1905. The Japanese government
decorated Kennan with the Gold War Medal,
and the Order of the Sacred Treasure. (The
World Order, by Eustace Mullins, p. 64).
Schiff instigated this war to strike a blow
against the alleged oppression of Jews in
Russia, and to create a governmental crisis
by which the Communists could seize
power. The "1905 Revolution" failed mis-
erably; the Communists had to wait twelve
more years, with Schiff s continued support,
before they could seize power.

THE POLICY OF
"CONTAINMENT"

However, it is as "X", the anonymous author
of an article which appeared in the July, 1947
issue of Foreign Affairs, the official publi-

START OF THE COLD WAR - THE THIRD WORLD WAR

Kennans "containment" policy was just that;
that the Soviet Union and world Commu-
nism would be contained, but never openly
challenged or fought against. It was a per-
manent guarantee that the captive nations of
Eastern Europe, which had been delivered
to Stalin by Roosevelt, Churchill and Alger
Hiss at Yalta, would never be liberated from
Communism. An organization championing
the captive nations was for many years the
most hated and derided group in Washing-
ton, Composed of a few Congressmen from
Chicago and Cleveland who had strong
ethnic backing from Poles, Czechs and other
Eastern Europe countries, it was a polit-
ical embarrassment for many years to the
oligarchs of the Cold War.

TECHNIQUES OF
THE COLD WAR

The government propaganda techniques by
which the American people were terrorized
for some forty years began with the dire
threat of nuclear annihilation. School chil-
dren went through daily drills of falling to

the floor in terror of the atomic bomb which
would destroy their school. Their parents
built backyard "bomb shelters" stocked with
food and water. Because "scientific studies"
showed that the radiation peril would last
for at least five hundred years, the survivors
apparently expected to spend that much
time in their shelters. Nationwide philo-
sophical debates ensued as to whether the
survivors, huddled in their shelters after the
blast, should open the door to neighbours or
to "minorities" who had neglected to build
bomb shelters, or whether they should shoot
those who battered down the doors to get
food. Hollywood loyally produced many
movies about the coming atomic debacle,
such as Dr. Strangelove, in which insane
fascists were determined to use the bomb
to destroy the civilized world; War Games,
in which a mad computer tried to trick the
United States and Russia into destroying
each other; and a steady stream of films de-
picting "Bette Davises" as little old librarians
who were determined that students should
be allowed to read the works of Karl Marx.

START OF TIIF COLD WAR - TIIF THIRD WORLD WAR

The King David Hotel bombing was

an attack carried out by the militant
right-wing Zionist underground orga-
nisation, the Irgun, on the King David
Hotel in Jerusalem on 22 July 1946.

The hotel was the site of the central of-
fices of the British Mandatory authori-
ties of Palestine, the Secretariat of the
Government of Palestine and Headqu-
arters of the British Forces in Palestine
and Transjordan.

The attack was the deadliest directed
at the British during the Mandate era
(1920-1948)

La von Affair

In July 1954 Egypt was plagued by a series of bomb outrages
directed mainly against American and British property in Cairo
and Alexandria.

It was generally assumed that they were the work of the
Moslem Brothers, then the most dangerous challenge to the
still uncertain authority of Colonel (later President) Nasser and
his two-year-old revolution. Nasser was negotiating with Bri-
tain over the evacuation of its giant military bases in the Suez
Canal Zone, and, the Moslem Brothers, as zealous nationa-
lists, were vigorously opposed to any Egyptian compromises.

It therefore came as a shock to world, and particularly Jewish opinion, when on 5
October the Egyptian Minister of the Interior, Zakaria Muhieddin, announced the
break-up of a thirteen-man Israeli sabotage network. An 'anti-Semitic' frame-up was
suspected.

This whole episode, which was to poison Israeli political life for a decade and more,
came to be known as the 'Lavon Affair', for it had been established in the Cairo trial
that Lavon, as Minister of Defence, had approved the campaign of sabotage.

KING DAVID HOTEL BOMBING 19 46 - LAVON AFFAIR 1954

USS Liberty

ON JUNE 8, 1967, while patrol-
ling in international waters in the
Eastern Mediterranean Sea, USS
Liberty (AGTR-5) was savagely
attacked without warning or justi-
fication by air and naval forces of
the state of Israel.

Of a crew of 294 officers and men
(including three civilians), the ship
suffered thirty four (34) killed in
action and one hundred seventy
three (173) wounded in action.

The ship itself, a Forty Million ($40,000,000) Dollar state of the art signals intelligen-
ce (SIGINT) platform, was so badly damaged that it never sailed on an operational
mission again and was sold in 1970 for $101,666.66 as scrap.

Within a few short moments, and without any warning, Israeli fighter aircraft laun-
ched a rocket attack on USS Liberty. The aircraft made repeated firing passes, attack-
ing USS Liberty with rockets and their internal cannons. After the first flight of fighter
aircraft had exhausted their ordnance, subsequent flights of Israeli fighter aircraft
continued to prosecute the attack with rockets, cannon fire, and napalm.

During the air attack, USS Liberty's crew had difficulty contacting Sixth Fleet to re-
quest assistance due to intense communications jamming

The initial targets on the ship were the command bridge, communications antennas,
and the four .50 caliber machine guns, placed on the ship to repel boarders. After the
Israeli fighter aircraft completed their attacks, three Israeli torpedo boats arrived and
began a surface attack about 35 minutes after the start of the air attack. The torpedo
boats launched a total of five torpedoes, one of which struck the side of USS Liberty,
opposite the ship Is] research spaces.

Twenty-five Americans, in addition to the nine who had been killed in the earlier air
attacks, were killed as a result of this edplosion.

USS LIBERTY l»fi7

"Now I am become death, the destroyer of
worlds." - Robert Oppenheimer

Manhattan Project - Einstein Szilard

Bernard Baruch - J P Morgan

John Foster Dulles - Truman

HIROSHIMA ATOMIC BOMB 1945

THE SECRET
HISTDRY DF THE
ATDMIC BOMB:

WHY HIROSHIMA WAS DESTROYED

The Untold Story

by Eustace C. Mull ins
June 199B

THE JEWISH HELL-BOMB

The atomic bomb was developed at the Los
Alamos Laboratories in New Mexico. The
top secret project was called the Manhattan
Project, because its secret director, Bernard
Baruch, lived in Manhattan, as did many
of the other principals. Baruch had chosen
Maj . Gen. Leslie R. Groves to head the
operation. He had previously built the Pen-
tagon, and had a good reputation among the
Washington politicians, who usually came
when Baruch beckoned.

The scientific director at Los Alamos was J.
Robert Oppenheimer, scion of a prosperous
family of clothing merchants. In Oppen-
heimer; the Years Of Risk, by James Kunet-
ka, Prentice Hall, NY, 1982, Kunetka writes,

p. 106, "Baruch was especially interested
in Oppenheimer for the position of senior
scientific adviser." The project cost an esti-
mated two billion dollars. No other nation
in the world could have afforded to develop
such a bomb. The first successful test of the
atomic bomb occurred at the Trinity site,
two hundred miles south of Los Alamos
at 5:29:45 a.m. on July 16, 1945. Oppen-
heimer was beside himself at the spectacle.
He shrieked, "I am become Death, the
Destroyer of worlds." Indeed, this seemed
to be the ultimate goal of the Manhattan
Project, to destroy the world. There had
been considerable fear among the scientists
that the test explosion might indeed set off a
chain reaction, which would destroy the en-
tire world. Oppenheimer 's exultation came
from his realization that now his people had
attained the ultimate power, through which
they could implement their five- thousand-
year desire to rule the entire world.

The story begins in Germany. In the 1930s,
Germany and Japan had a number of sci-
entists icing on the development of nuclear
fission. In both of these countries, their
leaders sternly forbade them to continue
their research. Adolf Hitler said he would
never allow anyone in Germany to work to
work on such an inhumane weapon.

The Emperor of Japan let his scientists
know that he would never approve such a
weapon. At that time the United States had
no one working on nuclear fission. The dis-
gruntled German scientists contacted friends
in the United States, and were told that there
was a possibility of government support for
their work here. As Don Beyer tells these
immigrants to the United States pushed their
program.

"Leo Szilard, together with his long time
friends and fellow Hungarian physicists,
Eugene Wigner and Edward Teller, agreed
that the President must be warned; fission
bomb tehnology was not so farfetched. The
Jewish emigres, now living in America, had
personal experience of fascism in Europe.
In 1939, the three physicists enlisted the
support of Albert Einstein, letter dated Au-
gust 2 signed by Einstein was delivered by
Alexander Sachs to Franklin D. Roosevelt
at the White House on October 11, 39."

The scientists who had built the atomic
bomb were gleeful when they received the
news of its success at Hiroshima and Na-
gasaki. In the book, Robert Oppenheimer,
Dark Prince, by Jack Rummel, 1992, we
find, p. 96, "Back in the United States the
news of the bombing of Hiroshima was
greeted with a mixture of relief, pride, joy,
shock and sadness. Otto Frisch remembers
the shouts of joy, 'Hiroshima has been de-
stroyed! ' 'Many of my friends were rushing
to the telephone to book tables at the La
Fonda Hotel in Santa Fe in order to cele-
brate. Oppenheimer walked around "like
a prizefighter, clasping his hands together
above his head as he came to the podium".'"

HIROSHIMA ATOMIC BOMB 1945

YoufB

David Cole in Auschwitz Full Documentary

A Jewish Revisionist's Visit to Aus-
chwitz by David Cole
When I decided last September to
take a well- deserved vacation, I
thought, what better destination than
Europe. After all, as a Revisionist
I'd always felt it my duty to see the
concentration camps in person. My
girl-friend, though, said that she'd
like to go to Europe to visit Euro-Dis-
ney, the new Disneyland theme park
in France. So I thought for a while
about where to go: Auschwitz or Eu-
ro-Disney. And as I looked around,
and saw the miserable state of the
world and this country, the political
and social malaise and depression, I
realized that if I did take a vacation,
I wanted to go to a place as far away
from reality as possible: a fantasy
land of wondrous fairy tales. So, of
course, I chose Auschwitz.

Now that I've gone through the Aus-
chwitz main camp, Auschwitz-Birke-
nau, Majdanek, Mauthausen, and
Dachau, I feel more secure in my
DAVID COLE IN AUSCHWITZ

position as a Revisionist that there
exists no convincing evidence that
Jews or anyone else were taken en
masse into gas chambers and killed
by the Nazis at these camps. In fact,
the remains that I inspected at the
camp sites seem, in many different
ways, to directly contradict these
claims.

I returned to the United States with
more than 25 hours of video footage
from the camps. At Majdanek I un-
covered obvious tampering with the
buildings exhibited as gas chambers.
This evidence was discovered when
my attractive camerawoman busted
a lock and got into a room that is not
open to tourists. There we were able
to view several items in their original
state, most notably the doors, which
were clearly constructed to latch
from both the outside and the inside.

The high point of my visit, though,
was my interview with Dr. Fran-
ciszek Piper, Senior Curator of the
Polish government's Auschwitz State
Museum. He has worked there for
more than 26 years. On tape, he
admits that the so-called gas cham-
ber in Crematory Building (Krema)
I, which is shown to half a million
visitors a year as a genuine homicidal
gas chamber, is in fact a reconstruc-
tion-- even down to the holes cut
into the ceiling. Piper also admits

that walls were knocked down and
bathroom facilities removed. He
went on to tell us that the remains
of the "white cottage," supposed site
of the first preliminary gassings at
Birkenau, are also reconstructed. This
was hardly news to me. Even a quick
examination of the remains of the
"white cottage" shows that the bricks
are not connected in any way, but are
simply laid on top of each other like
children's building blocks.
Piper has no problems with the
Leuchter Report. He told me that he
agrees with Leuchter's findings re-
garding traces of ferro-ferric-cyanide
in the walls of Crematory Buildings
(Kremas) I, II and III. So what is his
explanation for this lack of traces in
the supposed homicidal gas cham-
bers when, by contrast, there are sig-
nificant traces in the non-homicidal
delousing gas chambers? He told me
that the amount of hydrogen cyanide
(from Zyklon) supposedly used by
the Germans to kill people -- unlike
the amount needed to kill lice in de-
lousing chambers — was not enough
to leave blue (ferro-ferric-cyanide)
staining, or appreciable traces.

This argument has problems, though.
For one thing, the supposed hom-
icidal gas chambers at Majdanek
(which in reality were non-homicidal
delousing chambers) have abundant
blue staining. So according to Piper's
"Holocaust logic" gassing people in

Auschwitz did not leave blue stains,
but gassing people at Majdanek did.
Talk about a Magic Kingdom! As we
spoke, I half expected to see Piper's
nose grow as long as Pinocchio's!

The importance of Piper's revela-
tions is obvious. The burden of proof
has now shifted decisively to the
Exterminationist side. For example,
Piper's admission that the four holes
in the ceiling of Crematory Building
(Krema) I were put in after the war
makes ludicrous the oft-repeated
claim of Auschwitz tourists that
"Now I've seen the gas chambers with
my own two eyes." Now that the of-
ten-made claims are no longer valid,
can the Exterminationists produce
any evidence --a photograph, docu-
ment, plan, or order — showing that
the supposed gas chamber there was
ever used to kill people as alleged?
Most likely not, but what else is new?
We've never been asked to accept
the Holocaust story on anything but
faith, and for me, that's not good
enough.

On the issue of the Holocaust — and
perhaps uniquely on this issue ---we
are told: "Close the books, there will
be no more learning, no more dis-
cussion, no more questions. Not only
will no questions be tolerated, but
anyone who dares to ask such ques-
tions will be slandered and viciously
attacked "

DAVID COLE IN AUSCHWITZ

Pearl Harbor

The attack against Pearl Harbor was the excuse for entry into World War II. Both of
these attacks involved gross deception of the American public. The Watergate cover-
up was nothing compared with the cover-up over Pearl Harbor.

Roosevelt incited the attack with an oil embargo, and knew that the attack was co-
ming. It was not a surprise attack. The Pacific war began in deception and cover-up
and ended the same way. The Japanese offered to surrender prior to the bombing of
Hiroshima on condition that the office of Japanese Emperor be retained, and after the
bombing the war was concluded with that condition accepted. Why then was Hiro-
shima bombed?

Most people's understanding of the Pearl Harbor attack is based on popular portrayals
such as the docudrama film Tora, Tora, Tora, which presents the attacks as a surprise.
The Final Secret of Pearl Harbor by Rear Admiral Theobald, which examines the days
immediately preceding the attack, shows that it was not a surprise. It shows instead
that Washington authorities had ample foreknowledge of the time and place of the
Japanese attack, and that the failure to warn General Short and Admiral Kimmel was
due to Roosevelt's order that no warning be sent lest their preparations for defense
might deter the Japanese from attacking.

Theobald also shows that Pearl Harbor was denied a "Purple" decoding machine lest
the commanders there might independently decode Japanese messages and take
steps to ward off the attack.

Eustace Mullins 'The Secret History Of The Atomic Bomb"

THE NEW ATOMIC AGE

The scientists who had built the atomic bomb were gleeful when they received the
news of its success at Hiroshima and Nagasaki. Otto Frisch remembers the shouts of
joy, 'Hiroshima has been destroyed!' 'Many of my friends were rushing to the telep-
hone to book tables at the La Fonda Hotel in Santa Fe in order to celebrate. Oppen-
heimer walked around "like a prizefighter, clasping his hands together above his head
as he came to the podium".'"

PEARL HARBOR FALSE FLAG ATTACK

On August 6, 1945, a uranium bomb 3-235, 20 kilotons yield, was exploded 1850
feet in the air above Hiroshima, for maximum explosive effect. It devastated four
square miles, and killed 140,000 of the 255,000 inhabitants. In Hiroshima's Shadows,
we find a statement by a doctor who treated some of the victims. Dr. Shuntaro Hida:
"It was strange to us that Hiroshima had never been bombed, despite the fact that
B-29 bombers flew over the city every day. Only after the war did I come to know
that Hiroshima, according to American archives, had been kept untouched in order to
preserve it as a target for the use of nuclear weapons.

The atomic bombs against Japan stared the Cold War also called World War III. So
911 started World War IV according to e.g. Norman Podhoretz.

Gulf of Tonkin

Most of you probably don't know what the Gulf of Tonkin incident was. Well, like some
False Flag Operations, this was used as the excuse for the US to go to war with North
Vietnam in 1964. The official report stated that North Vietnamese torpedo boats sup-
posedly attacked the USS Maddox in the Gulf of Tonkin off Vietnam in South East Asia
in a pair of assaults on August 2 and 4, 1964.

This was the basis for the Tonkin Gulf Resolution, which committed major US forces
to war in Vietnam. The resolution passed through the US House of Representatives
unanimously, and passed in the US Senate with only 2 dissenting votes.

Over 50,000 US Military personnel and an estimate 2 million Vietnamese civilians

mufti* nhtoqj uss MMttcnrttsmmart^ari^s Rriniiwsc?- Fit** mi died in the Vietnam war which ended in 1975

after a vicious bombing campaign over North
Vietnam by US forces (ordered by then US
President Nixon).

It is clear now that this alleged attack was
nothing less than a transparent pretext / ex-
cuse for war. Initial Media descriptions of the
attack on the 2nd of August 1964 was that
this was an "unprovoked attack" against an
US destroyer on a "routine patrol", but what
was not mentioned was that the USS Maddox
was providing support for South Vietnamese
military. The alleged August 4, 1964 attack
appears to be a complete fabrication, with
official accounts attributing the "error" to
confusion.

GULF OF TONKIN FALSE FLAG ATTACK

51 Documents: Zionist Collaboration
with the Nazis - March 16, 2010
by Lenni Brenner

51 1HM 1 MFMS

ZIONIST COLLABORATION

WITH THE NAZIS

Edited by Lenni Brenner

History can be deceptive. It's fair
to say that some of the sensational
never-published-before documents,
in this book, will shock those who
have accepted Zionism and its
supposed history, at face value, as
a political movement that was the
hope of the Jews. Lenni Brenner, the
intrepid author of "Zionism in the
Age of Dictators," reveals disturbing
new evidence in his latest effort, that
suggest just the opposite. In fact, he
makes a compelling case that the
Zionist record was "dishonorable."

You can consider this excellent tome
as a worthy sequel to his first expose'
on the myopic Zionist zealots of that
bygone era.

For openers, Brenner showed how
the Zionists had a long history of
shameless cooperation with the
Nazis, especially after the dictator
Adolph Hitler had came to power
in 1933. The Zionists were also in
bed, to some extent, with the oth-
er members of what later became
known as WWII's "Axis of Evil," that
included Benito Mussolini's Italy, and
Tojo Hideki's Japan. For example, in
March 29,1936, Zionists praised II
Duce, and his regime, at the opening
of a maritime school, funded by the
Fascist government, at Civitavecchia.
This is where a Zionist youth group,
the "Betar," trained its sailors for the
future Revisionist state. The speakers
ignored the fact that on Oct. 3, 1935,
Italian troops had invaded Abyssinia.

On another front, the "Third Con-
gress of the Jewish Community of
the Far East," was held in Jan., 1940,
in Harbin, Manchuria, then reeling
under a brutal military occupation by
the Japanese imperial forces. At that
time, too, Tokyo was already aligned
with Hitler and Italy's Mussolini, in
the notorious Anti-Comintern Pact.
Also, keep in mind, that the Japa-
nese's murderous "Rape of Nanking,"
had occurred in Dec, 1937, and the

LENNI BRENNER - 51 DOCUMENTS

"Crystal Night" incident on Nov. 9,
1938. Nevertheless, the Zionist con-
fab went out of its way to legitimize
the Japanese occupation by certifying
it as a guarantor of the "equality of all
citizens," in that beleaguered land.
The Zionist also had a trade plan
with the Berlin government by which
German Jews could redeem their
property in Nazi goods exported
to then British-occupied Palestine.
And to top it all off, the infamous
SS-Hptscharf. Adolf Eichmann, had
visited Palestine, in October, 1937,
as the guest of the Zionists. He also
met, in Egypt, with Feivel Polkes, a
Zionist operative, whom Eichmann
described as a "leading Haganah
functionary." The chain-smoking
Polkes was also on the Nazis' payroll
"as an informer."

Brenner isn't the first writer to ad-
dress the mostly taboo subject of how
the Zionist leadership cooperated
with the Nazis. Rolf Hilberg's seminal
"The Destruction of European Jews";
Hannah Arendt's "Eichmann in Jeru-
salem"; Ben Hecht's "Perfidy"; Edwin
Black's "The Transfer Agreement";
Francis R. Nicosia's "The Third Reich
and the Palestine Question"; Rudolf
Vrba and Alan Bestic's "I Cannot
Forgive"; and Rafael Medoff 's "The
Deadening Silence: American Jews
and the Holocaust," also dared, with
varying public success.
After the Holocaust began in 1942,
Eichmann dealt regularly with Dr.

Rudolf Kastner, a Hungarian Jew,
whom he considered a "fanatical
Zionist." Kastner was later assassinat-
ed in Israel as a Nazi collaborator. At
issue then, however, was the bargain-
ing over the eventual fate of Hunga-
ry's Jews, who were slated for liqui-
dation in the Nazi-run death camps.
Eichmann said this about Kastner,
the Zionist representative, "I believe
that [he] would have sacrificed a
thousand or a hundred thousand of
his blood to achieve his political goal.
He was not interested in old Jews or
those who had become assimilated
into Hungarian society. 'You can
have the others,' he would say, 'but
let me have this group here.' And
because Kastner rendered us a great
service by helping keep the deporta-
tion camps peaceful. I would let his
groups escape."

Readers, too, will be surprised to
learn, that after the Nuremberg
Anti-Jewish Race Laws were enacted
in Sept., 1935, that there were only
two flags that were permitted to be
displayed in all of Nazi Germany.
One was Hitler's favorite, the Swasti-
ka. The other was the blue and white
banner of Zionism. The Zionists
were also allowed to publish their
own newspaper. The reasons for this
Reich-sponsored favoritism was,
according to the author: The Zionists
and the Nazis had a common inter-
est, making German Jews emigrate to
Palestine

LENNI BRENNER - 51 DOCUMENTS

THE

SECRETS

OF THE

FEDERAL
RESERVE

Jekyll Island -
SECRETS OF
THE FEDERAL
! RESERVE
by

Eustace Mullins

"The matter of a uniform discount rate was
discussed and settled at Jekyll Island."— Paul
M. Warburgl

On the night of November 22, 1910, a
group of newspaper reporters stood dis-
consolately in the railway station at Hobo-
ken, New Jersey They had just watched a
delegation of the nations leading financiers
leave the station on a secret mission. It
would be years before they discovered what
that mission was, and even then they would
not understand that the history of the Unit-
ed States underwent a drastic change after
that night in Hoboken.
In 1910 the Jewish bankers held a secret
meeting on a Morgan estate on Jekyll Island
where they drafted the Blueprint, and then
handed it over to Aldrich, who brought it
into Congress.

"Aldrich 1 s investigation led to his plan in
1912 to bring central banking to the United
States, with promises of financial stability,
expanded international roles, control by
impartial experts and no political meddling
in finance. Aldrich asserted that a central
bank had to be (contradictorily) decentral-
ized somehow, or it would be attacked by
local politicians and bankers as had the First
and Second Banks of the United States. The
Aldrich plan was introduced in 62nd and

1929 THE GREAT DEPRESSION

63rd Congresses (1912 and 1913) but never
gained much traction as the Democrats in
1912 won control of both the House and the
Senate as well as the White House." This later
became known as the Federal Reserve Act

When in 1913 Woodrow Wilson who was
put up and backed by the Jewish bankers was
elected President upon the promise to them
in return for their financial support to sign
the Fed Reserve act into law. At the time the
act was frustrated in Congress from passing.
The Jews moved, days before the Christmas
of 1913 when the majority of the Congress
men where home with their families the Fed-
eral Reserve act was voted in. And Wilson
true to his treasonous word, make it law.

"Under the Federal Reserve Act, panic's
are scientifically created as the present
panic is the first scientifically created one,
worked out as we work out a mathematical
equation."- Congressman Lindbergh, on the
crash of 1920

Charles August Lindbergh (born Carl Mans-
son; January 20, 1859 - May 24, 1924) was
a United States Congressman from Minne-
sota's 6th congressional district from 1907
to 1917. He opposed American entry into
World War I as well as the 1913 Federal
Reserve Act.

Lindbergh is best known as the father of
famous aviator Charles Lindbergh.

The Wall Street Crash of 1929, also known as
Black Tuesday, the Great Crash, or the Stock
Market Crash of 1929, began in late October
1929 and was the most devastating stock
market crash in the history of the United
States, when taking into consideration the
full extent and duration of its fallout.

at a penny cost. Leaving them in control of
numerous corporations across the board.
And generally the entire economic system.
The Jews then purposely shrank the money
supply increasing the depression to the point
it is remember to this day as "The Great
Depression."

ENTIOH

Uftf

miiKU' f<' nostra

WALL STREET
CRASH!

Black
Thursday
m America

frflhLl IVuPip J Or J

From 1921 to 1929 the Jewish Fed replayed
this criminal robbery again, the new tool
also used was the Margin loan, which
allowed a investor to only have to put down
10% of a stocks worth with the other 90%
being loaned by a broker. Hence the "Roar-
ing 20 's" The catch the Jews put in was the
Margin loan could be called in at any time
and had to be paid within 24 hours of such
"Margin call" The result of such a call is the
selling of the stock brought with the loan in
question.

1 929 the Jewish bankers such as Rockefel-
ler and others withdrawn from the market
out the backdoor. On Oct 24, the Margin
loans are called in mass waves. Every-
one starts selling their stocks at once, in
the encoring crash over 1 6,000 banks are
wiped out alone. The Jews then swooped
in and brought up the entire socket market

"It was a carefully contrived occurrence,
International Bankers sought to bring condi-
tions of despair so they might emerge rulers
of us all". -Congressman Madden, on the
truth of the Great Depression

Congressman McFadden along term cru-
sader against the Jewish bankers, declared
his intention of pushing for an impeachment
of the Fed, he had already survived two
assassin attempts on his life, the third one
was successful McFadden was poisoned at a
dinner banquet and died, before he could get
the impeachment.

The next step was the Jews had the gold
standard abolished "to end the depression"
in 1933 the Jews brought about the infamous
gold seizure:

Executive Order 6102 required U.S. citizens
to deliver on or before May 1, 1933 all but
a small amount of gold coin gold bullion
and gold certificates owned by them to the
Federal Reserve in exchange for $20.67
per troy ounce Under the Trading With the
Enemy Act of October 6, 1917, as amended
on March 9, 1933, violation of the order was
punishable by fine up to $10,000 ($167,700
if adjusted for inflation as of 2010) or up to
ten years in prison, or both. Most citizens
who owned large amounts of gold had it
transferred to countries such as Switzer-
land."

THE GREAT DEPRESSION 1929

Satan's Secret Agents: the Frankfurt
School and their Evil Agenda

"GOD IS DEAD! . . . BEHOLD, I GIVE

YOU THE SUPERMAN!"

— Friedrich Nietzsche, Thus Spoke

Zarathustra

Fronk-
€*furt

School

Lets begin by considering the corro-
sive work of the Frankfurt School: a
group of German-American scholars,
mostly Jewish, who developed highly
provocative and original perspectives
on contemporary society and culture,
drawing on Hegel, Marx, Nietzsche,
Freud, and Weber.

FRANKFURTER SCHOOL

Their idea of a "cultural revolution"
was not particularly new Joseph,
Comte de Maistre (1753-1821), who
for fifteen years had been a Free-
mason, had this to say: "Until now,
nations were killed by conquest, that
is by invasion. But here an important
question arises: can a nation not die
on its own soil, without resettlement
or invasion, by allowing the flies of
decomposition to corrupt to the very
core those original and constituent
principles which make it what it is?"

What was the Frankfurt School?
Well, in the days following the Bol-
shevik Revolution in Russia, it was
believed that a Workers Revolution
would sweep into Europe and, even-
tually, into the United States. It failed
to do so. Towards the end of 1922,
the Communist International (Com-
intern) began to consider the reasons
for this failure.

On Lenin's initiative, a meeting was
organized at the Marx-Engels In-
stitute in Moscow. The aim of the
meeting was to throw light on the
meaning of Marx s Cultural Revolu-
tion. What did "cultural revolution"
entail? What was it all about?

First, among those present, was
Georg Lukacs, a Jewish Hungarian
aristocrat and son of a banker. He
had become a Communist during
World War I. A good Marxist theo-
retician, he had developed the idea
of "Revolution and Eros" — sexual
instinct used as an instrument of
destruction.

Then there was Willi Miinzenberg,
another revolutionary Jew whose
proposed solution to the problems
besetting society was "to organize the
intellectuals and use them to make
Western civilization stink. Only
then, after they have corrupted all

its values and made life impossible,
can we impose the dictatorship of the
proletariat."

Lenin died in 1924, but by that time
Stalin had risen to power and was
beginning to look on Willi Mun-
zenberg, George Lukacs and other
Jewish revolutionaries (like Trotsky)
as dangerous Marxist "revisionists",
introducing concepts into Marx-
ism that were alien to Marxism and
which served only a Jewish agenda.
In June 1940, on Stalin's orders,

Miinzenberg was hunted down to the
south of France by a NKVD assassi-
nation squad and hanged from a tree.
In the summer of 1924, after being
attacked for his writings by the Fifth
Comintern Congress, Lukacs moved
to Germany. Here he chaired the first
meeting of a group of Communist
oriented sociologists. This gathering
was to lead to the foundation of the
Frankfurt School.

FRANKFURTER SCHOOL

This "School", designed to put flesh
on their revolutionary program, was
started at the University of Frankfurt
in the Institut fur Sozialforschung. To
begin with, school and institute were
indistinguishable.

In 1923, the Institute had been
officially established, and funded by
Felix Weil (1898-1975). Weil, born
in Argentina into a wealthy Jewish
family, was sent to attend school
in Germany at the age of nine. He
attended the universities in Tubingen
and Frankfurt, where he graduated
with a doctoral degree in political
science. While at these universities
he became increasingly interested in
socialism and Marxism.
Carl Grunberg, the Institutes Jew-
ish director from 1923-1929, was an
avowed Marxist, although the Insti-
tute did not have any official party
affiliations.

FRANKFURTER SCHOOL

But in 1930 Max Horkheimer (also
Jewish) assumed control. He believed
that Marx's theory should be the
basis of the Institutes research.
When Hitler came to power, the
Institute was closed and its members,
by various routes, fled to the United
States and ended up as academics
at major US universities: Columbia,
Princeton, Brandeis, and California
at Berkeley.

The fact that they spoke very poor
English was no disqualification. They
were Jewish, and so they managed to
obtain prestigious academic appoint-
ments through Jewish influence, i.e.,
through networking — a system that
works exceptionally well even today
and which accounts for the huge
and unfair preponderance of Jews in
academia.

The School included among its mem-
bers the 1960s guru of the New Left
Herbert Marcuse — denounced by

Pope Paul VI for his theory of libera-
tion which "opens the way for [sexu-
al] licence cloaked as liberty" —

Max Horkheimer, Theodor Adorno,
the popular writer Erich Fromm, Leo
Lowenthal, and Jurgen Habermas. All
these individuals except Habermas
were of Jewish origin.
Basically, the Frankfurt School be-
lieved that as long as an individual
had the belief — or even the hope of
belief — that his divine gift of rea-
son could solve the problems facing
society, then that society would never
reach the state of hopelessness and
alienation that they considered nec-
essary to provoke a socialist revolu-
tion.

To undermine Western civilization,
the Frankfurt School Jews called for
the most negative and destructive
criticism possible of every sphere of
life. To de-stabilize society and bring
it to its knees, to engineer collapse, to
produce crisis and catastrophe — this
became the aim of these maladjusted
and mentally sick Jewish revolution-
aries masquerading as high-powered
intellectuals.

Their policies, they hoped, would
spread like a virus — "continuing
the work of the Western Marxists by
other means", as one of their mem-
bers noted.

To further the advance of their "qui-

et" cultural revolution, the Frankfurt
School made the following twelve
recommendations — all of them
calculated to undermine the founda-
tions of society and create the dysto-
pia we now see all around us:

1. The creation of racism offences
and hate speech laws.

2. Continual change to create confu-
sion (e,g., in school curricula).

3. Masturbation propaganda in
schools, combined with the homo-
sexualization of children and their
corruption by exposing them to child
porn in the classroom.

4. The systematic undermining of
parental and teachers authority.

5. Huge immigration to destroy
national identity and foment future
race wars.

6. The systematic promotion of
excessive drinking and recreational
drugs.

7. The systematic promotion of sexu-
al deviance in society.

8. An unreliable legal system with
bias against the victims of crime.

9. Dependency on state benefits.

10. Control and dumbing down of
media. (Six Jewish companies now
control 96 percent of the world s
media.).

11. Encouraging the breakdown of
the family.

12. All all-out attack on Christianity
and the emptying of churches.

FRANKFURTER SCHOOL

One of the main ideas of the Frank-
furt School was to exploit Freud's
idea of "pansexualism": the search for
indiscriminate sexual pleasure, the
promotion of "unisex", the blurring
of distinctions between the sexes, the
overthrowing of traditional relation-
ships between men and women, and,
finally, the undermining of hetero-
sexuality at the expense of homo-
sexuality — as, for example, in the
idea of "same-sex marriage" and the
adoption of children by homosexual
couples.

All families were essentially evil,
these thinkers believed — even
happy families — so they had to be
destroyed. It was better if children
had no parents, or did not know who
their parents were. Or if they were
orphans of the state. It was better
if romantic love between the sexes,
leading to stable long-term marriag-
es, were destroyed in favor of short-
1 It WKl I IM 1 1t SCHOOL

term, unstable, promiscuous rela-
tionships. After all, the former might
lead to happiness for all concerned,
and that was clearly impermissible
— for the whole point of the Cultural
Revolution was "to create a culture
of pessimism" (Lukacs) and "to
make life impossible for everyone."
(Munzenberg).

The Institute scholars therefore
In 1933, Wilhelm Reich, an hon-
ored and adulated member of the
Frankfurt School, wrote in The Mass
Psychology of Fascism that matriar-
chy was the only genuine family type
of "natural society."

Bertrand Russell was to join the
Frankfurt School in their efforts at
mass social engineering. He spilled

the beans in his 1951 book, The Im-
pact of Science on Society. He wrote:
The social psychologists of the future
will have a number of classes of
school children on whom they will
try different methods of producing
an unshakable conviction that snow
is black. Various results will soon be
arrived at. First, that the influence of
home is obstructive. Second, that not
much can be done unless indoctri-
nation begins before the age of ten.
Third, that verses set to music and
repeatedly intoned are very effective.
Fourth, that the opinion that snow is
white must be held to show a morbid
taste for eccentricity.

But I anticipate. It is for future sci-
entists to make these maxims pre-
cise and discover exactly how much
it costs per head to make children
believe that snow is black, and how
much less it would cost to make them
believe it is dark gray.
When the technique has been per-
fected, every government that has
been in charge of education for a
generation will be able to control its
subjects securely without the need of
armies or policemen.

This, then, is the secret agenda of or-
ganized Jewry as represented by the
Cultural Marxists of the Frankfurt
School: the destruction of traditional
values, the destruction of the moral
order, the destruction of the family

unit, the destruction of religion, the
destruction of meaning and purpose,
and, finally, the destruction of happi-
ness itself.

These are the people who now rule
over us. They are in control. They
create new wars with the same
rapidity that a stage magician pulls
rabbits from a hat. And they make
sure that the people they rule over,
their subject populations, are either
demoralized debt slaves in insecure
jobs or unemployed bums living on
state benefits and a diet of junk food
and sleazy junk entertainment laid
on by the Jews.

Satan's Secret Agents have been only
too successful in creating a New
World Order that bears a remarkable
resemblance to hell.

FRANKFURTER SCHOOL

Google

Wall Street

and the Bolshevik Revolution
Chapter 2: Trotsky Leaves New York
to Complete the Revolution

President Wilson facilitated Trotsky's
passage to Russia at the same time
careful State Department bureau-
crats, concerned about such revo-
lutionaries entering Russia, were
unilaterally attempting to tighten up
passport procedures.

The Stockholm legation cabled the
State Department on June 13, 1917,
just after Trotsky crossed the Finnish-
Russian border: "Legation confiden-
tially informed Russian, English and
French passport offices at Russian
frontier, Tornea, considerably wor-
ried by passage of suspicious persons
bearing American passports."
Chapter 3: Lenin and German Assistance for the Bolshevik Revolution

Q5C_

- ■(

? '0 12 3Q

In April 1917, Lenin and a party of 32 Russian revolutionaries, mostly Bolsheviks,
journeyed by train from Switzerland across Germany through Sweden to Petrograd,
Russia. They were on their way to join Leon Trotsky to "complete the revolution."

At the highest level the German political officer who approved Lenin's journey to Rus-
sia was Chancellor Theobald von Bethmann-Hollweg, a descendant of the Frankfurt
banking family Bethmann.

The idea of using Russian revolutionaries in this way can be traced back to 1915. On
August 14 of that year, Brockdorff-Rantzau wrote the German state undersecretary
about a conversation with Helphand (Parvus). Brockdorff-Rantzau's ideas of directing
or controlling the revolutionaries parallel, as we shall see, those of the Wall Street
financiers.

It was J. P. Morgan and the American International Corporation (AIC) that attempted
to control both domestic and foreign revolutionaries in the United States for their own
purposes.

Chapter 11: The Alliance of Bankers and Revolution

...the return to Russia of Lenin and his party of exiled Bolsheviks, followed a few
weeks later by a party of Mensheviks, was financed and organized by the German
government.

The necessary funds were transferred in part through the Nya Banken in Stockholm,
owned by Olof Aschberg, William Boyce Thompson -- a director of the Federal Re-
serve Bank of New York, a large stockholder in the Rockefeller-controlled Chase Bank,
and a financial associate of the Guggenheims and the Morgans — that he (Thompson)
contributed $1 million to the Bolshevik Revolution for propaganda purposes.

ANTHONY SUTTON - WALL STREET AND HITLER, BOLSHEVIK, FDR

Wall street and the rise of Hitler
Introduction - Unexplored Facets of Naziism

Since the early 1920s unsubstantiated reports have circulated to the effect that not
only German industrialists, but also Wall Street financiers, had some role -- possibly a
substantial role -- in the rise of Hitler and Naziism.

This book presents previously unpublished evidence, a great deal from files of the
Nuremburg Military Tribunals, to support this hypothesis. However, the full impact
and suggestiveness of the evidence cannot be found from reading this volume alone.
Wall Street involvement with Hitler's Germany highlights two Germans with Wall
Street connections --

Hjalmar Schacht and "Putzi" Hanfstaengl. The latter was a friend of Hitler and Roo-
sevelt who played a suspiciously prominent role in the incident that brought Hitler to
the peak of dictatorial power -- the Reichstag fire of 1933.

Wall Street and FDR

CHAPTER 9 - FDR AND THE CORPORATE SOCIALISTS

Although the New Deal and its most significant component, the National Recovery
Administration (NRA), are generally presented as the progeny of FDR's brain trust, as
we have seen the essential principles had been wored out in detail long before FDR
and his associates came to power.

America's Secret Establishment:

An Introduction to the Order of Skull & Bones

The Order: What It Is and How It Began

The Order was incorporated as the Russell Trust in 1856. It was also once known as
the "Brotherhood of Death". Those who make light of it... call it "Skull & Bones".

The American chapter of this German order was founded in 1833 at Yale University by
General William Huntington Russell and Alphonso Taft. The Order is not just another
campus Greek letter fraternal society. Chapter 322 is a secret society whose mem-
bers are sworn to silence.

Satanic Aspects of The Order

Even with our limited knowledge of the internal ritual of The Order we can make
three definite statements about the links between The Order and satanic beliefs...

lNTHONY SUTTON - WALL STREET AND HITLER, BOLSHEVIK, FDR

Arthur James

TIME

The Weekly Newsmagazine

KffVjn&tr aid, \9 IT,

Bait uora nGthacniXfl,

1 htvi such pliururt in cfliivisring ic yau . on
bthalr of Wis fcsj*aty 's CovcrTvs«nl, th* JcLIotlp^

His Hbje&iy'a Gc^rnnam tui in lb f^our ifac
tsia&llshrceBt id Palestine oi a aaticcal hotr* for vm
J Ml in piue-l*, md will us* titir t»st mdtavuura to
Ja-.iiiuL* iha *cnl Bwjnont of ttu «fr>ct. it Nicff
ciBBuiy uno«r3tooa tr-oi nothing shall tin dons ldilctj
n*y pfojiidica ut* tivil and Toliglcua rlchte of
•^UVtDf nan«j«niah cnrrruni U u? Palestine . At- Hit
riKtiU tafl poll Lictl atatua flii:^** by J#m in my
*«iey country
i »&«uid it *rev»rui it fm ■mim wins uuo

Leopold Amery

ISRAEL - THE BALFOUR DECLARATION 1917

Edward Mandel House and Bernard Baruch
front men and the real power in the United
States in early years of the 20th century - not
President Wilson

The Jewish Rothschild /Illuminati-manip-
ulated First World War led to the 'Balfour
Declaration' in 1917 when the British For-
eign Secretary, Lord Balfour, declared his
government's support for a Jewish home-
land in Israel. This announcement was con-
nected to a deal to bring the United States
into the war, a scam orchestrated through
President Woodrow Wilson's minders,
Edward Mandel House and Bernard Baruch.
Both were Jewish Rothschild agents in
America.

The Balfour Declaration (dated 2 Novem-

ber 1917) was a letter from the United
Kingdom's Foreign Secretary Arthur James
Balfour to Baron Rothschild (Walter Roth-
schild, 2nd Baron Rothschild), a leader of
the British Jewish community, for trans-
mission to the Zionist Federation of Great
Britain and Ireland.

The Balfour Declaration was a product of
years of careful negotiation. After centuries
of living in a diaspora, the 1 894 Dreyfus
Affair in France shocked Jews into realiz-
ing they would not be safe from arbitrary
antisemitism unless they had their own
country.

In response, Jews created the new concept
of political Zionism in which it was be-
lieved that through active political maneu-
vering, a Jewish homeland could be created.
Zionism was becoming a popular concept
by the time World War I began.

During World War I, Great Britain need-
ed help. Since Germany (Britain's enemy
during WWI) had cornered the production
of acetone — an important ingredient for
arms production - It was this fermenta-
tion process that brought Weizmann to the
attention of David Lloyd George (minister
of ammunitions) and Arthur James Balfour
(previously the British prime minister but
at this time the first lord of the admiralty).
Chaim Weizmann was not just a scientist;
he was also the leader of the Zionist move-
ment.

Weizmann 's contact with Lloyd George and
Balfour continued, even after Lloyd George
became prime minister and Balfour was
transferred to the Foreign Office in 1916.
Additional Zionist leaders such as Nahum
Sokolow also pressured Great Britain to
support a Jewish homeland in Palestine.

Alhough Balfour, himself, was in favor of
a Jewish state, Great Britain particularly
favored the declaration as an act of policy.
Britain wanted the United States to join
World War I and the British hoped that by
supporting a Jewish homeland in Palestine,
world Jewry would be able to sway the U.S.
to join the war.

Though the Balfour Declaration went
through several drafts, the final version was
issued on November 2, 1917, in a letter
from Balfour to Lord Rothschild, president
of the British Zionist Federation. The main
body of the letter quoted the decision of the
October 31, 1917 British Cabinet meeting.

The author of the Balfour Declaration,
Leopold Amery, is Jewish, according to
Professor Rubenstein of modern history at
the University of Wales. As the assistant
secretary to the British war cabinet in 1917,
Amery also helped to create the Jewish Le-
gion. The Legion became the first organized
Jewish fighting force since Roman times,
and the precursor to the Israeli Defense
Force (IDF).

Amery 's 1955 autobiography merely men-
tions his mother, whom he said was on of
the many Hungarian exiles fleeing Constan-
tinople. He writes that his father is from an
old English family.

Rubinstein's research revealed that Amery 's
mother was named Elisabeth Joanna Saphir,
and the family lived in Pest, which later
became Budapest, and the city's first Jewish
quarter. He also found that her parents were
both Jewish, and that Amery changed his
middle name from Moritz to Maurice. This
helped him disguise his identity.

ISRAEL - THE BALFOUR DECLARATION If) 17

Theodor Herzl Leaving the Synagogue
in Basel on the Occasion of the Sixth
Zionist Congress (1903)

Theodor Herzl, of Austria, was the founder
of Political Zionism. It was established at a
secret convention of Zionist leaders August
29th to 31st, 1897, in Bazle, Switzerland.

Herzl first sought the aid of Kaiser Wilhelm.
He says of the Kaiser in his diary, October
19, 1898:

'The Kaiser, in the dark uniform of a Hus-
sar, came toward me. I stood still and made
a deep bow. He came up to me, almost to
the door, and offered me his hand. I believe
he said that he was glad to see me, or
something like that. I said: 'Your Imperial
Majesty, I am happy to be the recipient of
this distinction/ . . .

The Kaiser was willing to sponsor the esta-
blishment of a Jewish state in Palestine as a
colony of the German Empire, but that did
not fit in with Herzl's plans.

Failing to make a satisfactory deal with the Kaiser, Herzl sought to acquire Palestine
from the Sultan of Turkey, first with the Kaiser's support and later by direct negotia-
tion with the Sultan's minister, N. Bey. The Company could colonize in Mesopotamia,
Syria, Anatolia, but not in Palestine. Herzl: "A Charter without Palestine I refused at
once"

It was obviously the plan of Herzl to found a Zionist Empire; That probably was also
the purpose of the Rothschilds and oil rich Jews, and it was the only basis on which
Herzl could interest them in his Zionist Empire scheme.

But after obtaining the support of the Rothschilds his spirits were revived. He records
on June 13, 1901:

"Society is interested in me. I am a social curiosity, a dish; people come to meet Dr.
Herzl.

Baron Edmond Rothschild of Paris, the managing partner of the original M. A. Roth-
schild & Son banking firm was the main support of the Zionist political movement in
the beginning.

n Edmond de Rothschild visits
3 early settlements in Pales-

IIERZL - BALFOUR DECLARATION

The Balfour Declaration of 1917 (dated 2 November 1917) was a formal statement of
policy by the British government.

The declaration was made in a letter from Foreign Secretary Arthur James Balfour to
Baron Rothschild (Walter Rothschild, 2nd Baron Rothschild), a leader of the British
Jewish community, for transmission to the Zionist Federation of Great Britain and
Ireland

Ftttiff* or net,

Dm Lord Rothschild >

I have imich plftaeu** in conveying to you, on
Uttolf Of Hi* IMjealy'fl cov*rrtffl*ni, in* foil Wing
dtclftrtticn of wpatfty *ith Jewisa Zionist aa pi rati dm
which has b«n eutaitted to, and approve bj t the Cabin* t

*Hi* M*jeaty'o Gov*rro*nt v«v *itb favour tbt
«ta&lialm*nt in Paleaun* of a national ham* for iht

"His Majesty's government view with favour the establishment
in Palestine of a national home for the Jewish people, and will
use their best endeavours to facilitate the achievement of this
object, it being clearly understood that nothing shall be done
which may prejudice the civil and religious rights of existing
non-Jewish communities in Palestine, or the rights and politi-
cal status enjoyed by Jews in any other country/'

The long-term motives behind the British policy of allowing Jewish immi-
gration into the League of Nations Mandate of Palestine were in order to
protect the nearby Suez Canal, which formed part of the sea lane to British
India, and the use of Palestine as a terminus (at the Mediterranean sea port
of Haifa) of an oil pipeline coming from the Iraqi city of Mosul.

This oil pipeline was completed in 1935. The Iraqis cut off the flow of oil via
this pipeline to Haifa after Israel declared its independence in 1948.

HERZL - BALFOUR DECLARATION

^■^1 g fr effetti ffgrk $xmt$. I E ^L [

LUSITANIA SUNK BY A SUBMARINE, PROBABLY 1,260 DEAD;
TWICE TORPEDOED OFF IRISH COAST; SINKS IN 15 MINUTES;
CAPT. TURNER SAVED, FROHMA.N AND VANDERBILT MISSING;
WASHING TON BELIEVES THA T A GRA VE CRISIS IS A T HAND

Lusitania

Sunk by the German U-20, the Lusitania was a blockade runner car-
rying munitions under the guise of transporting civilians.
Her sinking with the loss of almost 1,200 lives caused such outrage
that it propelled the U.S. into the First World War.

But now divers have revealed a dark secret about the cargo carried
by the Lusitania on its final journey in May 1915. Munitions they
found in the hold suggest that the Germans had been right all along
in claiming the ship was carrying war materials and was a legitimate
military target.

LUSITANIA FALSE FLAG ATTACK

False Flag: r The victor will not be asked whether
he told the truth." -- the 70th Anniversary of
the "Gleiwitz Incident"

The Gleiwitz radio Lower as ft appears today.
Gleiwitz

The Gleiwitz incident was a staged attack by Nazi forces posing as
Poles on 31 August 1939 on the eve of World War II in Europe.

False flag operations are covert operations conducted by governments, corporations,
or other organizations which are designed to deceive the public in such a way that
the operations appear as though they are being carried out by other entities. The
name is derived from the military concept of flying false colors; that is, flying the flag
of a country other than one's own. False flag operations are not limited to war and
counter-insurgency operations, and have been used in peace-time. — Wikipedia.

GLEIWITZ FALSE FLAG ATTACK

Gavrilo Princip (Serbian Cyrillic:
TaBpMno npMHu;Mn 5 25 July [O.S. 13
July] 1894[3] - 28 April 1918) was a

Bosnian Serb who assassinated Arch-
duke Franz Ferdinand of Austria and
his wife, Sophie, Duchess of Hohen-
berg, in Sarajevo on 28 June 1914.

Just prior to World War I, under the
orders of the Chief of Serbian Mil-
itary Intelligence, Serbian Military
Officers and remnants of the by then
moribund Black Hand organized and
facilitated the assassination of Franz
Ferdinand, Archduke of Austria
on occasion of his visit to Sarajevo,
Bosnia.

The leaders of the World Revolu-
tionary Movement, and the top-level
officials of continental
Freemasonry, met in Switzerland in
1912. It was during this meeting that
BENJAMIN II. FREEDMAN ON WW

they reached the

decision to assassinate the Archduke
Francis Ferdinand in order to bring
about World War One.
The actual date on which the mur-
der was to be committed was left in
abeyance because the cold blooded
plotters did not consider the time
was quite ripe for his murder to
provide the maximum political
repercussions. On September 15th,
1912 the "Revue Internationale des
Societes Secretes" edited by M. Jou-
in, published the following words on
pages 787-788 "Perhaps light
will be shed one day on these words
spoken by a high Swiss Freemason.
While discussing the subject of the
heir to the throne of Austria he said :
'The Archduke is a remarkable man.
It is a pity that he is condemned. He
will die on the steps of the throne."'

Benjamin Freedman speech, given in
1961 at the Willard Hotel in Wash-
ington, D.C.

World War I broke out in the
summer of 1914. Within two years
Germany had won that war.

Now Germany — not a shot had
been fired on the German soil. Not
an enemy soldier had crossed the
border into Germany. And yet, here
was Germany offering England peace
terms.

Well, England, in the summer of
1916 was considering that. Seriously!
They had no choice. It was either
accepting this negotiated peace that
Germany was magnanimously offer-
ing them, or going on with the war
and being totally defeated.

While that was going on, the Zi-
onists in Germany, who represented
the Zionists from Eastern Europe,
went to the British War Cabinet and
the Zionists in London went to the
British war cabinet and they said:
"Look here. You can yet win this war.
You don t have to give up. You don t
have to accept the negotiated peace
offered to you now by Germany. You
can win this war if the United States
will come in as your ally."

In other words, they made this
deal: "We will get the United States
into this war as your ally. The price
you must pay us is Palestine after

you have won the war and defeat-
ed Germany, Austria- Hungary, and
Turkey."

Benjamin H. Freedman, born in
1890, was a successful Jewish busi-
nessman of New York City who was
at one time the principal owner of
the Woodbury Soap Company. He
broke with organized Jewry after the
Judeo-Communist victory of 1945,
and spent the remainder of his life
and the great preponderance of his
considerable fortune, at least 2.5
million dollars, exposing the Jewish
tyranny which has enveloped the
United States. Mr. Freedman knew
what he was talking about because
he had been an insider at the highest
levels of Jewish organizations and
Jewish machinations to gain power
over our nation. Mr. Freedman was
personally acquainted with Bernard
Baruch, Samuel Untermyer, Wood-
row Wilson, Franklin Roosevelt, Jo-
seph Kennedy, and John F. Kennedy,
of our times.

BENJAMIN II. FREEDMAN ON WW I

Gougle

Qj-SLKe J .UiR3 MuiSei 0.

Injci'ian

ic-.-i

iid« s*5fli« cam

1 31

iiduo goorjln cnm

rh* Ne-y ■.■■aria 'jrcfrr bmia:g

^dto [foaglE cnm

TTiflJje : »r

Lidto qcogle cam

Eustace Mullins presents: The World Order

Eustace Mullins argues that the Federal Reserve Act of 1913, drafted by German
banker Paul Warburg and others in a secret meeting, defies Article 1, Section 8, Pa-
ragraph 5 of the US Constitution by creating a "central bank of issue" for the United
States.

goo

.. ■

| viz f ^ ^

Mullins goes on to claim that World War I, the Agricultural Depression of 1920, the
Great Depression of 1929, and Adolf Hitler's rise to power were brought about by
international banking interests in order to profit from conflict and economic instability.

Eustace Mullins talks about the New World Order: Eustace Mullins, Interviewed
By Bobby Lee Talks about the Skull & Bones, Bush, Clinton

M ' ■■■■ M f frf. •r7>Uv ^-

St57

Part £ CuMjib Mylhns u\te
******* w
G3 =6

EUSTACE MULLINS - SECRETS OF FEDERAL RESERVE

Google

13 M 20 56

E.unLi!Ey "■. ' . ! u i Jui 7,

.iri^n r.^nglr cam

1 31 25

¥HJ*U rr»gli com

"^rte , " o.-: Order

•.ii1*n 9dogl» :in

i;r^v--M t'-t- - r^J v ^

sid« oi-ayk' cam

Eustace Mullins - Secrets of the Federal Reserve

Eustace Mullins 'The Secrets of the Federal Reserve" Recorded during a visit to Ha-
waii around the year 1989, this lecture presents a unique opportunity for you to see
and hear this remarkable man lay out the shocking truth about the privately-owned
corporation known as the Federal Reserve System. There is also a fascinating Q & A
session after the talk.

SECRETS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE
CHAPTER ONE Jekyll Island

"The matter of a uniform discount rate was discussed and settled at Jekyll Island."--
Paul M. Warburg

On the night of November 22, 1910, a group of newspaper reporters stood disconso-
lately in the railway station at Hoboken, New Jersey. They had just watched a delega-
tion of the nation's leading financiers leave the station on a secret mission.

It would be years before they discovered what that mission was, and even then
they would not understand that the history of the United States underwent a drastic
change after that night in Hoboken.

EUSTACE MULLINS - SECRETS OF FEDERAL RESERVE

OTTOMAN EMPIRE

Niall Campbell Douglas Elizabeth Fergu-
son, the author discusses the "killer app"
of Science, and how it explains the expan-
sion of Western civilization relative to the
Rest of the World - to the Islamic World,
in particular. The most powerful Islamic
empire of the early modern period, Fer-
guson observes, was the Ottoman, which
dominated the Middle East, North Africa,
and southeastern Europe, and whose armies
twice laid siege to Christendom's eastern
bastion, Vienna.

The second of these sieges, however, ended
in what turned out to be a "long Ottoman
retreat," as the empire was undermined,
apparently, by its inability to replicate
European science and technology. In the
Muslim world, Professor Niall tells us, there
was no separation of church and state, and
the former had paramount power in matters
of the mind; if religious leaders denounced
European innovations as blasphemous, the
state had no choice but to suppress them.

In Western Europe, meanwhile, Europeans
benefited from a lack of Church restraint on
science, from state support for science in the
form of royal scientific societies (an import-
ant point, actually), and from the printing
press, which allowed scientists widely to
disseminate their findings. (Also helpful,
though Ferguson doesn't mention it, was a
common learned language, namely Latin,
which allowed researchers from different
nations to communicate.) The result was
a "scientific revolution" that made Europe
more powerful, in the long run, than the
Ottomans and other Islamic states, even
though the Ottoman Empire routinely tried
to copy Western technology and military
science in the 1700s and 1800s.

The biggest problem with this chapter is
Ferguson's failure to establish a convincing

connection between science and state pow-
er, apart from a two-page digression on the
scientist Benjamin Robins and his inven-
tion of the science of ballistics. Artillery is
important, but inferior artillery and under-
developed technology were not the most
important causes of the Ottoman Empire's
decline. Our Man Niall actually identifies
one of these later in the chapter: inefficient
taxation and the consequent inability of the
Ottoman regime to pay for a modern army
without heavy borrowing, at usurious rates,
in Europe

The Ottomans grew economically weak,
due to the economic boom of European In-
dustrialization. Their workers lost their jobs
due to cheaper products marketted by their
European rivals. The Ottoman government,
to save their state from this decline wanted
educational, cultural and Militarial reforms
which would cost so much that their trea-
sury couldn't bare. So they borrowed, from
the European Money lenders hence went
severely under Debt.

During the end of the 1 8th century, the
Ottoman rulers fell into the grievous sin of
borrowing money on usury, from Jewish
bankers based in Europe, a practice con-
demned in the Quran itself. This lead to
financial takeover of the Ottoman empire
by these bankers when the Ottomans were
unable to pay their debts. These Jewish
bankers even approached the last Ottoman
ruler Sultan Abdul Hamid with the offer
to erase all his state debts in exchange for
Palestine, an offer which was rejected. But
the British, French, Russians and Jewish
bankers were not the only ones eyeing the
Ottoman empire.

In December 1686, more than three hundred
Jewish families converted to Islam in Salo-
nica. Like Shabtai and other Marranos, they

continued to attend Jewish services secretly
and observed certain Jewish customs in
their homes

This was the origin of the most import-
ant group, numerically and historically, of
Islamic Marranos. The Turkish Muslims
called these hidden Jews 'doenmehs', the

renegades Over the years the 'doenmeh'

movement became firmly established in
Asia Minor. In the nineteenth century the
sect was estimated to have twenty thou-
sand members. Salonica remained its main
seat until that city became Greek in 1913.
Although the Jewish community remained
there under Greek rule, the 'doenmehs'
moved to Constantinople. "

... On the 1st May, 1909, the representatives
of 45 Turkish Lodges met in Constantinople
and founded the 'Grand Orient Ottoman'.
Mahmoud Orphi Pasha was nominated
Grand Master..."
V

The Freemason Grand Orient Ottoman
Lodge has currently camouflaged itself
as Naqshbandis, pseudo-Islamic esoteric
cults and are still very active. All leaders
following Ataturk were crypto-jews. The
Orphi Pasha mentioned above was a strong
opponent of Sultan Abdul Hamid. Muslims
note that they have tampered with Quranic
verses in their log

OTTOMAN EMPIRE

KING EDWARD VII OF GREAT BRITAIN:
EVIL DEMIURGE OF THE TRIPLE EN-
TENTE AND WORLD WAR I

by Webster Tarpley

"There are no frictions between us, there is
only rivalry" - Edward VII to State Secretary
von Tschirschky of the German Foreign
Ministry at the Cronberg Anglo-German
summit, 1906

The Triple Entente is the name given to the
alliance among Great Britain, France, and
Russia which was formed during the first
decade of this century, and which led to the
outbreak of the First World War. This Triple
Entente was the personal creation of King
Edward VII of Britain. The Triple Entente
was King Edward's own idea.
It was King Edward who set up the British
alliance with Japan, the Russo-Japanese War,
and the 1905 Russian Revolution. It was
King Edward VII, acting as the autocrat of
EDVARD VII AND WW I

British foreign policy, who engineered the
Entente Cordiale between Britain and France
in 1903-04, and who then went on to seal
the fateful British-Russian Entente of 1907.
It was King Edward who massaged Theo-
dore Roosevelt and other American leaders
to help bring about the U.S. -U.K. "special
relationship," which dates from the time of
his reign. This diplomatic work was master-
minded and carried out by King Edward VII
personally, with the various British minis-
ters, cabinets, round tables, and other appa-
ratus merely following in his wake. Edward
had a geopolitical vision in the Venetian
tradition, and it was one of brutal simplicity:
the encirclement of Germany with a hostile
coalition, followed by a war of annihilation
in which many of Britain's erstwhile "allies"
- notably France and Russia - would also be
decimated and crippled.
Edward VII died in May 1910, before he
could see his life's work carried through
to completion. But he had created the war
alliance of Britain, France, Russia, and Japan,
with support from the United States, that
would take the field in August 1914.

Sir Edward Grey Turned Sarajevo Crisis Into
War by Webster Tarpley
Even after decades of British geopolitical
machinations, it still required all of Sir Ed-
ward Grey's perfidy and cunning to detonate
the greatest conflagration in world history by
exploiting the diplomatic crisis surrounding
the assassination of the Austrian heir appar-
ent Archduke Franz Ferdinand on June 28,
1914 in Sarajevo, Bosnia.
Sir Edward Grey declared in 1912 that any
differences between England and Germany
would never assume dangerous proportions
"so long as German policy was directed by"
Bethmann-Hollweg.
Some weeks after the assassination of
Archduke Franz Ferdinand, the Austrian
government, blaming Belgrade, addressed

a very harsh ultimatum to Serbia on July
23 demanding sweeping concessions for
investigating the crime and the suppression
of anti- Austrian agitation. The Russian court
Slavophiles were dem

If Sir Edward Grey had sincerely wished to
avoid war, he could have pursued one of two
courses of action. The first would have been
to warn Germany early in the crisis that in
case of general war, Britain would fight on
the side of France and Russia. This would
have propelled the kaiser and Bethmann into
the strongest efforts to restrain the Vienna
madmen, probably forcing them to back
down. The other course would have been to
warn Paris and especially St. Petersburg that
Britain had no intention of being embroiled
in world war over the Balkan squabble, and
would remain neutral. This would have
undercut the St. Petersburg militarists, and

would have motivated Paris to act as a re-
straining influence.

Grey, a disciple of Edward VII, did neither
of these things. Instead he maintained a
posture of deception designed to make Ger-
many think England would remain neutral,
while giving Paris hints that England would
support Russia and France. These hints were
then passed on to Russian Foreign Minister
Sazonov, a British agent, and to Czar Nicho-
las II. In this way, French {revanchistes} and
Russian Slavophiles were subtly encouraged
on the path of aggression.

Illuminati Bankers Instigated World War
One by Henry Makow Ph.D.
Edward VII didn't become king until 1901
when he was 60 years old. As Prince of
Wales, he was estranged from his mother,
kept on an allowance and deeply in debt. He
allowed a "series of Jewish bankers to man-
age his personal finances." These included
Baron von Hirsch and Sir Ernest Cassell.
"Edward also cultivated the Rothschild and
Sassoon families. In short, Edward's personal
household finance agency was identical with
the leading lights of turn-of-the-century
Zionism."

Tarpley goes into some detail about how
King Edward and his Foreign Secretary Sir
Edward Grey, the son of Edward's horse mas-
ter, engineered World War One. Essentially,
they deceived Germany into believing that
England would remain neutral. To prevent
the war, all they had to do was clarify this
point. Germany would have backed down
and reined in Austria.

"England's" animosity against Germany was
part of an agenda to use a catastrophic war
to undermine Western civilization, and ad-
vance the Judeo-Masonic New World Order.
Three empires disappeared in that inferno
while Communism and Zionism rose like
the phoenix EDV ARD VII AND WW I

Christian Rakovsky was a veteran Communist insider.
Born Chaim Rakeover in 1873, he studied medicine in
France before becoming a revolutionary. He was the
leader of a terror group that attacked government of-
ficials. In 1919, Lenin put him in charge of the Soviet
Ukraine government. He successfully kept the area for
the Bolsheviks during the Civil War. Stalin appointed
him Russian ambassador to Paris in 1925.

The 50-page transcript of his interrogation, dubbed 'The Red Symphony/' was not
meant to become public. It confirms that the Rothschild-Illuminati planned to use
Communism to establish a world dictatorship of the super rich. This is perhaps the
most explosive political document in modern history. It reveals why the Illuminati
created Hitler and then sought to destroy him, and why Stalin made a pact with Hitler
in 1939.

Rakovsky belonged to the powerful Trotskyite faction that took their orders from the
Rothschilds. Many of this group were shot in Stalin's 1937 Communist Party purge.
The "Revolutionary Movement" was an attempt by Meyer Rothschild and his allies to
protect and extend this monopoly by establishing a totalitarian New World Order.

According to Rakovsky, "The Rothschilds were not the treasurers, but the chiefs of
that first secret Communism. ..Marx and the highest chiefs of the First International
... were controlled by Baron Lionel Rothschild, [1808-1878] whose revolutionary
portrait was done by Disraeli the English Premier, who was also his creature, and has
been left to us [in Disraeli's novel 'Coningsby.']"

Lionel's son Nathaniel (1840-1915) needed to overthrow the Christian Romanoff
Dynasty.

Through his agents Jacob Schiff and the Warburg
brothers, he financed the Japanese side in the Russo
Japanese War, and an unsuccessful insurrection in
Moscow in 1905.

Then he instigated the First World War (Trotsky was
behind the murder of Archduke Ferdinand) ;and fi-
nanced the 1917 Bolshevik Revolution. Rakovsky says
he was personally involved in the transfer of funds in
Stockholm.

JAPAN AND CHINA

Mao in a high-level meeting with several Jews - Frank Coe, Israel Epstein, Elsie Fair-
fax-Cholmely, and Solomon Adler

1949: On October 1, Mao Tse Tsung declares the founding of the People's Republic of
China in Tiananmen Square, Beijing. He is funded by Rothschild created Communism
in Russia and also the following Rothschild agents:

Solomon Adler, a former United States Treasury official who was a Soviet Spy; Israel
Epstein, the son of a Jewish Bolshevik imprisoned by the Tsar in Russia for trying to
forment a revolution there; and Frank Coe, a leading official of the Rothschild owned
IMF.

It is well known from many sources that General George Catlett Marshall, a top ope-
rator for President FDR (1932 to 1945) and President Truman (1945 to 1952) - made
the famous statement: "I have disarmed Chiang Kai Shek with the stroke of a pen."

What did this mean?

This meant that as the battle ramped up between Chaing Kai Shek and the Com-
munists led by Mao Tse Tung, both sides had been increasingly funded from outside
sources helping them get more sophisticated weapons. The banksters' arm of Com-
munism in Russia was funding the Communist Mao Tse Tung, and providing him with
weapons.

Circa 1946, bankster agent General George Catlett Marshall signed an order to stop
all funding of Chaing Kai Chek. The predictable result was that the freedom fighters
were pushed off Mainland China - and onto the large island of Taiwan - and the Red
Chinese, or Communists, took over the mainland.

JAPAN AND CHINA

ENTURY

OF WAR

J AMtMCAA OIL PBUr.CS
AN 5 THt HEW ir-DfltD DflfltR

WILL;; M t N b u ■ NL

Oil & World War I

by F. William Engdahl, 22 June, 2007

The pillars of Empire

Approaching the end of the 1890's, Britain was
in all respects the pre-eminent political, military
and economic power in the world. Since the
1814-15 Congress of Vienna, which carved up
post -Napoleonic Europe, the British Empire had
exacted rights to dominate the seas, in return for
the self-serving "concessions" granted to Habs-
burg Austria and the rest of Continental European
powers, which concessions served to keep central
Continental Europe divided, and too weak to rival
British global expansion.

London a City built on gold

British gold reserves were very much the basis
for the role of the Pound Sterling as the source
spring of world credit after 1815.
Rothschild's added the role of becoming the Royal
Mint gold refinery besides their banking business,
along with Johnson Matthey.

A revolution in Naval Power

In 1885 a German engineer, Gottleib Daim-
ler, had developed the world's first workable
petroleum motor to drive a road vehicle.

By 1904 John "Jackie" Fisher had been named
Britain's First Sea Lord, the supreme naval com-
mander, and immediately set to implement his
plan to convert the British navy from coal to oil.

By 1909, a British company, Anglo-Persian Oil
Company held rights to oil exploration in a 60-
year concession from the Persian Shah at Mai-
dan-i-Naphtun near the border to Mesopotamia.
That decision to secure its oil led England into a
fatal quagmire of war which in the end finished
the British Empire as the world hegemon by Versailles in 1918, though it would take a
second World War and several decades before that reality was clear to all.

Germany emerges in a second industrial revolution

Beginning the 1870's the German Reich, proclaimed after the Prussian victory over
France in 1871, saw the emergence of a colossal new economic player on the map of
Continental Europe.

By the 1890's, British industry had been surpassed in both rates and quality of
technological development by an astonishing emergence of industrial and agricultural
development within Germany.

OIL AND WORLD WAR I

Berlin's Drang nach Osten

The answer for Berlin's need to secure new markets and raw material to feed its boo-
ming industries clearly lay in the east— specifically in the debt-ridden, ailing Ottoman
Empire of Sultan Abdul Hamid II.

The Sultan, Abdul Hamid II, on November 27, 1899, awarded Deutsche Bank,
headed by Georg von Siemens, a concession for a railway from Konia to Baghdad and
to the Persian Gulf.

Isolating the German Reich

The success of the so-called Young Turk revolution of 1908-9 in forcing the Sultan to
reinstate a constitutional monarchy with a parliament unleashed a series of destabili-
zing revolts in the Balkan provinces of the empire.

British intelligence was actively engaged in pushing events along. The Young Turk
revolutions of 1908 and 1909, which ended the reign of Abdul Hamid in the Ottoman
Empire, offered France and Great Britain an unprecedented opportunity to assume
moral and political leadership in the Near East.

British active measures

In June 1914, just days before outbreak of war, the British Government, acting on
First Lord of the Admiralty Winston Churchill's urging, bought the majority share of
the stock of Anglo -Persian Oil Company and with it she took automatically APOC's
major share in Deutsche Bank's Turkish Petroleum Company. London left nothing to
chance.

Why would England risk a world war in order to stop the development of
Germany's industrial economy in 1914?

The ultimate reason England declared war in August, 1914 lay fundamentally, "in the
old tradition of British policy, through which England grew to great power status, and
through which she sough to remain a great power/' stated Deutsche Bank's Karl Helf-
ferich, the man in the midst of negotiations on the Baghdad Railway, in 1918.

"Ever since Germany became the politically and economically strongest Continental
power, did England feel threatened from Germany more than from any other land in
its global economic position and its naval supremacy. Since that point, the English-
German differences were unbridgeable, and susceptible to no agreement in any one
single question."

OIL AND WORLD WAR I

Helena Petrovna Blavatsky born in
Yekaterinoslav, formerly as Helena
von Hahn (Russian: EneHa IleTpOBHa
TaH; 12 August [O.S. 31 July] 1831
- 8 May 1891), was a Russian phi-
losopher, and occultist. [1] In 1875,
Blavatsky, Henry Steel Olcott, and
William Quan Judge established a re-
search and publishing institute called
the Theosophical Society

The Theosophical Society was founded in
1875 by Helena Petrovna Blavatsky (1831-
1891), Rene Guenon thus briefly sketches
her career.

Mme. Blavatsky s extraordinary life of
adventure started in 1848. During her travels
in. Asia Minor with her friend Countess
Kiseleff, she met a Copt (some say a Chal-
dean) called Paulos Metamon, who claimed
to be a magician, and who seems to have
been a fairly accomplished conjurer. She

BLAVATSKY AND MODERNISM

continued her travels with this personage
with whom she went to Greece and

Egypt till her funds gave out, when she
returned to Europe."

Having quarrelled with her family, she was
unable to go to Russia so she went to London
where she frequented spiritualist and revo-
lutionary circles. She was initiated into the
revolutionary Carbonari (whose high digni-
taries were Misraim freemasons) by Mazzini
in 1856 and was also an initiate of the Order
of the Druses, according to John Yarker.

Guenon continues:

Towards 1858, Madame Blavatsky decided
to return to Russia; she became reconciled
with her father, staying with him till 1863
when she went to the Caucasus and met
her husband. A little later she was in Italy
whither she seemed to have been summoned
by a Carbonarist order; in 1866, she was
with Garibaldi, whom she accompanied
during his expeditions, she fought at Viterbo,
then at Mentana, where she was seriously
wounded and left on the field as dead ; she
recovered however and went to Paris for her
convalescence. There she remained some
time under the influence of a certain Victor
Michal, a spiritist-magnetizer. This Michal,
a journalist, was a Freemason as was also
his friend Rivail (alias Allan Kardec) once
founder, later director of the Folies-Marigny
and the pioneer of French spiritism. It was
Michal who developed the mediumistic
faculties of Madame Blavatsky... Madame
Blavatsky was, at that time, herself a believer
in spiritism and claimed to belong to the
school of Allan Kardec, from whom she pre-
served certain ideas, notably those concern-
ing reincarnation.

In 1867, she succeeded after three previous
attempts in entering Tibet. "Inquire Within",
who acknowledges Guenon as her source

of information and who has also closely
followed the activities of Madame Blavatsky
during this period of her life, refers to her
visit to America in the following terms:

In 1875 Madame Blavatsky was sent from
Paris to America where she founded a soci-
ety, said to be for ' spiritualist investigations
', in New York. Among other members were
Charles Sothern, one of the high dignitaries
of American Masonry, and also for a short
time General Albert Pike, Grand Master of
the Scottish Rite for the Southern Jurisdic-
tion U. S. A., who was said to be the author
of the thirty-three degrees received from the
Arabian member of the 'Great School.'

"In November, 1878 ", according to ' Inquire
Within', "Madame Blavatsky and Olcott left
for India, and in 1882 founded the Theo-
sophical centre in Adyar, near Madras ;
there she initiated her ' esoteric section ', and
contacted the so-called ' Mahatmas ', and her
phantastic phenomena, precipitated letters,
astral bells, materialisations, etc., were in
time suspected and exposed."

Madame Blavatsky from then on was widely
held to be a Tsarist agent and played her part
in the Great Game. . . .

Guenon, detailing this American visit of
Madame Blavatsky, further explains how
"George H. Felt, self-styled Professor of
Mathematics and Egyptologist, had been
introduced to Madame Blavatsky by a
journalist called Stevens. Felt was a member
of a secret society generally called by the
initials ' H. B. of L. ' (Hermetic Brotherhood
of Luxor)."

A letter from John Yarker quoted in Free-
masonry Universal (Vol. V, part 2 Autumn
Equinox, 1929) states that Madame Blav-
atsky's masonic certificate in the Ancient and
Primitive Rite of Masonry was issued in the
year 1877. He writes

both the Rites of Memphis and Mizraim,
as well as the Grand Orient of France,
possessed a Branch of Adoptive Masonry,
popular in France in the 18th century and of
which, in later years, the Duchess of Bour-
bon held the Rank of Grand Mistress. We
accordingly sent H. P. B., on the 24/1 1/77,
a Certificate of the highest rank, that of a
Crowned Princess, said to have been insti-
tuted at Saxe in the last quarter of the 18th
century.

BLAVATSKY AND MODERNISM

Modernism, Mondrian and mum-
bo-jumbo

More than 100 years after the found-
ing of the Theosophical Society, a
major retrospective of the work of
Piet Mondrian has been organised at
the Gemeente Museum in Amster-
dam. Cool, elegant, rational - Mon-
drian's horizontals and verticals, his
squares and grids show again and
again an artist committed to explor-
ing the parameters of perception and
meaning. From naturalism to Cub-
ism, to the arrival at a grammar of
almost total abstraction, Mondrian is
rightly represented as a pivotal figure
in the unfolding story of Modernism.

But while they promote this view of
Mondrian as the very model Mod-
ernist, the exhibition's organisers
have found it necessary to suppress
one astonishing fact: Mondrian was
a card-carrying Theosophist. He was,
by his own admission, influenced
by Madame Blavatsky's intoxicating

brew of hocus-pocus, and he was fas-
BLAVATSKY AND MODERNISM

cinated by her monumentally opaque
tome, The Secret Doctrine, a work in
two volumes that Blavatsky claimed
contained the key to all knowledge.

In other words, while Mondrian
was straining for an art that broke
completely with the past, he was
also meddling with spiritualism and
mouthing the mumbo-jumbo of
the ancients. And he was not alone.
Some of the greatest artists and writ-
ers of his time were steeped in the
magic and mysteries of the occult.

There was plenty of it on offer as the
new century broke into its stride.
After Darwin had given the world
his theory of evolution, it took a lot
of faith still to believe that the world
had been created in six days. Ni-
etszche had decided that God didn't
exist after all, and Freud was confer-
ring enormous powers on the id and
the ego. These revelations, coupled
with revolutionary breakthroughs in
science and technology, produced a
crisis in conventional belief systems.
The Christian church saw congre-
gations shrinking as people looked
elsewhere for answers to the new and
totally absorbing set of questions that
the modern age posed. Summing up
this atmosphere of doubt and expec-
tation, the artist Wassily Kandinsky
later wrote, 'Suddenly thick walls
crumbled. Everything was soft, un-

certain, vacillating. It would not have
astonished me to see a stone melt in
the air and evaporate.'

It was in this context that spiritu-
alism became modish in the first
decades of the 20th century. Pablo
Picasso, a robust atheist, spent many
a turn-of-the-century evening read-
ing tarot cards (smoking opium at
the same time gave added piquancy).
Amedeo Modigliani was partial to
Ouija boards, and attended seances
to see if there was anybody out there
in the 'great beyond'. And W. B. Yeats
liked to dabble in magic, and claimed
it was the 'most important pursuit'
of his life next to poetry. Yeats ex-
perimented with a wide range of
esoteric 'sciences', including cheiros-
ophy (palmistry), celestial dynamics
(astrology), chromopathy (healing by
colours) and polygraphics (automatic
writing).

Kandinsky, Paul Gauguin, Constan-
tin Brancusi, Theo van Doesburg,
Johannes Itten, Walter Gropius (for a
while), Robert Delauney, Aleksandr
Scriabin, Arnold Schoenberg, Paul
Klee, Franz Marc, Boris Pasternak,
Aleksandr Blok, Katharine Mansfield,
T. S. Eliot - all were great pioneers of
Modernism, and all were involved in
Theosophy and its unpronounceable
spin-offs, such as Anthroposophy,
Christosophy, Theozoology and
Aiosophy. In fact, from fin de siecle

Paris to 1950s' New York (Mark Rot-
hko and Jackson Pollock were both
one-time disciples of Eastern gurus),
a fascination with magic, the occult
and the supranatural were integral to
the Modernist spirit.

Gerrit Rietveld, Schroder House, Prins Hen-
driklann 50, Utrecht, 1924

The Mondrian/De Stijl exhibition at the Cen-
tre Pompidou from 1st December 2010 to
21st March 201

The first Room - "The Spirituality behind
the Vision" - casts new light on the Dutch
symbolist and theosophical undercurrents
that merged into the De Stijl movement,
which Mondrian also researched (even
though he gravitated away from them
later on), and which rippled through early
20th-century art and architecture as far as
Bauhaus.

This exhibition meaningfully ends with an
overview of prominent De Stijl achievements
to broach the issue of cities and public areas.
Gerrit Rietveld's Schroder House is a neo-
plastic masterpiece and unquestionably this
drive's main exponent.

BLAVATSKY AND MODERNISM

The Lucis Trust is the Publishing
House which prints and disseminates
United Nations material. It is a dev-
astating indictment of the New Age
and Pagan nature of the UN.

Lucis Trust was established in 1922
as Lucifer Trust by Alice Bailey as the
publishing company to disseminate
the books of Bailey and Blavatsky
and the Theosophical Society. The
title page of Alice Bailey's book,
'Initiation, Human and Solar' was
originally printed in 1922, and clearly
shows the publishing house as 'Luci-
fer Publishing Coin 1923.'

Bailey changed the name to Lucis
Trust, because Lucifer Trust revealed
the true nature of the New Age
Movement too clearly. (Constance

Cumbey, The Hidden Dangers of
the Rainbow, p. 49). A quick trip to
any New Age bookstore will reveal
that many of the hard-core New Age
books are published by Lucis Trust.

At one time, the Lucis Trust office in
New York was located at 666 United
Nations Plaza and is a member of the
Economic and Social Council of the
United Nations under a slick pro-
gram called "World Goodwill".

In an Alice Bailey book called
"Education for a New Age"; she
suggests that in the new age "World
Citizenship should be the goal of the
enlightened, with a world federation
and a world brain." In other words
- a One World Government New
World Order.

Seven years after the birth of the UN,
a book was published by the theoso-
phist and founder of the Lucis Trust,
Alice Bailey, claiming that,

BLAVATSKY AND MODERNISM

"Evidence of the growth of the
human intellect along the needed
receptive lines [for the preparation
of the New Age] can be seen in the
"planning" of various nations and in
the efforts of the United Nations to
formulate a world plan... From the
very start of this unfoldment, three
occult factors have governed the
development of all these plans"

[Alice B. Bailey, Discipleship in the
New Age (Lucis Press, 1955), Vol. II,
p.35.]

Aleister Crowley recognized Blav-
atsky as a Sister of A.'.A.'. (i.e. a
Master of the Temple 8°=3# in his
system of spiritual grades), specifi-
cally pointing her out as his imme-
diate predecessor in "The Temple of
Truth," published in The Heart of the
Master through O.T.O. in 1938. He
thought it especially noteworthy that
he was born in the same year that the
Theosophical Society was inaugu-
rated. Crowley reissued Blavatsky s
Voice of the Silence (Extracts from
the Book of the Golden Precepts,
including "The Two Paths" and "The
Seven Portals") with his own com-
mentary as Liber LXXI, a Class B
publication of A.'.A.'.

Blavatskys books included:
Isis Unveiled, a master key to the
mysteries of ancient and modern
science and theology - 1877

The Secret Doctrine, the synthesis
of Science, Religion and Philisophy -
1888

The Voice of the Silence - 1889
The Key to Theosophy - 1889

Under H G Wells's tutelage, Hux-
ley was first introduced to Aleister
Crowley. Crowley was a product of
the cultist circle that developed in
Britain from the 1860s under the
guiding influence of Edward Bulw-
er-Lytton -- who, it will be recalled,
was the colonial minister under Lord
Palmerston during the Second Opi-
um War.

In 1886, Crowley, William Butler
Yeats, and several other Bulwer-Lyt-
ton proteges formed the Isis-Urania
Temple of Hermetic Students of the
Golden Dawn.

This Isis Cult was organized around
the 1877 manuscript Isis Unveiled by
Madame Helena Blavatsky, in which
the Russian occultist called for the
British aristocracy to organize itself
into an Isis priesthood.

BLAVATSKY AND MODERNISM

Mazzini was not only the head of the Illumi-
nati, he was the leading revolutionist in Eu-
rope. He was determined to establish a New
World Order on the rubble of the Old Order
and created a plan to accomplish his goal.
He detailed his plan for world domination
in a letter to Pike on January 22, 1870: "We
must allow all the federations to continue
just as they are, with their systems, their
central authorities and their diverse modes
of correspondence between high grades of
the same rite, organized as they are at the
present, but we must create a super rite,
which will remain unknown, to which we
will call those Masons of high degree whom
we shall select.

This secret rite is called "The New and
Reformed Palladian Rite." It has headquar-
ters in Charleston, S.C., Rome Italy, and
Berlin Germany. Pike headed this rite in the
Western Hemisphere while Mazzini headed
it in the East. Pike wrote about his beliefs
and goals in 1871 in "Morals and Dogma of
the Ancient and Accepted Scottish Rite of
Freemasonry."

In 1848, Karl Marx wrote the Communist
Manifesto, under the direction of one group
of Illuminists, while Professor Karl Ritter
of Frankfurt University wrote the anti-the-
sis, under the direction of another group
of Illuminists. the idea was that those who
direct the overall conspiracy could use the
differences of those two so-called ideologies
to enable them to divide larger and larger
members of the human race into opposing
camps so that they could be armed and then
brainwashed into fighting and destroying
each other. And, in particular, to destroy all
political and religious institutions.
The work Ritter started was continued after
his death and completed by the German
so-called philosopher, Friedrich Wilhelm

FREEMASON ALBERT PIKE THREE WORLD WARS 1871

Nietzsche. Nietzsche helped to develop
Racism and then Naziism, which was used
to foment World War I and II.

Pike was fascinated by the idea of a one-
world government and ultimately he be-
came the head of this luciferian conspiracy.
Between 1859 and 1871 he, Pike, worked
out a military-blueprint for three world
wars and various revolutions throughout the
world which he considered would forward
the conspiracy to its final stage in the 20th
century.

Albert Pike received a vision, which he de-
scribed in a letter that he wrote to Mazzini,
dated August 15, 1871. This letter graph-
ically outlined plans for three world wars
that were seen as necessary to bring about
the One World Order, and we can marvel at
how accurately it has predicted events that
have already taken place.

To date, no conclusive proof exists to show
that this letter was ever written. Neverthe-
less, the letter is widely quoted and the topic
of much discussion.

"The First World War must be brought
about in order to permit the Illuminati to
overthrow the power of the Czars in Russia
and of making that country a fortress of
atheistic Communism. The divergences
caused by the "agentur" (agents) of the
Illuminati between the British and German-
ic Empires will be used to foment this war.
At the end of the war, Communism will be
built and used in order to destroy the other
governments and in order to weaken the
religions."

"The Second World War must be foment-
ed by taking advantage of the differences
between the Fascists and the political

FREEMASON ALBERT

Zionists. This war must be brought about
so that Nazism is destroyed and that the
political Zionism be strong enough to insti-
tute a sovereign state of Israel in Palestine.
During the Second World War, International
Communism must become strong enough in
order to balance Christendom, which would
be then restrained and held in check until
the time when we would need it for the final
social cataclysm."

"The Third World War must be fomented by
taking advantage of the differences caused
by the "agentur" of the "Illuminati" between
the political Zionists and the leaders of Is-
lamic World. The war must be conducted in
such a way that Islam (the Moslem Arabic
World) and political Zionism (the State of
Israel) mutually destroy each other. Mean-
while the other nations, once more divided
on this issue will be constrained to fight
to the point of complete physical, moral,
spiritual and economical exhaustion. . .We
shall unleash the Nihilists and the atheists,
and we shall provoke a formidable social
cataclysm which in all its horror will show
clearly to the nations the effect of absolute
atheism, origin of savagery and of the most
bloody turmoil. Then everywhere, the citi-
zens, obliged to defend themselves against
the world minority of revolutionaries, will
exterminate those destroyers of civilization,
and the multitude, disillusioned with Chris-
tianity, whose deistic spirits will from that
moment be without compass or direction,
anxious for an ideal, but without knowing
where to render its adoration, will receive
the true light through the universal man-
ifestation of the pure doctrine of Lucifer,
brought finally out in the public view. This
manifestation will result from the general
reactionary movement which will follow the
destruction of Christianity and atheism, both
conquered and exterminated at the same
time."

PIKE THREE WORLD WARS 1871

WlKIPEDlA

Tie Free Encyclopedia

Navigation

Main page
Contents
Featured content
Current eve rite
Random article

Interaction

About Wikipcdta
Community portal
Recent changes
Cunlaul WiKipeUia
Donate to Wikipedia
Help

What links here

Moses Hess

Fro m Wi kip e dia , the fre e e n cycl o ped i a

This article needs additional citations for verification.

Phstuft? htflp iiiipfuvb LTiib tail Jt! bjr a-ddh^- it I id-bit* reftatfiiut^.

- - »c-'o=3 "-sts-isl t = : ::"=lls"3-=; =--3 . .'.'sr^s*. 200?

Closes (Moshe) Hess iJune 21. 1312- April 6
1875) was a Jewish philosopher and one of the
founders of socialism and Zionism.

Contents [hide]

1 Life

1.1 Communism

1.2 Proto-Zionism

2 Quotes

3 Works by Hess

4 References

5 External links

6 Bibliography

Life

[edit]

Hess was bom in Bonn, which was under French

Moses (Moshe) Hess (June 21, 1812 - April 6, 1875) was a Jewish philosopher and
one of the founders of socialism and Zionism.

Hess was born in Bonn, which was under French rule at the time. In his French-lang-
uage birth certificate, his name is given as "Moises"; he was named after his mater-
nal grandfather. Hess received a Jewish religious education from his grandfather, and
later studied philosophy at the University of Bonn, but never graduated.

He was an early proponent of socialism, and a precursor to what would later be cal-
led Zionism. His works included Holy History of Mankind (1837), European Triarchy
(1841) and Rome and Jerusalem (1862).

Communism

Hess originally advocated Jewish integration into the
universalist socialist movement, and was a friend and col-
laborator of Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels.

Hess converted Engels to Communism, and introduced
Marx to social and economic problems.

He played an important role in transforming Hegelian
dialectical idealism theory of history to the dialectical ma-
terialism of Marxism, by conceiving of man as the initiator
of history through his active consciousness.

ZIONISM COMMUNISM MOSES HESS KARL MARX THEODOR III It/ 1

Proto-Zionism

From 1861 to 1863 he lived in Germany, where he be-
came acquainted with the rising tide of German Anti-Se-
mitism. It was then that he reverted to his Jewish name
Moses in protest against assimilationism.

In this period he apparently returned to religion in the
form of Spinoza's pantheism, which he somehow did not
find incompatible with orthodoxy. He published Rome
and Jerusalem in 1861. Hess interprets history as a
circle of race and class struggles.

When Theodor Herzl first read Rome and Jerusalem
he wrote about Hess that "since Spinoza jewry had no
bigger thinker than this forgotton Moses Hess" and that
he would not have written Der Judenstaat (The Jewish

State) if he had known Rome and Jerusalem beforehand.

Vladimir Ze'ev Jabotinsky honored Hess in The Jewish Legion in World War as one of
those people that made the Balfour declaration possible, together with Herzl, Roth-
schild and Pinsker.

Hess died in Paris in 1875. As he requested, he was buried in the Jewish cemetery of
Cologne.

ZIONISM COMMUNISM MOSES HESS KARL MARX THEODOR HERZL

Lasse Wilhelm-
son was born in
1941 in Stock-
holm, Sweden.

He is currently completing his sec-
ond book. He has a long experience
of idealistic anti-imperialist solidarity
work, from Vietnam until today. And
he has as well been a union represen-
tative. Lasse has further worked on
voluntary basis as an elected repre-
sentative in his local council for 23
years, representing a coalition cut-
ting across party lines. He was active
in the revolutionary movement of
1968, and later within a Jewish peace
group.

Today Lasse is neither a Marxist nor
a Jew and sees himself as a politi-
cally and ideologically independent
humanist who regards the fight for
Palestinian rights as the key to a
peaceful world and Zionism as the
biggest threat to humanity today.

Netanyahu points to a red line he drew on the graphic
of a bomb used to represent Iran's nuclear program as
he addresses the 67th United Nations General Assem-
bly at the U.N. Headquarters in New York, September
27,2012

WHAT IS ZIONISM?

What is Zionism?

- its history and role over the past

150 years

Today, Zionism has become the most
dominant ideology in the western
world and is the most significant
expression of Anglo-American impe-
rialism, and reached a new stage by
"Project for a New American Centu-
ry.

Zionism is, according to its own
prominent figures, a religious/polit-
ical movement the aim of which is
to create a socialistic model state for
Jews in the land of Palestine where
Mount Zion is located.

Its roots are found in Judaism and in
the middle of the nineteenth century
Moses Hess, Karl Marx's mentor in
socialism, developed it into a politi-
cal movement.

Hess was named The Communist
Rabbi and with his book Rome and

Jerusalem, 1862, laid the foundations
for Zionism.

Before this, he had formulated the
first written principles of Commu-
nism - Socialism and Communism,
1843, A Communist Credo: Ques-
tions and Answers, 1846, andCon-
sequences of a Revolution of the
Proletariat, 1847.
In keeping with this, he assisted
Marx and Engels in their work with
The Communist Manifesto, 1848,
but also concerning the role of reli-
gion(l).

Theodor Hertzl, called Zionisms

official founder, planned the coloni-
sation of Palestine in a more practical
book, The Jewish State, 1896, which
was approved by the first Zionist
congress in 1897.

He described Hess's bookRome
and Jerusalem as the book that says
everything you need to know about
Zionism. "Race", people, nation and
the chosen all merge in Zionism to
create a national socialism, colonial
style, synonymous with "lebensraum"
and "blut und boden". Later on, Ger-
man national socialism was created
with similar ideological components
and with different practical effects on
society.

Nazism is the Germans national
socialism and Zionism is the Jews'.

"I too, like Hitler, believe in the pow-
er of the blood idea."

Chaim Nachman Bialik, national
bard of Israel, wrote this in "The
Present Hour" in 1934.

It may be disputed to what extent Na-
zism was an answer to Bolshevism or
the other side of the Zionist coin.

WHAT IS ZIONISM?

The Balfour Declaration, signed 1917
by Britain's foreign minister and lord
Rothschild, created the prerequisites
for a national identity for the Jewish
group through a Jewish state in the
land of Palestine, in accordance with
Zionisms short-term goals.

Britain gave away a country owned
by others to a third party, in ex-
change for the cooperation of the
Jewish mafia on Wall Street, partly to
fund Britain's military endeavours in
the First World War and partly to get
the US on the side of the British in
the war against Germany

JUDEA DECLARES WAR ON GERMANY

_ Jews Of All The Wirld Unite In Action
BOYCOTT OF
GERMAN GOODS

Judea declares war on Germansjudea
declares war on Germans There was
little support for Zionism among Eu-
rope's Jews to begin with, nor among
Jews in German concentration camps
during the Second World War.

However, the panic-stricken exodus
of Jews from Germany to Palestine
was engineered by a collaboration of
Jewish Zionists and German Nazis,
thus blocking a more substantial
exodus to other countries.

This was done through cooperation
between The World Zionist Organ-
isation and Germany, the so-called
Transfer Agreement in 1933. Pre-
ceding this, world Jewry had de-
clared war on Germany in the form
of a worldwide economic boycott.
However, much earlier on, as part of
Europe's colonisation, Zionism, since
the end of the nineteenth century,
had guided the Jews in the colonisa-
tion of Palestine. Politically Zionism
had its great break-through after
WWII with the proclamation of the
Jewish state in Israel in 1948.

The classic speech by Benjamin H.
Freedman 1961 on these matters, not
to forget.

WHAT IS ZIONISM?

Eastern European Marxist Jews, lead
by Ben Gurion, Israel's founding
father who saw himself as a Bolshe-
vik, came to play a crucial part in the

colonisation.

The socialist kibbutzim where only
Jews could become members, paved
the way to the theft of land and
ethnic cleansing of approximately
750.000 Palestinians in 1948, the
Nakba cataclysm.

These Palestinians and their offspring
still live in refugee camps or in exile
and are denied their right, laid down
by the UN, to return.

The eviction was carried out by the
Jewish army Haganah helped by
Jewish Zionist revisionists from
the Stern and Irgun terrorist gang
groups, founded by Zeev Jabotinsky
who cooperated with Benito Mus-
solini.

That same year, the Stern gang mur-
dered Folke Bernadotte, the Swedish
UN envoy and negotiator of the UN
plan for partition(2).

However, it was not until after the
6 Day- War in 1967 that Zionism
(post-Zionism) became a significant
force in the US, through Jewish influ-
ence on banking, media, the film in-
dustry, the academic sphere and the
Jewish lobby organisation AIPAC,
and the neo-conservatives' (neocons)
influence on US foreign policy and

the neo-colonial wars in Afghanistan
and Iraq.

The US neocons comprise an alliance
of Jewish and Christian Zionists and
neo-liberal conservatives, with Leo
Strauss as their foremost ideological
figure. A kind of rightwing Zionism
that bears great similarity to Jabotin-
sky's in Palestine. But neocons also
have roots among Trotskyites in the
US, who like Ben Gurion in Pales-
tine, were Bolsheviks.

The Soviet Union took a very active
part in the work leading up to the
admittance of Israel as a member
state of the UN. To what extent this
was made to reinforce their influence
among communists in the US who
were predominantly Jews, or the first
importand act of SU Social-imperial-
ism, may be disputed.

WHAT IS ZIONISM?

Most religious Jewish assemblies
worldwide today, see Zionism as a
positive development of Judaism (3).
But some smaller groups of orthodox
Jews such as Neturei Karta, consider
Zionism incompatible with Judaism
because the creation of a Jewish state
can only be the work of God, not of
people as in the case of Israel. Chris-
tian Zionism has considerable sup-
port in the American Bible Belt, but
also Christian congregations such as
The Swedish Pentecostal Movement
give support. Christian Zionism is a
large organisation but is subordinate
to Jewish Zionism in its support of a
Jewish state in Zion where the sup-
position is, however, that one day the
Jews will become Christians(4).

Neturei Karta members at a rally in support ot Palestine.

WHAT IS ZIONISM?

The terror attack 911 became the
turning-point. It was most likely an
outside/inside false-flag operation,
with clear israeli connections, even
called a new Pearl Harbor.

Zionism is used to control peoples
thoughts by restricting freedoms of
speech and press, and to motivate
neo-colonial wars aimed at Islam.
This is accomplished by presenting
an official picture of "The Holocaust"
as an exclusively Jewish affair and it
is treated like a religion; questioning
it is taboo and liable to punishment
by law. Today, in many countries
there are academics in prison for
their criticism. The European Union
is promoting economic and military
collaboration with Israel. Thus Jewish
power have become more visible(5).

The new Hitler is any leader of a
country disliked. He was said to be in
Iran accused of wanting to wipe out
the Jewish state in a "holocaust", us-
ing nuclear weapons he doesn't have
but Israel does. Criticising Israels

I CAN SHUT YOU UP

with one word.

Anti- Semite

g& 4: Anti-Semite
m90L Anti-Semite
-Anti-Semite

II * Anti-Semite

Anti-Defamation League

policies and its influence in the US is
labelled "anti-Semitism". Questioning
parts of the Zionist picture - 6 mil-
lion Jews killed in gas-chambers - is
called Holocaust denial; criticism of
the Jewish mafias dominance within
the power elite, mainly on Wall Street
and The Federal Reserve, is named
"racist conspiracy theories".

Considerable efforts are being made
in the US and the EU to promote
further restrictions and legal punish-
ment of such criticism. It is reason-
able to consider that the concerns
surrounding details of Hitler s war
crimes against diverse groups of
people, including the Jews, should
primarily be a matter of discussion
between researchers of history, in the
same way that the crimes committed
by Stalin in the 1930s in Ukraine
during the great hunger catastrophe
are studied.

In Sweden, organisations such as
The Expo Foundation (the Swed-
ish Searchlight), AFA (Anti-Fashist
Action), The Swedish Committee
Against Anti-Semitism (the Swedish
ADL), play a significant part as front
organisations for the government
authority Forum for Living History
(FFLH) in its defence of the Jewish
state and the promotion of Zionist
ideology. FFLH, the witch hunt and
subsequent sentencing of Ahmed
Rami (Radio Islam webbsite), are
a few of the signs of Zionisms in-
fluence over Sweden's institutions
of government. The business world
has its equivalent in the way that the
Jewish family corporation, Bonnier,
influences the media. The extreme
rightwing Sweden Democrats, is the
political party that is most Isra-
el-friendly, consequently also the
party that launches the most aggres-
sive attacks on Islam.

Spreading information about the
destructive influence Zionism has
on humanity in todays world, and in
Sweden, is predominantly an ideo-
logical struggle against control and
manipulation of peoples thinking.
Especially since Zionism hardly ex-
ists in public debate. And the reason
for this is that the means of produc-
tion of culture and ideology are to a
great extent owned or influenced by
Zionist interests.

WHAT IS ZIONISM?

The heavily nuclear- armed Jewish
racist settler state Israel is today
the greatest threat to world peace
through its influence in the western
world, and Zionism is the greatest
threat to humanity, including the ma-
jority of Jews. Zionism is used by the
power elite in its efforts to secure a
new world order with one Big Broth-
er state and continual conflicts and
wars between various religious, eth-
nic and cultural groups from disin-
tegrated national states. In this light,
Israel is the capital of the world and
the Palestinians are the oppressed
peoples of the world. Hence, Zionism
is dangerous and must be resisted.

1) It should be stressed that although Zi-
onism is a Jewish national socialist project,
while Marxism is an international socialist
project open to all, both can be seen as
Jewish projects, as can the neocons, because
of the dominance of Jews in the leadership of
these projects. Karl Marx was not a Zionist,
but nevertheless Moses Hess was his person-
al stand-in at the meetings of the Internatio-
nale in 1868 and 1869, 6 years after having
written Zionisms Magnum Opus: Rome and
Jerusalem.

2) Marxism and Zionism can be seen as
complementary survival projects for Jews in
Europe, lasting a hundred years, from the
middle of the 19th century up to the middle
of the 20th century - a double faced tribal
strategy. Zionism created the necessary
conditions for a nation for the Jews, while at
the same time Marxism reduced the strength
of all other nations through its international-
ism. Regardless of whether this came about
intuitively, or was launched as a conspiracy
by the Freemasons, or Moses Hess planted
the seeds or it was a combination of all these
and other factors, the tangible result was that
the Jewish group was reinforced. To such an
extent that even Hitler and Stalin's attempts
to reduce its influence failed. We see today,
that these strategies were successful regard-
ing Jewish power, especially in the West, and
in post-Zionisms role in the neo-colonial
wars. The fact that the majority of Jews are
exploited by the Zionist power elite does not
alter this fact.

3) Religious Jewish assemblies today, for
example in Sweden, consider that a person
born of a Jewish mother, who does not be-
long to any other religion, is religion-wise a
Jew. It is also possible to convert to Judaism.
But many who consider themselves Jews
are in fact secular. Being a Jew today then,
is primarily a question of taking on board

WHAT IS ZIONISM?

an identity that is tied to the Jewish state
and "The Holocaust", and sometimes also
religious conviction. Every individual Jew
can choose to be or not to be a Jew.

4) Judaism, Jewish mentality and Zionism
are conceptions with fluid boundaries. They
are connected but must at the same time

be kept apart. This is because of the diverse
opinions amongst religious Jews about
Zionism, and because the number of non-
Jews influenced by Jewish mentality and
Zionism is much bigger than the number of
Jews. Modern research has shown that Jews
are neither a homogenous ethnic group or a
people in the common meaning of the word,
but rather, instead, a scattered group held
together by a common tribal mentality and
religious rules (Halakha) that give guidance
as to how matters stand with non-Jews
(goim) who, in this context, are considered
less than human.

5) These are signs that Jewish power,
through ownership of the economy and
the production of ideology, with Zionism
as ideology, has definitely established itself
"on the top of the food chain" in today's
world. Most powerful in preventing an open
discussion on theese matters. It should be
noted, that there are others than those who
call themselves Jews in todays power elite,
but this does not alter the strength of Jewish
power. It should also be noted that we today
have seen a shift in the big Chess play of
the world, expressed in the deal with Iran
on it's atomic program, the last massacre
on civilians in Gaza, and that these facts are
isolating the Jewish state. One may ask if this
will lead to a more peaceful world, or if it is
just a partly new strategy for the NWO. He
who sees will live . . .

A few important references:

Hess, Moses. "The Holy History of
Mankindand Other Writings", ed. by
Shlomo Avineri. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press, 2005

Shahak, Israel, "Jewish History,
Jewish Religion: The Weight of Three
Thousand Years", Pluto Press, Lon-
don, Sterling, Virginia (1994, 1997)
2002

Sand, Shlomo. "The Invention of the
Jewish People", Verso Books, 2009

Slezkine, Yuri. "The Jewish Century",
Princeton University Press, 2004

Felton, Greg, "The Host and the Para-
site", Dandelion Books, 2007

Atzmon, Gilad. "The Wandering
Who?" Zero Books, 2011

Final words: This article is a try to
relatively short and simple sort out
what Zionism is, and some relat-
ed questions - from Moses Hess
to today. Of course there are some
questions to add, and those who have
partly different perspectives will miss
them.

Last update: August 5, 2014

WHAT IS ZIONISM?

The hidden hand a Masonic handsign

As a young student, Karl Marx went
through a total transformation. He
began to hate God. This was some-
thing he admitted in his brutal
poetry. Two of Marx's poems were
published during his lifetime in the
periodical Athenaeum in Berlin,
under the title "Wild Songs", on the
23rd of January 1841.

He flung terrible curses at human-
ity. He did not become an atheist,
though. In his poem "Der Spielmann"
("The Fiddler"), he admitted:

That art God neither wants nor wists,
It leaps to the brain from Hell's black
mists.

Till heart's bewitched, till senses reel:
ORIGIN OF MARXISM

With Satan I have struck my deal.

In another of his poems, Marx
promised to lure mankind with him
into hell in the company of Satan.
These words are reminiscent of Jakob
Frank's expressions. This shows that
Marx was affected by Frankism.

Karl Marx's father had come into
contact with Frankism and had also
instructed his children in this ideol-
ogy. This is how young Marx got to
know of Frankism, as was mirrored
in his poetry. His family's conver-
sion to Christianity was just a social
manoeuvre. Jakob Frank himself had
done the same, when he became a
"Catholic". Frank had, in his turn,
followed the dreaded Sabbatai Zevi's
example of "changing religion" for
the sake of the cause.

Marx was delighted with the idea of
humanity's moral ruination. In his
poetry, he dreamed of a pact with
Satan. He was especially fascinated
by violence. Later, in his own ideol-
ogy, he stressed that one must fight
violence with violence. He called
humanity "the apes of the cold god".
Marx's religion is clearly revealed in
his poem "Invocation of One in De-
spair" (Karl Marx, "Collected Works",
Vol. I, New York, 1974):

Karl Marx's worship of violence was

strengthened by a Frankist commu-
nist whom he met in 1841, when he
was 23 years old. This man was called
Moritz Moses Hess.
He is called a communist rabbi and
the father of modern Socialism. Part
of Moses Hess' terrifying world of
ideas is disclosed in his book "Rome
and Jerusalem".

Moses Hess quickly transformed
young Marx into a freemason, a so-
cialist agitator and his minion.

Later, Marx and Engels stated quite
openly that many of Hess' ideas
deserved a wide recognition. The
Hungarian Jew Theodor Herzl fur-
ther developed Hess' Zionist doctrine
in the 1890s.

Moses (Moshe) Hess (January or
June 21, 1812 - April 6, 1875) was a
German-French-Jewish philosopher
and socialist, and one of the founders
of Labor Zionism.

He was an early proponent of social-
ism, and a precursor to what would
later be called Zionism. His works
included Holy History of Mankind
(1837), European Triarchy (1841)
and Rome and Jerusalem: The Last

National Question, (1862).

Jacob Frank, Yaakov Frank, Jakob
Frank, Jakub Frank; 1726, Korolivka
- December 10, 1791, Offenbach am
Main) was an 18th-century Jewish re-
ligious leader who claimed to be the
reincarnation of the self-proclaimed
messiah Sabbatai Zevi and also of the
biblical patriarch Jacob.

Sabbatai Zevi (August 1, 1626 - c.
September 17, 1676[1]) was a Sep-
hardic Rabbi and kabbalist who
claimed to be the long-awaited Jew-
ish Messiah. He was the founder of
the Jewish Sabbatean movement.

Donmeh (Turkish: Donme) refers to
a group of crypto-Jews in the Otto-
man Empire who, to escape the infe-
rior condition of dhimmis, converted
publicly to Islam, but were said to
have retained their beliefs.

ORIGIN OF MARXISM

In Marxism, the "English Revolution"
is the period of the English Civil
Wars and Commonwealth period
(1649-1660), in which Parliament
challenged King Charles Is authority,
engaged in civil conflict against his
forces, and executed him in 1649.
This was followed by a ten-year peri-
od of bourgeois republican govern-
ment, the "Commonwealth", before
monarchy was restored in the shape
of Charles' son, Charles II in 1660.

The Marxist view of the English
Revolution suggests that the events
of 1640 to 1660 in Britain was a
bourgeois revolution in which the
final section of English feudalism
(the state) was destroyed by a bour-
geois class (and its supporters) and
replaced with a state (and society)
which reflected the wider establish-
ment of agrarian (and later industri-
al) capitalism. Such an analysis sees
the English Revolution as pivotal
in the transition from feudalism to
capitalism and from a feudal state to
a capitalist state in Britain.

Later developments of the Marxist
ENGLISH REVOLUTION

view moved on from the theory of
bourgeois revolution to suggest that
the English Revolution anticipated
the French Revolution and later revo-
lutions in the field of popular admin-
istrative and economic gains.

1649

Oliver Cromwell obtains backing
from the British parliament for
the execution of King Charles I on
a charge of treason. Afterwards,
Cromwell permits the Jews to enter
England again, but does not reverse
the Edict of Expulsion issued by King
Edward I in 1290, which expelled all
Jews forever from England and made
the provision that any who remained
after November 1st 1290, were to be
executed.

1688

A. N. Field, in his book, "All These
Things," published in 1931, explains
the situation in England this year,
as a result of Cromwell's decision to
ignore the law banning the Jews from
entering England, and allowing them
back in defiance of the law, only 33
years earlier, as follows,

"Thirty- three years after Cromwell
had let the Jews into Britain a Dutch
Prince arrived from Amsterdam sur-
rounded by a whole swarm of Jews
from that Jewish financial centre.
Driving his royal father-in-law out of
the kingdom, he graciously consent-

ed to ascend the throne of Britain. A
very natural result following on this
event was the inauguration of the
National Debt by the establishment
six years later of the Bank of England
for the purpose of lending money to
the Crown. Britain had paid her way
as she went until the Jew arrived."

1694

The deceptively named, "Bank of
England," is founded. It is deceptive-
ly named as it gives the impression it
is controlled by the Government of
England when in fact it is a private
institution founded by Jews. In his
book, "The Breakdown of Money,"
published in 1934, Christopher
Hollis explains the formation of the
Bank of England.

1694

"In 1694 the Government of
William III (who had come in from
Holland with the Jews) was in sore
straits for money. A company of rich
men under the leadership of one
William Paterson offered to lend
William £1,200,000 at 8 per cent
on the condition that, 'the Gover-
nor and Company of the Bank of
England,' as they called themselves,
should have the right to issue notes
to the full extent of its capital.

Paterson was quite right about it
that this privilege which had been
given to the Bank was a privilege to
make money. . .In practice they did

not keep a cash reserve of nearly two
or three hundred thousand pounds.
By 1696 (ie. within two years) we
find them circulating £1,750,000
worth of notes against a cash reserve
of £36,000. That is with a, 'backing,'
of only about 2 percent of what they
issued and drew interest on."

The names of the Jewish controllers
of the Bank of England are never
revealed, but it is clear, as early as
this year, through their control of the
Bank of England, Jews had control
over the British Royal family. Howev-
er, whilst their identity is protected,
they may have wished they picked a
more discreet front man, after Wil-
liam Paterson states,

1698

Following four years of the Bank
of England, the Jewish control of
the British money supply had come
on in leaps and bounds. They had
flooded the country with so much
money that the Government debt to
the Bank had grown from its' initial
£1,250,000, to £16,000,000, in only
four years, an increase of 1,280%.

ENGLISH REVOLUTION

Iluminati Bankers Organized the English Revolution

It was fated that England should be the first
of a series of Revolutions, which is not yet
finished."

With these cryptic words, Isaac Disraeli,
father of Benjamin Earl of Beaconsfield,
commenced his two-volume life of Charles I,
published in 1851.

The origin of the modern world and the New
World Order can be traced to the English
Revolution 1641-1660 and consequently the
"Glorious Revolution" of 1688, when the Illu-
minati Jewish bankers established a foothold
in England and made it their instrument for
world domination,
by A.M. Ramsay

(from his book, "The Nameless War" 1952)

Isaac Disraeli's "Life of Charles I" (1851) is a
work of astonishing detail and insight, based
on information obtained from the records
of one Melchior de Salom, French envoy in
England during that period.

The scene opens with distant glimpses of
the British Kingdom based upon Christi-
anity, and its own ancient traditions; these
sanctions binding Monarchy, Church, State,
nobles and the people in one solemn bond
on the one hand; on the other hand, the omi-
nous rumblings of Calvinism.

Calvin, who came to Geneva from France,
where his name was spelled Cauin, (possibly
a French effort to spell Cohen) organized
great numbers of revolutionary orators, not
a few of whom were inflicted upon England
and Scotland. Thus, was laid the groundwork
for revolution under a cloak of religious
fervour.

On both sides of the Tweed, these dem-
agogues contracted all religion into rigid
observance of the "Sabbath." To use the
words of Isaac Disraeli, "the nation was art-
fully divided into Sabbatarians and Sabbath
breakers."

"Calvin," states Disraeli, "deemed the
Sabbath to have been a Jewish ordinance,
limited to the sacred people."

He goes on to say that when these Calvinists
held the country in their power, "it seemed
that religion chiefly consisted of Sabbatarian
rigours; and that a British senate had been
transformed into a company of Hebrew Rab-
bins": and later "In 1650, after the execution
of the King, an Act was passed inflicting
penalties for a breach of the Sabbath."

CUE THE PROLETARIAT

At this time there suddenly began to appear

from the City armed mobs of

"Operatives"(the medieval equivalent for
"workers" no doubt). Let me quote Disraeli:

"They were said to amount to ten thousand
... with war-like weapons. It was a militia
for insurgency at all seasons, and might be
depended upon for any work of destruction
at the cheapest rate ... as these sallied forth
with daggers and bludgeons (from the city)
the inference is obvious that this train of
explosion must have been long laid."

These armed mobs of "workers" intimidated
all and sundry, including both Houses of
Parliament and the Palace at critical mo-
ments, exactly on the model employed later
by the "Sacred Bands" and the "Marseillais"
in the French Revolution.

Isaac Disraeli draws again and again startling
parallels between this and the French Revo-
lution; Notably in his passages on the Press,
"no longer under restraint," and the deluge of
revolutionary pamphlets and leaflets.

And later, "the collection of French revolu-
tionary pamphlets now stands by the side
of the French tracts of the age of Charles
I, as abundant in number and as fierce in
passion."

He goes on, "Whose hand behind the curtain
played the strings ... could post up a correct
list of 59 commoners, branding them with
the odious title of 'Straffordians or betrayers
of their country."

Whose hand indeed? But Disraeli who knew
so much, now discreetly draws a veil over
that iron curtain; and it is left to us to com-
plete the revelation.

To do so we must turn to such other works
as the Jewish Encyclopedia, Sombart's work,
The Jews and Modern Capitalism, and
others.

From these we learn that Cromwell, the chief
figure of the revolution, was in close contact
with the powerful Jew financiers in Holland;
and was in fact paid large sums of money by
Manasseh Ben Israel; whilst Fernandez Car-
vajal, "The Great Jew" as he was called, was
the chief contractor of the New Model Army.

"From 1640 to 1660," he writes, "about
30,000 appear to have started up."

In The Jews in England we read:- "1643
brought a large contingent of Jews to En-
gland, their rallying point was the house of
the Portuguese Ambassador De Souza, a Ma-
rano (crypto- Jew). Prominent among them
was Fernandez Carvajal, a great financier
and army contractor."

In January of the previous year, the attempt-
ed arrest of the five members had set in vio-
lent motion the armed gangs of "Operatives"
already mentioned, from the city.

Revolutionary pamphlets were broadcasted
on this occasion, as Disraeli tells us: "Bear-
ing the ominous insurrectionary cry of 'To
your tents, O Israel'." Shortly after this the
King and the Royal Family left the Palace of
Whitehall.

The five members with armed mobs and
banners accompanying them, were given
a triumphal return to Westminster. The
stage was now set for the advent of Carvajal
and his Jews and the rise of their creature
Cromwell.

WHO FUNDED CROMWELL?

The scene now changes. The Civil War has
taken its course. The year is 1647: Naseby has
been won and lost. The King is virtually a
prisoner, while treated as an honoured guest
at Holmby House.

According to a letter published in 'Plain
English'*** on 3rd September, 1921:-

"The Learned Elders have been in existence
for a much longer period than they have
perhaps suspected. My friend, Mr. L. D. van
Valckert, of Amsterdam, has recently sent
me a letter containing two extracts from
the Synagogue at Mulheim. The volume in
which they are contained was lost at some

period during the Napoleonic Wars, and
has recently come into Mr. van Valckert' s
possession.

It is written in German, and contains
extracts of letters sent and received by the
authorities of the Mulheim Synagogue. The
first entry he sends me is of a letter received: -
16th June, 1647.

From O.C. (i.e. Oliver Cromwell), by
Ebenezer Pratt.

In return for financial support will advocate
admission of Jews to England: This however
impossible while Charles living.

Charles cannot be executed without trial, ad-
equate grounds for which do not at present
exist.

Therefore advise that Charles be assassinat-
ed, but will have nothing to do with arrange-
ments for procuring an assassin, though
willing to help in his escape.

In reply was dispatched the following: -
12th July, 1647.
To O.C. by E. Pratt.

Will grant financial aid as soon as Charles
removed and Jews admitted. Assassination
too dangerous. Charles shall be given op-
portunity to escape: His recapture will make
trial and execution possible. The support will
be liberal, but useless to discuss terms until
trial commences."

*** 'Plain English' was a weekly review pub-
lished by the North British Publishing Co.
and edited by the late Lord Alfred Douglas.

With this information now at our disposal,
the subsequent moves on the part of the
regicides stand out with a new clearness.
On 4th June, 1647, Cornet Joyce, acting on
secret orders from Cromwell himself, and,

according to Disraeli, unknown even to
General-in-Chief Fairfax, descended upon
Holmby House with 500 picked revolution-
ary troopers, and seized the King.

According to Disraeli, "The plan was ar-
ranged on May 30th at a secret meeting held
at Cromwell's house, though later Cromwell
pretending that it was without his concur-
rence."

This move coincided with a sudden develop-
ment in the army; the rise of the 'Levelers"
and "Rationalists."

Their doctrines were those of the French rev-
olutionaries; in fact, what we know today as
Communism. These were the regicides, who
four times "purged" Parliament, till there
was left finally 50 members, Communist-like
themselves, known later as the Rump.

THE EXECUTION OF CHARLES I

To return to the letter from Mulheim Syna-
gogue of the 12th June, 1647, and its cunning
suggestion that attempted escape should be
used as a pretext for execution. Just such an
event took place, on 12th November of that
year.

Hollis and Ludlow consider the flight as
a stratagem of Cromwell's. Isaac Disrae-
li states: "Contemporary historians have
decided that the King from the day of his

deportation from Holmby to his escape to
the Isle of Wight was throughout the dupe of
Cromwell."

Little more remains to be said. Cromwell had
carried out the orders from the Synagogue,
and now it only remained to stage the mock
trial.

Maneuvering for position continued for
some time. And it became apparent that the
House of Commons, even in their partial-
ly "purged" condition, were in favour of
coming to an agreement with the King. On
5th December, 1648, the House sat all night;
and finally carried the question, "That the
King's concessions were satisfactory to a
settlement."

Should such agreement have been reached,
of course, Cromwell would not have received
the large sums of money which he was
hoping to get from the Jews He struck again.
On the night of December 6th, Colonel
Pryde, on his instructions, carried out the
last and most famous "purge" of the House
of Commons, known as "Pryde's Purge." On
4th January, the Communist remnant of 50
members, the Rump, invested themselves
with "the supreme authority."

On 9th January "a High Court of Justice" to
try the King was proclaimed. Two-thirds of
its members were Levelers from the Army.

Algernon Sidney warned Cromwell: "First,
the King can be tried by no court. Second,
no man can be tried by this court." So writes
Hugh Ross Williamson in his Charles and
Cromwell; and he adds a finishing touch
to the effect that "no English lawyer could
be found to draw up the charge, which was
eventually entrusted to an accommodating
alien, Isaac Dorislaus."

Needless to say, Isaac Dorislaus was exact-
ly the same sort of alien as Carvajal and
Manasseh Ben Israel and the other financiers
who paid the "Protector" his blood money.

THE TRUE NATURE OF REVOLUTION
The Jews were once again permitted to land
freely in England in spite of strong protests
by the sub-committee of the Council of
State, which declared that they would be a
grave menace to the State and the Christian
religion.

Perhaps it is due to their protests that the
actual act of banishment has never to this
day been repealed.

"The English Revolution under Charles
I," writes Isaac Disraeli, "was unlike any
preceding one ... From that time and event
we contemplate in our history the phases of
revolution."

There were many more to follow on similar
lines, notably in France. In 1897 a further
important clue to these mysterious happen-
ings fell into Gentile hands in the shape of
the Protocols of the Elders of Zion.

In that document we read this remarkable
sentence: "Remember the French Revolution,
the secrets of its preparation are well known
to us for it was entirely the work of our
hands." [Protocol No.3, 14.]

The Elders might have made the passage
even fuller, and written, "Remember the
British and French revolutions, the secrets
of which are well known to us for they were
entirely the work of our hands."

The difficult problem of the subjugation of
both Kingdoms was still however unsolved.
Scotland was Royalist before everything else;
and she had proclaimed Charles II King.

Cromwell's armies marched round Scot-
land, aided by their Geneva sympathizers,
dispensing Judaic barbarity; but Scotland
still called Charles II King. He moreover
accepted the Presbyterian form of Christian-
ity for Scotland; and slowly but steadily the
feeling in England began to come round to
the Scottish point of view.

Finally upon the death of Cromwell, all Brit-
ain welcomed the King's restoration to the
throne of England.

THE DUKE OF MARLBOROUGH
The chief figure amongst those who desert-
ed James at that crucial juncture was John
Churchill, first Duke of Marlborough. It is
interesting to read in the Jewish Encyclope-
dia that this Duke for many years received
not less than 6,000 pounds a year from the
Dutch Jew Solomon Medina.

The real objective of the "Glorious Revolu-
tion" was achieved a few years later in 1694,
when the Royal consent was given for the
setting up of the "Bank of England" and the
institution of the National Debt.

This charter handed over to an anonymous
committee the Royal prerogative of minting

money; converted the basis of wealth to gold;
and enabled the international money lenders
to secure their loans on the taxes of the
country, instead of the doubtful undertaking
of some ruler or potentate which was all the
security they could previously obtain.

From that time economic machinery was
set in motion which ultimately reduced all
wealth to the fictitious terms of gold which
the Jews control; and drained away the life
blood of the land, the real wealth which was
the birthright of the British peoples.

SCOTLAND SHACKLED
The political and economic union of England
and Scotland was shortly afterwards forced
upon Scotland with wholesale corruption,
and in defiance of formal protests from every
county and borough.

The main objects of the Union were to
suppress the Royal Mint in Scotland, and
to force upon her, too, responsibility for the
"National Debt." The grip of the moneylend-
er was now complete throughout Britain.
The danger was that the members of the new
joint Parliament would sooner or later, in the
spirit of their ancestors, challenge this state
of affairs.

be legal security for 1,000 pounds of loan; at
3% therefore 100 pounds in gold could earn
30 pounds interest annually with no more
trouble to the lender than the keeping of a
few ledger entries.

The owner of 100 pounds of land, however,
still must work every hour of daylight in
order to make perhaps 4%. The end of the
process must only be a matter of time.

The moneylenders must become million-
aires; those who own and work the land,
the Englishman and the Scotsman, must be
ruined.

The process has continued inexorably till
now, when it is nearly completed. It has
been hypocritically camouflaged by clever
propaganda as helping the poor by mulcting
the rich. It has been in reality nothing of the
kind. It has been in the main the deliberate
ruination of the landed classes, the leaders
among the Gentiles, and their supplanting by
the Jew financiers and their hangers-on.

To provide against this, therefore, the party
system was now brought into being, frustrat-
ing true national reaction and enabling the
wire-pullers to divide and rule; using their
newly- established financial power to ensure
that their own men and their own policies
should secure the limelight, and sufficient
support from their newspapers, pamphlets,
and banking accounts to carry the day.

Gold was soon to become the basis of loans,
ten times the size of the amount deposited.

In other words, 100 pounds in gold would

Involvement in Thirty Years' War

16111 1623 162Q 1633 1630 1643 1648

Manhattan Project - Einstein Szilard

1 6 1 8- 1 648 THE THIRTY YEARS'

Court Jews

The Peace of Augsburg (1555), signed by
Charles V, Holy Roman Emperor, confirmed
the result of the 1526 Diet of Speyer, ending
the war between German Lutherans and
Catholics, and establishing that:

Rulers of the 224 German states could
choose the religion (Lutheranism or
Catholicism) of their realms according to
their consciences, and compel their subjects
to follow that faith (the principle of cuius
regio, eius religio).

The Thirty Years' War (1618-1648) was a
series of wars principally fought in Central
Europe, involving most of the countries of
Europe. It was one of the longest and most
destructive conflicts in European history,
and one of the longest continuous wars in
modern history.

The origins of the conflict and goals of the
participants were complex and no single
cause can accurately be described as the
main reason for the fighting. Initially, it was
fought largely as a religious war between
Protestants and Catholics in the Holy Ro-
man Empire, although disputes over internal
politics and the balance of power within the
Empire played a significant part. Gradually,
it developed into a more general conflict
involving most of the great powers of the
time. In this general phase the war became
less specifically religious and more a contin-

WAB

uation of the Bourbon-Habsburg rivalry for
European political pre-eminence, leading in
turn to further warfare between France and
the Habsburg powers.

A major consequence of the Thirty Years'
War was the devastation of entire regions,
denuded by the foraging armies (bellum se
ipsum alet). Famine and disease significant-
ly decreased the population of the German
states, Bohemia, the Low Countries, and
Italy; most of the combatant powers were
bankrupted.

German Jews came to their full bloom in the
years shortly after the 30-year war, when the
Germany of the monolithic "Holy Roman
Empire" fell into three small duchies and
municipalities, each with financial worries
and needs for financing. The local dukes
and princes would reach into the ghettos of
Germany to select skilled Jews with proven
ability to manipulate money. Some of these
rulers had insatiable appetites for money
— to be used on their lavish courts, their
military campaigns and repayment of old
debts. This need created the position of the
Court Jew, occupied by an exceptionally
fine class of Jews who excelled in finance
but also in their concern for their suffering
and oppressed brethren. Some of the finest
Court Jews were Oppenheim, Wertheirmer
of Vienna and Behrend Lehmann of Hal-
berstadt in the 17th century. Without them,
German Judaism would have died out.

Court jews (Court contractors and suppli-
ers). Medieval princes used the commercial
and financial services of individual Jews.
However, as an institution, the Court Jew is
a feature of the absolutist state, especially
in Central Europe, from the end of the 1 6th
century onward. Trying as far as possible
to extend his power over the whole of

his territory, the ruler set up a centralized

THE

administration as part of his court, which at
the same time became the power center, pre-
senting a lavish display of luxury. Economi-
cally, a Jew could be of great service to such
a ruler. In Poland many landed estates were
administered by Jews

This long and terrible conflict accelerated
the reintegration of Jewry into the seven-
teenth century European society. Before
the war Jews led a highly restrictive life.
The Cossack pogroms of the late 1500's
killed over 40,000 Jews. Thus, creating an
environment of death and destruction that
isolated the Jews against violent Cossacks
of Poland. On top of this Jews were only
allowed to live in a very few European
countries. England had expelled its Jewish
population in 1290 and France and Spain
followed suit in 1394 and 1492 respectively.
Where Jews were allowed to live, they were
still restricted to certain arts of the cities
called ghettos. Thus, Jews were extremely
isolated from European society in the years
before the Thirty Years War.

This trend of isolationism was reversed by
the Thirty Years War. The largest reason for
the reintegration of the Jews into society
was the development of a good relationship
with the Holy Roman Emperor. To explain
this unlikely match we must look at the
advancements of Jews in the economic
sphere. While Jews were continual persecut-
ed and mistreated socially, they succeeded
greatly in the economic sphere. Many Jews
had made fortunes off of the trading and ex-
ploratory voyages of Spain and Portugal in
the fifteenth century. Also, many Jews, as a
result of religious tendencies of Christians,
were bankers. Thus, in many places, they
were the sole suppliers of loans and bank
accounts. Thus, many Jews were wealthy
and experienced in international matters.

THIRTY YEARS' WAR 1618-1648

Galileo Galilei was born in Pisa, Italy on
February 15, 1564. He was the oldest of
seven children. His father was a musician
and wool trader, who wanted his son to
study medicine as there was more money in
medicine. At age eleven, Galileo was sent
off to study in a Jesuit monastery.

At age twenty, Galileo noticed a lamp
swinging overhead while he was in a cathe-
dral. Curious to find out how long it took
the lamp to swing back and forth, he used
his pulse to time large and small swings.
Galileo discovered something that no one
else had ever realized: the period of each
swing was exactly the same. The law of the
pendulum, which would eventually be used
to regulate clocks, made Galileo Galilei
instantly famous.

In 1581, when he was studying medicine,
he noticed a swinging chandelier, which
air currents shifted about to swing in larger
and smaller arcs. It seemed, by comparison
with his heartbeat, that the chandelier took
the same amount of time to swing back and
forth, no matter how far it was swinging.
When he returned home, he set up two
pendulums of equal length and swung one
with a large sweep and the other with a
small sweep and found that they kept time
together.

Ironically, it was a lecture on literature that
would turn Galileo's fortunes. The Acad-
emy of Florence had been arguing over a
100-year-old controversy: What were the
location, shape, and dimensions of Dante's
Inferno? Galileo Galilei wanted to seri-
ously answer the question from the point
of view of a scientist. Extrapolating from
Dante's line that "[the giant Nimrod's] face
was about as long/ And just as wide as St.
Peter's cone in Rome," Galileo deduced that

Lucifer himself was 2,000 arm-length long.
ALILEO

The audience was impressed, and within
the year, Galileo had received a three-year
appointment to the University of Pisa, the
same university that never granted him a
degree!

Galileo Galilei (Italian pronunciation: 15
February 1564 - 8 January 1642),was an
Italian physicist, mathematician, astrono-
mer, and philosopher who played a ma-
jor role in the Scientific Revolution. His
achievements include improvements to the
telescope and consequent astronomical ob-
servations and support for Copernicanism.
Galileo has been called the "father of mod-
ern observational astronomy", the "father
of modern physics", the "father of science",
and "the Father of Modern Science".

His contributions to observational astron-
omy include the telescopic confirmation
of the phases of Venus, the discovery of
the four largest satellites of Jupiter (named
the Galilean moons in his honour), and
the observation and analysis of sunspots.
Galileo also worked in applied science and
technology, inventing an improved military
compass and other instruments.

Galileo's championing of heliocentrism
was controversial within his lifetime, when
most subscribed to either geocentrism or the
Tychonic system. [9] He met with opposition
from astronomers, who doubted heliocen-
trism due to the absence of an observed
stellar parallax. The matter was investigated
by the Roman Inquisition in 1615, and they
concluded that it could be supported as
only a possibility, not an established fact.
Galileo later defended his views in Dialogue
Concerning the Two Chief World Systems,
which appeared to attack Pope Urban VIII
and thus alienated him and the Jesuits, who
had both supported Galileo up until this

point.He was tried by the Inquisition, found

IV /IT

"vehemently suspect of heresy", forced to
recant, and spent the rest of his life under
house arrest. It was while Galileo was under
house arrest that he wrote one of his finest
works, Two New Sciences, in which he
summarised the work he had done some
forty years earlier, on the two sciences now
called kinematics and strength of materials.

The parabolic trajectory of projectiles was
discovered experimentally by Galileo in the
early 17th century, who performed experi-
ments with balls rolling on inclined planes.
He also later proved this mathematically
in his book Dialogue Concerning Two
New Sciences. [8] [9] For objects extended
in space, such as a diver jumping from a
diving board, the object itself follows a
complex motion as it rotates, but the center
of mass of the object nevertheless forms
a parabola. As in all cases in the physical
world, the trajectory is always an approx-
imation of a parabola. The presence of air
resistance, for example, always distorts the
shape, although at low speeds, the shape is a
good approximation of a parabola.

NATURAL SCIENCE - GALILEO GALILEO

Martin Luther nailed his 95 Theses to the door
of the Castle Church in Wittenberg

Ignatius Loyola

CATHOLIC CHURCH - REFOIO

In October 1517, Martin Luther published
the "95 Theses", challenging papal authority
and criticizing its perceived corruption, par-
ticularly with regard to its sale of indulgenc-
es. The 95 Theses led to the Reformation,
a break with the Roman Catholic Church
and eventually to the establishment of the
United States of America.

Martin Luther (1483-1546), a German
Reformation leader, had a significant influ-
ence on German antisemitism by his harsh
anti- Jewish statements and writings.

Luther successfully campaigned against the
Jews in Saxony, Brandenburg, and Silesia.
In August 1536 Luther's prince, Elector
of Saxony John Frederick, issued a man-
date that prohibited Jews from inhabiting,

m- LUTHER 1517

engaging in business in, or passing through
his realm.

Several months after publishing On the
Jews and Their Lies, Luther wrote Vom
Schem Hamphoras und vom Geschlecht
Christi (Of the Unknowable Name and the
Generations of Christ)', in which he equated
Jews with the Devil:

"Here in Wittenburg, in our parish
church, there is a sow carved into the stone
under which lie young pigs and Jews who
are sucking; behind the sow stands a rabbi
who is lifting up the right leg of the sow,
raises behind the sow, bows down and looks
with great effort into the Talmud under the
sow, as if he wanted to read and see some-
thing most difficult and exceptional; no
doubt they gained their Shem Hamphoras
from that place."

The Catholic Church lost power as a con-
sequence of the power of the printing press
which brought about the Renaissance and
Reformation. When people like Martin
Luther translated the Bible from Latin
into German and later into English, books
people could afford and read were published
from the printing presses across Europe. All
of a sudden people could read the Bible and
they realized that the Pope was not the word
of God and that they did not have to pay the
Church for fogginess of sins. The Pope lost
power.

In 1 540 Ignatius Loyola establishing the
Catholic Mafia known as the "Society of
Jesus" or the "Jesuits" with the intent of
destroying the Reformation and reverting
power to the Pope at whatever cost.

EXTRACTS FROM THE JESUIT OATH
OF OFFICE:

"I do further declare that I will help,
assist and advise all or any of his holiness'
agents, in any place where I should be in
Switzerland, Germany, Holland or Ameri-
ca, or in any other territory I shall come to,
and do my utmost to extirpate the heretical
Protestant or Masonic doctrines, and destroy
all their pretended powers, legal or other-
wise

I do further promise and declare, that
I will, when opportunity presents, make
and wage relentless war, secretly or openly,
against all heretics, Protestants and Masons,
as I am directed to do, to extirpate and
exterminate them from the face of the whole
earth, and that I will spare neither age, sex,
nor condition, and that I will burn, hang,
waste, boil, flay, strangle, bury alive, these
infamous heretics, open up the stomachs
and wombs of their women and crush their
infants' heads against the walls in order to
annihilate their execrable race.

That when the same cannot be done
openly, I will secretly use the poison cup,
the strangulation cord, the steel of the
poniard, or the leaden bullet, regardless of
the honor, rank, dignity or authority of the
persons whatever be their condition in life,
either public or private, as I at any time may
be directed to so do, by any agent of the
Pope, or superior of the Brotherhood of the
Holy Faith of the Society of Jesus."

CATHOLIC CHURCH - REFORMATION - LUTHER 1517

Scandinavia

Birka comprised a strategically
placed port of trade, in a secluded
and secure bay midway in the Baltic,
but still perfectly reachable for all
kinds of eastern and western ships of
trade. According to Rimbert, an eye-
witness and chronicler of the time,
Birka was the place where "negoti-
atores et populi", that is intermedi-
ary merchants and several different
peoples, from the East to the West,
met in trade and handicraft. At Birka
large loads of silk and other import-
ant merchandise were negotiated
and subsequently handed over to the
buyers.

BIRKA

Birka at the Silkroad
A port of transit and an outpost in
Sweden of the Silkroad to northern
and western Europe!

Alas, Birka in central Sweden, "the
town of the Vikings", might not have
been inhabited by "Vikings" at all, in
spite of the popular view, nor was it
governed by the local "king" or his
retinue. The development of Birka
would then eventually be understood
as a consequence of the development
of the Silkroad to the North.

This route of trade, mainly of silk and
silver, went from the turkic Khazari-
an empire in the southeastern Europe
along the Volga river system and
across the Baltic Sea, to the Frankic
and Anglosaxon kingdoms and, at
a later stage, to the German-Otto-

nian kingdom, in the northwestern
Europe. Its era of prosperity, during
a couple of hundred years from
around 770 to 970 AD, was abruptly
cut off by an attack from the Kievan
realm, duly followed by a catac-
lyzmal change of the existing eco-
nomical, social, mercantile as well as
political positions and structures in
northern Europe.

The traditional cremations of the
serving common people constitute
most of the more than two thousand
burials at Birka. However, a couple of
hundreds are exclusive chamberburi-
als with a strong eastern turkic touch
or very plain coffinburials in a con-
tinental christian -jewish style, let be
with a completely natural Scandina-
vian adaption. It seems impossible to
regard these as representing anything
else, than the last resorts of some of
the nobleborn imperial emissaries
and esteemed merchants from the
Khazarian and Frankic empires

The word birka may, from khazaric
Turkish, be translated directly to
the medieval latin word vicus of the
chronicles. Both words do roughly
mean "site (on the shore) for joint
trade" (Turkish bir[li]ki[yiev], com-
posed by birlik - "cooperative trade"
from bir - "unity, joint" and kiyi - "on
the shore" and ev - "site"). The ending
of the word -ka is a traditional form
of grammatical locativus and in early
Swedish representing a location. Bir,
in early Swedish, may be interpreted
as "[joint] trade". There are, of course,
other official interpretations, obvi-
ously biased by nordic romanticism
and the poetry of nature, e.g. birch
(birk), bear (bjarn), beaver (bjur)
and hill (bjark). However, there was
a measuring system, once originated
in Persia, in use along the Silkroad
called birkivitch and the interpre-
tations of birlighi (Turk, "trading
unity") and birlak (Turk, "trade")
still seem actual regarding modern
Turkish.

Birka of central Sweden, the very
Byrca of the medieval European
chronichles, was founded along with
other similar trading places in east-
ern and northern Europe, during
the late 8th century. One such place
was the present Staraja Ladoga, at
the eastern connexion of the east-
ern river systems to the Baltic, in
the chronicles called Aldeigjuburg

BIRKA

Le Monde diplomatique

AO OUT ARCHIVES SUBSCRIBE FOLLOW US

Zionist nationalist myth of enforced exile

Israel deliberately forgets its history

An Israeli historian suggests the diaspora was the consequence, not of
the expulsion of the Hebrews from Palestine, but of proselytising
across north Africa, southern Europe and the Middle East

by Schlomo Sand

Then there is the question of the exile of 70 AD. There has been no real research into
this turning point in Jewish history, the cause of the diaspora. And for a simple rea-
son: the Romans never exiled any nation from anywhere on the eastern seaboard of
the Mediterranean. Apart from enslaved prisoners, the population of Judea continued
to live on their lands, even after the destruction of the second temple. Some conver-
ted to Christianity in the 4th century, while the majority embraced Islam during the
7th century Arab conquest.

Most Zionist thinkers were aware of this: Yitzhak Ben Zvi, later president of Israel,
and David Ben Gurion, its first prime minister, accepted it as late as 1929, the year of
the great Palestinian revolt. Both stated on several occasions that the peasants
of Palestine were the descendants of the inhabitants of ancient Judea.

Proselytising zeal

But if there was no exile after 70 AD, where did all the Jews who have populated the
Mediterranean since antiquity come from? The smokescreen of national historiograp-
hy hides an astonishing reality. From the Maccabean revolt of the mid-2nd century BC
to the Bar Kokhba revolt of the 2nd century AD, Judaism was the most actively
proselytising religion. The Judeo-Hellenic Hasmoneans forcibly converted the Idu-
means of southern Judea and the Itureans of Galilee and incorporated them into the
people of Israel. Judaism spread across the Middle East and round the Mediterranean.
The 1st century AD saw the emergence in modern Kurdistan of the Jewish kingdom of
Adiabene, just one of many that converted.

The writings of Flavius Josephus are not the only evidence of the proselytising zeal of
the Jews. Horace, Seneca, Juvenal and Tacitus were among the Roman writers who
feared it. The Mishnah and the Talmud authorised conversion, even if the wise men
of the Talmudic tradition expressed reservations in the face of the mounting pressure
from Christianity.

Although the early 4th century triumph of Christianity did not mark the end of Jewish
expansion, it relegated Jewish proselytism to the margins of the Christian cultural
world. During the 5th century, in modern Yemen, a vigorous Jewish kingdom emerged
in Himyar, whose descendants preserved their faith through the Islamic conquest and
down to the present day. Arab chronicles tell of the existence, during the 7th century,
of Judaised Berber tribes; and at the end of the century the legendary Jewish queen
Dihya contested the Arab advance into northwest Africa.
ASIIKIWZI KIIAZARS - SEPIIAKMC BERBERS

Jewish Berbers participated in the conquest of the Iberian peninsula and
helped establish the unique symbiosis between Jews and Muslims that cha-
racterised Hispano-Arabic culture.

The most significant mass conversion occurred in the 8th century, in the
massive Khazar kingdom between the Black and Caspian seas. The expansion
of Judaism from the Caucasus into modern Ukraine created a multiplicity of commu-
nities, many of which retreated from the 13th century Mongol invasions into eastern
Europe. There, with Jews from the Slavic lands to the south and from what is now
modern Germany, they formed the basis of Yiddish culture.

You IB

SIIIOMi) SAM)
THL^Ug

FN VENT! ON
Oh THE -

ji-Wisr

PlOPl;

SIILOMO SAND - THE INVENTION OF THE JEWISH PEOPLE

Khazars - From Wikipedia
- were a semi-nomadic Turkic
people who dominated the
Pontic steppe and the North
Caucasus from the 7th to
the 10th century. The name
"Khazar" seems to be tied to
a Turkic verb form meaning
"wandering".

In the 7th century, the Kha-
zars founded an independent
Khaganate in the Northern
Caucasus along the Caspian
Sea. Although the Khazars
were initially Tengri shama-
nists, many converted to the
Abrahamic faiths through
interaction with the Byzantine
Empire and successive Islamic caliphates; during the 8th or 9th century, the Kha-
ganate adopted Judaism as the state religion. At their height, the Khazars and their
tributaries controlled much of what is today southern Russia, western Kazakhstan,
eastern Ukraine, Azerbaijan, large portions of the Northern Caucasus (Circassia, Da-
gestan, Chechnya), parts of Georgia, the Crimea, and Northeastern Turkey.

Between 965 and 969, their sovereignty was broken by Sviatoslav I of Kiev, and they
became a subject people of Kievan Rus'. Gradually displaced by the Rus, the Kip-
chaks, and later the conquering Mongol Golden Horde, the Khazars largely disappea-
red as a culturally distinct people.

Map showing the major Varangian trade routes: the Volga trade route (in red) and
the Trade Route from the Varangians to the Greeks (in purple). Other trade routes of
the 8th-llth centuries shown in orange.

KIIAZARIA

The Pale of Settlement - From Wikipedia - (Russian: Hep-ra oceA/iocTM, cherta
osedlosti) was the term given to a region of Imperial Russia, in which permanent
residency by Jews was allowed, and beyond which Jewish permanent residency was
generally prohibited. It extended from the eastern pale, or demarcation line, to the
western Russian border with the German Empire and Austria-Hungary.

The Pale comprised about 20% of the territory of European Russia, and largely cor-
responded to historical borders of the former Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth; it
included much of present-day Lithuania, Belarus, Poland, Moldova, Ukraine, and parts
of western Russia. At a number of cities within the pale also, Jews were excluded
from residency. A limited number of categories of Jews were allowed to live outside
the pale.

The word pale derives ultimately from the Latin word palus, meaning stake (palisade
is derived from the same root). From this derivation came the figurative meaning of
"boundary", and the concept of a pale as an area within which local laws were valid.

The Pale was first created by Catherine the Great in 1791, after several failed at-
tempts by her predecessors, notably the Empress Elizabeth, to remove Jews from
Russia entirely, unless they converted to Russian Orthodoxy, the state religion. The
reasons for its creation were primarily economic and nationalist.

While Russian society traditionally had been divided mainly into nobles, serfs, and
clergy, industrial progress led to the emergence of a middle class, which was rapidly
being filled by Jews, who did not belong to any of these. By limiting the areas of Je-
wish residency, the imperial powers attempted to ensure the growth of a middle class
for the non-Jewish majority.

PALE OF SETTLEMENT

Kabbalah is mystical Judaism, Torah is the
first 5 books of the TaNaKh (Genesis, Exo-
dus, Numbers, Leviticus and Deuteronomy),
and the Talmud is a combination of histor-
ical data, interpretation of Torah, customs
and beliefs of Judaism. They are all Jewish
sacred books and there are others as well.

Torah (/'toirs/; Hebrew: fiinn, "Instruction",
"Teaching") is a central concept in the
Jewish tradition. It has a range of meanings:
it can most specifically mean the first five
books of the Tanakh

According to religious tradition, all of the
teachings found in the Torah, both written
and oral, were given by God to Moses,
some of them at Mount Sinai and others at
the Tabernacle, and all the teachings were
written down by Moses, which resulted in
the Torah we have today. According to a
Midrash, the Torah was created prior to the
creation of the world, and was used as the
blueprint for Creation. [4]

Some modern Biblical scholars believe that
the written books were a product of the
Babylonian exilic period (c. 600 BCE) and
that it was completed by the Persian period
(c. 400 BCE)

TORAH TALMUD CABALA

The Talmud (Gittin 60a), brings two
opinions as to when the Torah was written
by Moses. One opinion holds that it was
written by Moses gradually over many years
as it was dictated to him, and finished close
to his death, and the other opinion holds
that Moses wrote the complete Torah in one
writing close to his death, based on what
was dictated to him over the years.

«n * i f iff

The Talmud had its roots in the Babylonian
captivity (588 BC). God had permitted the
Jews to go into exile because of their sin,
especially the sin of idolatry. This captivity
had a purifying effect on the Jews. They
saw first hand the vileness of the heathen
cults in Babylon and they longed again to
worship God in holiness at Jerusalem. They
realized that they had suffered because they
had forsaken the Law of God and gone
after other gods.

Just what is the Talmud? Basically it is a
very old collection of the sayings of rabbis
of all ages and in all parts of the world. It
is a commentary on the Tenach (Jewish
Bible). Among other things, it contains
much devotional and inspirational material.
The Talmud is the civil and canonical law
of the Jewish people. It contains referenc-
es not only to the religious life but also to
philosophy, medicine, history, jurisprudence
and practical duty. More particularly it pre-
scribes dietary and ceremonial regulations.
Most Jews today have never seen a Talmud
and know little or nothing of its contents.
However, what they hear and learn from
their rabbis and from tradition, they accept
without question. Most do not even realize
that the rabbis quarrel among themselves in
the Talmud and many questions discussed
by them remain unanswered.

Following the division of Israel and the
Assyrian captivity of the northern tribes,
the southern kingdom of Judah adopted the
pagan traditions of the heathen nation of
ancient Babylon. These traditions, with their
associated rituals which included human
sacrifice, provoked God to judge the south-
ern kingdom, which judgment the prophet
Jeremiah forewarned the Jews for a period
of forty years, to no avail. The Babylonians
destroyed Jerusalem in three stages, from
605 to 586 B.C., in which year the Tem-
ple of Solomon was demolished and the
remaining Jews were carried into captivity.
During the Babylonian captivity, the proph-
et Ezekiel continued to reprove Judah for
its apostasy from the God of Israel and their
love affair with Babylon.

Because of its heretical nature, the Cabala
was not generally promulgated among the
Jews but remained the "secret doctrine" of
"elect" Jews. That is to say, certain Jews
who were deemed worthy could compre-
hend hidden teachings in the written Torah
and, through mystical techniques, make di-
rect contact with "God." Among these prac-
tices are rapid recitation of the "Holy Name
of God" (YHVH, or Tetragrammaton),
meditation on the 1 1 Sephiroth of the Tree
of Life which are believed to be emanations
of God, learning to use the 22 letters of the
Hebrew alphabet as force-carrying energy
patterns which serve as the building blocks
of the cosmos, and, finally, transcending the
space/time limitations of the physical world

to realize one's "inner divinity." This "secret
doctrine" has been preserved throughout the
ages to the present time by a spiritual broth-
erhood who progress individually to various
stages of enlightenment and proficiency in
the hidden wisdom — from "elect" to "ad-
epts" to "wise men" to "adepts in grace":

Ambassadors from six different countries
came to take part in the gathering and

declare in the name of the states they rep-
resent, their support of the Sheva Mitzvos
Bnei Noach. They represented; Poland,
Latvia, Mexico, Panama, Ghana, and Japan
An entire literature discusses the mitzvah
responsibilities of non-Jews. Although it
was Adam who was originally commanded
to observe these mitzvos, they are usually
referred to as the "Seven Mitzvos of the
Bnei Noach," since all of mankind is de-
scended from Noach.

In actuality, a non-Jew must observe more
than seven mitzvos. The "Seven Mitzvos"
are really categories; furthermore, there are
additional mitzvos that apply, as we will
explain.

iO 9 87654321

"annm as*

Vod let Chu Z*yut Vht lit Daltf CutitL Bet Afrf

(YJ (lj illh) m <V) <H) (I)> (£3) 03 !V} (silmt)

Gematria or gimatria is a traditional Jewish
system of assigning numerical value to a
word or phrase, in the belief that words or
phrases with identical numerical values bear
some relation to each other, or bear some re-
lation to the number itself as it may apply to
a person's age, the calendar year, or the like

TORAH TALMUD CABALA

PT 1

Babytortan Empire

Mcdcs Medes and Persians

The Iranian tribes com-
bined to overthrow the
over-extended Assyrians
(whose capital Nineveh
was sacked in 612 BC).

The Persian Cyrus I (559-529) established a
'Babylonian' Empire to which his son Cambyses
(529-522) added Egypt in 525.

His successor Darius I (522-486) annexed 'India'
and Thrace. Xerxes I (485-465) came up against
the growing power of Greece.

P&raan Empire

"And ye shall be unto me a kingdom of
priests, and an holy nation." - Exodus 19.6.

Though the so-called 'Exile' lasted bare-
ly half a century - from the capture of
Jerusalem in 597 BC to the rise of a new
dynasty in 539 BC- during this period the
Jews borrowed extensively from their host
culture. Notably, certain priests (so-called
'prophets') wrote texts which explained
the tribal misfortune of the Jews in terms
of neglect of a particular deity and of the
desirability of priestly rule. The book of
Eli 'j ah (literally, 'God is Jehovah') is a sto-
ry set three centuries earlier. In this tale, the
prophet denounces King Ahab and his wife
Jezebel for that most dastardly of crimes,
having a barbecue for the wrong god. Just
in case indignant words are not enough, the
hero personally slays several hundred rival
priests of Baal.

Marduk, sun god of Babylon,
with his thunderbolts pursues
Anzu after Anzu stole the Tablets
of Destiny.

Of particular significance, in view of the
subsequent appearance of the book of
Genesis, were Babylonian stories of a
Great Flood (complete with a hero, an ark
and animals); an Assyrian tale of a 'tower
of Babel'; the early life of King Sargon of
Sumaria (who as an infant was floated down
the Tigris in a reed boat and subsequently
brought up by a princess); and a tale of the
giving of the law to King Hammurabi of
Babylon by the sun god Shamash - 3,654
lines of text inscribed on an eight-foot high
block of black diorite.

Wonder of wonders, on this ancient tablet
of stone, carved six hundred years before
'Moses', are 'some fifty articles of the so-
called Mosaic laws, the identity of which is
practically verbatim. '

era CENTURY BC THE JEWISH PEOPLE S EXILE IN BABYLON

525 - 400 BC
Cyrus endorsed a Yah-
weh cult in the satrap of
Judaea, which remained
a Persian colony until
the arrival of the Greeks
and Alexander the
Great.

400 - 343 BC
The Egyptian revolt
against Persia was
fought with Greek mer-
cenaries. Persian rule of
Egypt was interrupted in
404 BC and re-imposed
briefly in the next centu-
ry (343-332).

When Nectanebo II fled in in 343 he was the last
of the Egyptian pharaohs.

In 323 the Greek king - Alexander III - himself ap-
peared, conquering Persia and 'liberating' Egypt.

Before the exile, Jewish religion - such as
it was - had Man facing an anthropomor-
phic, capricious tribal God, who looked for
obedience rather than worship to assuage
his anger. It was, apparently, Abraham's un-
swerving obedience when asked by Yahweh
to sacrifice his son that validated his choice
as 'Patriarch.' But at least obedience was
within the wit of man himself. Pre-Babylon,
only the 'tribe' of Levi could be priests and
they performed the role of itinerant sha-
mans. Post-Babylon, the Levite priests were
downgraded to menial temple workers and
the Sadducee clan took over the high priest-
hood. By taking for themselves the right to
intercede with God, to placate his anger and
honour his glory, the earthly power of the
high priests of the temple was assured.

Babylonian mathematics is a range of
numeric and more advanced mathematical
practices in the ancient Near East, written
in cuneiform script. Study has historical-
ly focused on the Old Babylonian period
in the early second millennium BC due
to the wealth of data available. There has
been debate over the earliest appearance of
Babylonian mathematics, with historians
suggesting a range of dates between the 5th
and 3rd millennia BC

The diaspora began with the 6th century
BCE conquest of the ancient Kingdom of
Judah by Babylon, the destruction of the
First Temple (c. 586 BCE), and the expul-
sion of the population, as recorded in the
Bible. The Babylonian ruler, Nebuchadnez-
zar, allowed the Jews to remain in a unified
community in Babylon. Another group of
Jews fled to Egypt, where they settled in the
Nile delta. From 597 BCE onwards, there
were three distinct groups of Hebrews: a
group in Babylon and other parts of the
Middle East, a group in Judaea, and another
group in Egypt. While Cyrus the Persian
allowed the Jews to return to their home-
land in 538 BCE, most chose to remain in
Babylon, becoming what is now known as
the Mizrahi Jewish ethnic division. A large
number of Jews in Egypt became mercenar-
ies in Upper Egypt on an island called the
Elephantine. Most of these Jews retained
their religion, identity, and social customs;
both under the Persians and the Greeks, they
were allowed to conduct their lives accord-
ing to their own laws

The Babylonian astronomers kept detailed
records on the rising and setting of stars,
the motion of the planets, and the solar and
lunar eclipses, all of which required famil-
iarity with angular distances measured on
the celestial sphere.

Since the rediscovery of the Babylonian
civilization, it has become apparent that
Greek and Hellenistic mathematicians and
astronomers, and in particular Hipparchus,
borrowed greatly from the Babylonians.

THE JEWISH PEOPLE S EXILE IN BABYLON 6TH CENTURY BC

Eustace Mullins - The Curse Of Canaan
A Demonology Of History

The Curse of Canaan was extended to the
land which was named after him, the Land
of Canaan. The Canaanites themselves, the
people of this land, became the greatest
curse upon humanity, and so they remain
today. Not only did they originate the prac-
tices of demon-worship, occult rites, child
sacrifice, and cannibalism, but as they went
abroad, they brought these obscene practic-
es into every land which they entered. Not
only did they bring their demonic cult of
Egypt, but, known by their later name, the
Phoenicians, as they were called after 1200
B.C., they became the demonizers of civi-
lization through successive epochs, being
known in medieval history as the Venetians,
who destroyed the great Byzantine Christian
civilization, and later as "the black nobili-
ty," which infiltrated the nations of Europe
and gradually assumed power through trick-
ery, revolution, and financial legerdemain.

While the Semites were busily establish-
ing one great empire after another, Asshur's
building of the Assyrian Empire, Cyrus
the Great building the Persian empire, and
Shem himself creating the great Egyptian
civilization, the anti-Semites [Canaanites]
were developing their own talents. These
included a talent for trade and commerce,
for travel, for making themselves at home in
any country, and among any race of people.
Generally they established their trading
colonies along the seacoasts, for they lacked
the courage to venture into the great wilder-
ness of Europe, where the Semites always
made themselves at home.
CANAANITES

Nimrod, who was born on December
25th, the High Sabbath of Babylon, was
the founder of Babylon and the city of
Nineveh. In the history of mankind,
Nimrod stands unequaled for his sym-
bolism of evil and Satanic practices. In
the history of mankind, Nimrod stands
unequalled for his symbolism of evil
and Satanic practices. He is credited for
having founded Freemasonry and for
building the legendary Tower of Babel,
in defiance of God's will. In talmudic
literature, he is noted as "he who made
all the people rebel against God." Pes.
94b.

The legendary symbol for Nimrod is
"X." The use of this symbol always
denotes witchcraft. When "X" is used as
a shortened form meaning Christmas, it
actually means "to celebrate the feast of
Nimrod."

The importance of Nimrod in any study
of the occult cannot be over-empha-
sized. Because of the powers given
him by the clothing of Adam and Eve,
Nimrod became the first man to rule the
whole world. Nimrod was also known
in ancient history by the names of Mar-
duk, Bel, and Merodach. Because of his
importance in its history, Babylon was
known as the Land of Nimrod. Nimrod
is also cited in the most ancient Masonic
constitutions as the founder of Freema-
sonry

THE

Curse

Canaan

A Defttcmotogy of History

§§1

by EUSTACE M U LI

JNS

The Chaldean religious tradition that was
embraced by apostate Jews during their
captivity in Babylon was delivered to
subsequent generations by word of mouth.
According to Blavatsky, these disseminators
of the Chaldean tradition in the few centu-
ries before Christ were known as Tanaim:

"Kabalist. From Q B L H, Kabala, an
unwritten or oral tradition. The kabalist is a
student of 'secret science', one who inter-
prets the hidden meaning of the Scriptures
with the help of the symbolical Kabala. . .
The Tanaim were the first kabalists among
the Jews; they appeared at Jerusalem about
the beginning of the third century before the
Christian era. . . This secret doctrine is iden-
tical with the Persian wisdom, or 'magic'."
(Ibid. p. 167)

The dictionary defines the Medieval Latin
cabala as derived from the Hebrew word
"qabbla" which means "received doctrine,
tradition, from qibbl, to receive." Accord-
ing to the Jewish Encyclopedia, Cabalists
claimed to have received these oral tradi-
tions, not from ancient Chaldeans, but from
the Patriarchs and Prophets "by the power
of the Holy Spirit."

"Cabala comprised originally the entire
traditional lore, in contradistinction to the
written law (Torah), and therefore included
the prophetic and hagiographic books of the
Bible, which were supposed to have been
'received' by the power of the Holy Spirit
rather than as writings from God's hand...
Each 'received' doctrine was claimed as
tradition from the Fathers... to be traced back
to the Prophets or to Moses on Sinai... The
chief characteristic of the Cabala is that,
unlike the Scriptures, it was entrusted only
to the few elect ones;. . . "'

So much of what is taught as history today
is either a selective gloss or an outright lie.
Some examples of buried history expose the
deadly nature of Cain in Esau/Edom, mur-
dering Jacob/Israel for a birth-right that can
never be his. Here is a thumbnail sketch of
the trail of the Serpent through Esau/Edom
to the self-styled Jews of this day. It shows
their enmity against Jacob/Israel whom they
impersonate in the natural and despise in
the Spiritual lineage of Jesus Christ's true
Church.

Esau is Edom (Genesis 36:1). Edom is
physical Serpent's seed. They are the Ca-
naanites who established Carthage which
when defeated in 146BC, made Rome
unchallenged ruler of the Mediterranean.
Calling themselves "Jews", many of these
people migrated to Spain, France, Italy,
Macedonia, the Balkans and Portugal where
they are known as Sephardim

John Hyrcanus of the Hasmonean family
was the Jewish high priest, and although
he refused the title of king, ruled Judah
from 135-104BC. Recapturing much of the
original territory of Judah, he conquered the
Edomites (or Idumeans) whom he forcibly
converted to Judaism. Thus by the time
of Christ, most Judeans were Edomites.
Judea was independent of Rome throughout
John's reign.

CANAANITES

Muhammad, whose name means "worthy
of praise," was born about 570 in Mecca.
His father, Abdullah, died before Muham-
mad was born, and his mother, Amina, died
when he was six years old. His paternal
grandfather, Abdul Muttalib, then cared for
him until his own death two years later, af-
ter which time Muhammad spent the rest of
his childhood in the care of his uncle, Abu
Talib. Little is known about his early life,
but he was not wealthy, and it is believed he
was a shepherd. When he was 25 he married
Khadija, a wealthy widow about 15 years
his senior. Despite her age, Khadija would
bear Muhammad six children, four of whom
survived to adulthood - daughters Zaynab,
Ruqayya, Fatima, and Umm Kulthum.
Ruqayya later married Uthman, and Fatima
married Ali, men who became the third and
fourth caliphs, respectively, of the Islamic
world after Muhammad's death.

Muhammad frequently retreated to Mount
Hira, a place of privacy and contemplation
near Mecca, to meditate and consider his
spirituality. Islamic tradition relates that
it was during one such trip, in 610, when
he was 40 years old, that Muhammad first
heard the voice of the angel Gabriel, who
recited to him the word of God, today
written down in the Muslim holy book, the
Qur'an, meaning "recitation."

It is significant that Muslims believe that
what Gabriel told Muhammad came directly
from God, and that Muhammad was simply
God's messenger. Muslims do not believe
that Muhammad himself was divine in any
way, an important distinction that sets Islam
apart from Christianity, which does believe
in the divinity of Jesus. Muslims believe
that Gabriel continued to send Muhammad
messages from God until the prophet's
death. Muhammad immediately began

S reaching the message he had received; his
IIJIIAMMEl)

wife, Khadija, was his first convert, soon
followed by his cousin and future successor,
Ali. Islam says that the message was similar
to those received by the early Hebrew
prophets: that God is one, he is all-power-
ful, he is the creator of the universe, and that
there will be a Judgement Day when those
who have carried out God's commands will
enjoy paradise in heaven, and those who
have not will be condemned to hell. As we
have seen, these ideas were also part of the
Zoroastrian religion.

By 615, Muhammad had gained sever-
al converts. These early Muslims were
persecuted in Mecca, mainly by wealthy
merchants who controlled the city and
feared that the new faith would challenge
their economic monopoly. That year, about
80 Muslims fled from Mecca to Abyssinia
(present-day Ethiopia) to take refuge with
Christians there, who were enemies of the
polytheistic Meccans.
He labelled both Jews and Christians "Peo-
ple of the Book," because their religion had
a holy scripture. For this reason, Muham-
mad considered Judaism and Christianity
to be superior to the polytheistic, humanist
Arab religions. Islam also had several
beliefs in common with the two older reli-
gions, and today calls itself the third "Abra-
hamic" religion because of what it sees as
common roots between the three. Before
Muhammad's wife, Khadija, and his uncle,
Abu Talib, both died in 619, Muhammad
experienced his famous "Night Journey."
Although there are several versions of what
occurred that night, Islam holds that the
angel Gabriel came to Muhammad while he
was sleeping near the Ka'ba one night, and
escorted him first to Jerusalem, then through
seven heavens - where he met Abraham,
Moses, and Jesus - to the presence of God.
This event later helped establish Jerusa-
lem as the third holiest city in Islam, after

Mecca and Medina. During his journey,
Muslims believe that Muhammad was told
of several tenets of Islam that became some
of the most basic acts of the religion, such
as praying five times daily.

In 620, Muhammad married A' isha, whose
father, Muhammad's friend Abu Bakr,
would become the first caliph after Muham-
mad's death 12 years later. In 622, at age
52, Muhammad finally fled persecution in
Mecca, taking his followers north to the city
of Yathrib. After his arrival, the name of the
city was changed to Medinat un-Nabi, the
City of the Prophet, or Medina. Muham-
mad's journey to Mecca is known as the
Hijra, or emigration, and marks the begin-
ning of the Islamic calendar.

Medina was much more tolerant of Islam
than Mecca had been, and the religion flour-
ished among the community there. Muham-
mad expanded his role as a religious leader
into more of a community leader in general,
marking the initial partnering of religious
and administrative affairs, which would
become a standard practice in the future
Islamic empires. He built a house there that
became the model for the mosque later built
on the site, the Prophet's Mosque, which
has since become the second holiest shrine
in Islam, after the Ka'ba in Mecca.

In 624, Muhammad decided the Medinans
should intercept a camel caravan on its way
from Syria to Mecca, for the purpose of
disrupting Meccan economic activity and
obtaining the cargo for his followers. In the
resulting Battle of Badr, the Medinans won
a decisive victory despite being outnum-
bered by the Meccans. The event served
to unify the Medinans and weaken the
Meccans. It was also the first significant vic-
tory in battle for a people who would soon
grow into the formidable military force that

would defeat long-standing empires from
Persia to Egypt.

Also in 624, Muhammad decided that the
qibla, or direction of prayer, should be the
Ka'ba in Mecca. This strengthened Muham-
mad's resolve to bring Mecca under Muslim
control, and several more battles were
fought between the two cities. Mecca was
progressively weakened by the continued
Muslim tactic of interrupting caravan traffic,
and by 630, the city fell to the Muslims with
little resistance.

In 63 1 Muhammad reached peace settle-
ments with the leaders of local Christian and
Jewish communities, thus bringing those
groups under Muslim protection, as long
as they paid the jizya tax demanded of all
non-Muslims. In 632 he led a pilgrimage to
Mecca for the first time, but 3 months later,
at age 62, Muhammad unexpectedly became
ill and died in Medina. He was survived by
10 wives but only one child - daughter Fati-
ma, who would later become Ali's wife, and
would also lend her name to a 10th century
Islamic dynasty in Egypt.

Thus ended the life of the man Muslims
believe to be the last prophet God sent to
earth. Today, his influence can be gauged by
the fact that more male children in the world
have the name Muhammad than any other.

Medina Mosque

The Satanic Verses

M1JIIAMME1)

JESUS

"And Jesus went into the temple of God,
and cast out all of them who sold and
bought in the temple, and overthrew the ta-
bles of the moneychangers, and the seats of
them that sold doves, And said unto them,
It is written, My house shall be called the
house of prayer; but ye have made it a den
of thieves."
—Matthew 21:12-13

The "Cleansing of the Temple" refers to the
narrative of Jesus and the money changers
and occurs in all four canonical gospels of
the New Testament.

In this Gospel episode Jesus and his
disciples travel to Jerusalem for Passover,
where he expels the money changers from
the Temple, accusing them of turning the
Temple into a den of thieves through their
commercial activities.

Jesus Christ in the last year of his life uses
physical force to throw the money changers
out of the temple. This was the only time
during the the life of his ministry in which
he used physical force against anyone.

When Jews came to Jerusalem to pay their
Temple tax, they could only pay it with a
special coin, the half-shekel. This was a
half-ounce of pure silver, about the size
of a quarter. It was the only coin at that
time which was pure silver and of assured
weight, without the image of a pagan Em-
peror, and therefore to the Jews it was the
only coin acceptable to God.

Unfortunately these coins were not plenti-
ful, the money changers had cornered the
market on them, and so they raised the price
of them to whatever the market could bear.
They used their monopoly they had on these
coins to make exorbitant profits, forcing the
Jews to pay whatever these money changers

demanded.

Jesus threw the money changers out as their
monopoly on these coins totally violated
the sanctity of God's house. These money
changers called for his death days later.

have Indie origins. Serrano explains, "The
word 'Essene' could have evolved from the
foreign pronunciation of the Indian word
'Eeshani.' Eeshan is Shiva (the Hindu God)
and Eeshani is one who adores Eeshan or
Shiva."

The lost years of Jesus concerns the time-
span between Jesus 's childhood and the
beginning of his ministry as recorded in the
New Testament. Following the accounts
of Jesus' young life, there is about an 18
years gap in his life story in the gospels.
Other than the generic statement that Jesus
advanced in wisdom, stature, and in favor
with God, the Bible has no other details
regarding the gap. While Christian tradition
suggests that Jesus simply lived in Galilee
during that period, modern scholarship
holds that there is no historical information
to determine what happened during those
years.

Several authors have claimed to have found
proof of the existence of manuscripts in
India and Tibet that support the belief that
Christ was in India during this time in his
life.

Mithraism is undoubtedly Indian in origin,
Mithras being a deity in several Hindu
Vedas. Mithras grew in importance in Per-
sia, being associated with the Zoroastrian
god Ahura Mazda, who was well known
in Judea. Mithraism became the dominant
religion of the Roman Empire during the
second and third centuries and influenced
many of the rewritings of Christian doc-
trines of the time.

Given all of these East- West trade and
settlement patterns, Jesus certainly was
exposed to Buddhism. Jesus would have
known about Zoroastrianism and Buddhism
as a teenager.

Then the scribes and Pharisees who were
from Jerusalem came to Jesus, saying,
"Why do Your disciples transgress the
tradition of the elders? For they do not wash
their hands when they eat bread."

Historians know little about the origins
of the Essenes. Philo, Pliny, and Josephus
mentioned them to have existed about 150
years before Jesus, which is shortly after the
time Ashoka's Buddhist emissaries arrived
from India. The name "Essene" appears to

Conflicts between the Pharisees and the
Sadducees took place in the context of
much broader and longstanding social and
religious conflicts among Jews dating back
to the Babylonian captivity and exacerbated
by the Roman conquest

JESUS

Heraclitus of Ephesus (Greek: TJp&kXsitoc;
6 'Ecpeoioc; — Herakleitos ho Ephesios; c.
535 - c. 475 BCE) was a pre-Socratic Greek
philosopher, a native of the Greek city
Ephesus, Ionia, on the coast of Asia Minor.
He was of distinguished parentage. Little is
known about his early life and education,
but he regarded himself as self-taught and a
pioneer of wisdom. From the lonely life he
led, and still more from the riddling nature
of his philosophy and his contempt for
humankind in general, he was called "The
Obscure" and the "Weeping Philosopher".

In Heraclitus a perceived object is a har-
mony between two fundamental units of
change, a waxing and a waning. He typi-
cally uses the ordinary word "to become"
(gignesthai or ginesthai, root sense of being
born), which led to his being characterized
as the philosopher of becoming rather than
of being. He recognizes the changing of
objects with the flow of time.

The purpose of the dialectic method of
reasoning is resolution of disagreement
through rational discussion, and, ultimately,
the search for truth. One way to proceed —
the Socratic method — is to show that a giv-
en hypothesis (with other admissions) leads
to a contradiction; thus, forcing the with-
drawal of the hypothesis as a candidate for
truth (see reductio ad absurdum). Another
dialectical resolution of disagreement is by
denying a presupposition of the contending
thesis and antithesis; thereby, proceeding
to sublation (transcendence) to synthesis, a
third thesis.

It is also possible that the rejection of the
participants' presuppositions is resisted,
which then might generate a second-order
controversy.

Fichtean Dialectics (Hegelian Dialectics) is
based upon four concepts:

Everything is transient and finite, existing
in the medium of time.

Everything is composed of contradictions
(opposing forces).

Gradual changes lead to crises, turn-
ing points when one force overcomes its
opponent force (quantitative change leads to
qualitative change).

Change is helical (spiral), not circular
(negation of the negation).

The concept of dialectic existed in the phi-
losophy of Heraclitus of Ephesus, who pro-
posed that everything is in constant change,
as a result of inner strife and opposition.
Hence, the history of the dialectical method
is the history of philosophy

GREECE - DIALECTICS

Socrates favoured truth as the highest
value, proposing that it could be discovered
through reason and logic in discussion:
ergo, dialectic. Socrates valued rationality
(appealing to logic, not emotion) as the
proper means for persuasion, the discov-
ery of truth, and the determinant for one's
actions. To Socrates, truth, not arete, was
the greater good, and each person should,
above all else, seek truth to guide one's life.
Therefore, Socrates opposed the Sophists
and their teaching of rhetoric as art and as
emotional oratory requiring neither logic
nor proof. Different forms of dialectical
reasoning have emerged throughout history
from the Indosphere (Greater India) and the
West (Europe). These forms include the So-
cratic method, Hindu, Buddhist, Medieval,
Hegelian dialectics, Marxist, Talmudic, and
Neo-orthodoxy.

"Aware of impermanence, you become
positive, loving and wise. Impermanence is
good news. Without impermanence, nothing
would be possible. With impermanence, ev-
ery door is open for change. Impermanence
is an instrument for our liberation. " - Thich
Nhat Hahn

The assertions of flow are coupled in many
fragments with the enigmatic river image:

noxaumc; xoiq amoiq sjipaivouEV is Kai
ouk s|i(3aivo|isv, eijiev is Kai ouk sijisv.

"We both step and do not step in the same
rivers. We are and are not."

Compare with the Latin adages Omnia
mutantur and Tempora mutantur (8 CE) and
the Japanese tale Hojoki, (1200 CE) which
contains the same image of the changing
river, and the central Buddhist doctrine of
impermanence.

Impermanence (Pali anicca; Sanskrit: anitya;
Tibetan: mi rtag pa; Chinese: wuchang;
Japanese: mujo; Korean: musang; Thai:
anitchang, from Pali "aniccan") is one of
the essential doctrines or three marks of
existence in Buddhism. The term expresses
the Buddhist notion that all of conditioned
existence, without exception, is in a con-
stant state of flux.

GREECE - DIALECTICS

The Return of Perspephone
A dying god, also known as a dying-and-rising or
resurrection deity, is a god who dies and is res-
urrected or reborn, in either a literal or symbolic
sense.

Male examples include the ancient Near Eastern
and Greek deities Baal, Melqart, Adonis, Eshmun,
Attis Tammuz, Asclepius, Orpheus, as well as
Ra the Sun god with its fusion with Osiris/Orion,
Jesus, Zalmoxis, Dionysus, and Odin.

Female examples are Inanna, also known as
Ishtar, whose cult dates to 4000 BCE, and
Persephone, the central figure of the Eleusinian
Mysteries, whose cult may date to 1700 BCE as
the unnamed goddess worshiped in Crete.

THE DYING GOD
THE HIDDEN HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION

The true origin of Western civilization is
to be found not in Greece, but in Babylon,
in the sixth century BC, with the develop-
ment of the Kabbalah. The exact origins
of the Kabbalah have long been subject to
controversy. According to the Kabbalists
themselves, its teachings date back to the
prophets like Solomon, or Moses, and even
Adam, and supposedly represent a hidden
interpretation of the Bible.

However, the key to understanding the
origin of the Kabbalah, and reassessing not
only the claims of mainstream historians,
but those suggestions put forth by contro-
versial authors like Graham Hancock, or
those of the Holy Blood Holy Grail , or Dan
Brown's notorious Da Vinci Code, about the
true teachings of the Bible, is to recognize
that the basic ideas of the Kabbalah are
definitely foreign, were heretical in nature,
and introduced only later. Specifically,
these ideas are identical to those attributed
in ancient times to the Chaldean Magi of
Babylon.

Babylon, which at one time may have held
as many a 250,000 inhabitants, famed
among the Jews and the later Greeks for its
sensual living, was the greatest city in the
ancient world. According to Greek historian
Herodotus, in the fourth century BC, "Baby-
lon lies in a wide plain, a vast city in the
form of a square with sides nearly fourteen
miles long and a circuit of some fifty-six
miles, and in addition to its enormous size it
surpasses in splendor any city of the known
world." The city's legendary Hanging Gar-
dens, were deemed in Hellenistic times one
of the Seven Wonders of the World.

The Chaldean Magi

Babylon was the origin of a myth that

would come to pervade, not only the mys-
tical systems of antiquity, but which would
transform Western religion and philosophy,
that of the dying-god. Every spring, at their
most important festival, the Akitu, or New
Year's festival, corresponding to our Easter,
the Babylonians celebrated the death and
resurrection of their chief god Marduk,
also known as Bel. There was a dramatic
representation of the conflict between the
Thunder-god Bel and the dragon Tiamat, as
recounted in the epic of creation the Enuma
elish, during which the god is vanquished
and slain, but is raised from death by mag-
ical ceremonies, and eventually overcomes
the dragon.

Babylon was also the birthplace of the
mother of all sciences, astronomy, recog-
nized as the special skill of the renowned
Chaldeans, a term that had originally
referred to the inhabitants of Chaldea, but
eventually understood to refer to the Baby-
lonian astrologers. Although often attributed
to the distant past, and falsely presumed to
represent the survival of the Ancient Wis-
dom, scholars have now established that,
due to a lack of a reliable system of chronol-
ogy, the astrology of the Chaldeans, though
based on older traditions, was not developed
until the seventh and sixth centuries BC.

These centuries were also the period in
which a substantial Jewish population was
found in Babylon. As a result of the Assyr-
ian conquests of Jerusalem and the sacking
of its great Temple, at the beginning of the
sixth century BC, the great portion of the
Jewish people were relocated to Babylon by
King Nebuchadnezzar, where they would
remain for nearly half a century, a period in
Jewish history known as the Exile.

It is at this time that a faction of the Jews
develop a system of magic and sorcery
later known as the Kabbalah. These Jewish
heretics rejected the God of the Bible, be-
cause he forbade the practice of magic, and
instead revered his enemy, who introduced
man to the "forbidden knowledge". This
devil they identified with the dying-god of
the Babylonians, who was identified with
the planet Venus, whose original Latin name
was Lucifer.

Because they came from Babylon, the var-
ious scholars of the ancient world confused
these early Kabbalists with the Chaldean
Magi. In fact, in the Book of Daniel, Chap-
ter 2:48, Daniel is made chief of the "wise
men" of Babylon, that is, of the Chaldean
Magi, and yet remains faithful to the laws of
his own religion.

This is what has caused so much confusion
among modern scholars. Originally, the
Magi were the official priests of the religion
of the Persians, who conquered Babylon
in 539 BC. The Persians were followers
of Zoroaster, the founder of the religion of
Zoroastrianism.

However, as scholars have repeatedly
demonstrated, the teachings that were
attributed to the Magi by ancient scholars
held nothing in common with orthodox
Zoroastrianism. Rather, as recognized by
Franz Cumont, who was perhaps the great-
est scholar of the last century, those Magi,
which these historians referred to, and
which he referred to instead as Magus saeans
who followed a heretical interpretation of
the religion. Rather, as I demonstrate in my
book, these Magi followed a set of beliefs
that were essentially identical to the early
Kabbalah.

THE DYING GOD

THE HIDDEN HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION

The Roots of Evil:

Where did the dualism start? How did
certain portions of natural life come to be
considered evil? The answer lies in the
history of Zervanism (or Zurvanism) - an
offshot of the authentic Vedic traditions
linked to the slow dissipation of connec-
tions between Hindu tribes in their slow
"backward" movement from the territory
of modern India to the North- West. By
itself, Zurvanism is inherently non-dualis-
tic, though some flaws could be seen. The
gods of Zurvanism are the demons of the
Vedanta: Asuras of Zurvanism (such as
Ahura=Asura Mazda) are non- Suras (gods)
of Vedas, as in both Sanskrit and Persian the
prefix "a" stands for denial. Also compare:
"Daeva" in Persian means demon, "Deva"
in Sanskrit means god.
As the centuries passed, this initial flaw
grew into the corruption of the whole
system. The inflexible hierarchy of rul-
ers/priests, chosen by their birth into the
"noble" families rather than chosen due to
skill and merit, were not able to preserve the
knowledge from the masses or educate the
masses to the level that they could com-
prehend. Thus, the inevitable happened, a
decay of the "pseudo-aristocracy" combined
with the restriction of the free flow of infor-
mation led to the emergence of Zoroaster's
religiohn - the simplified form of Zurvanism
for masses - and this was the first dualistic
religion on earth.

Obviously, there where those denied the
power to decide and judge by "birthright"
but capable to do so and to comprehend the
philosophy reflecting the objective reality
better than those given the pristine author-
ity. The rebellion against the religion of
Zoroaster was inevitable.

The legend states that it was a Black Magi-
cian named Aztya who founded the move-
ZURVAN

ment of Yatukan, also called "nihaniktom
duvarisnih" ("those who stalk in great secre-
cy," Persian). In Persian Yatu - sorcerer,
in Atharva Veda Yatu - sorcery, Yatuvidah
- master magician. Yatukih (followers of the
Yatukan) were also called Druguvanti (Per-
sian) "The People of the Lie." Drug/Drudj
(Pehlavi) and Draoga (Persian) means Lie,
"the word of the snake." But in Sanskrit the
same word (Drogha) means not only "Lie"
but also means a "Dragon."

Zurvanism [pronunciation?] is a now-extinct
branch of Zoroastrianism that had the divin-
ity Zurvan [pronunciation?] as its First Prin-
ciple (primordial creator deity). Zurvanism
is also known as Zurvanite Zoroastrianism.

In Zurvanism, Zurvan is the god of infinite
time (and space) and is aka ("one", "alone")
deity of matter. Zurvan is the parent of the
two opposites representing the good god
Ahura Mazda and the evil Angra Mainyu.
Zurvan is regarded as a neutral god; being
without gender (neuter), passion, one whom
there is no distinction between good or evil.
Zurvan is also the god of destiny, light and
darkness. Zurvan is a normalized rendi-
tion of the word, which in Middle Persian
appears as either Zurvan, Zruvan or Zarvan.
The Middle Persian name derives from
Avestan zruvan-, "time" or "old age".

Zurvanites considered Ahura Mazda and
Spenta Mainyu one of two equal-but- sepa-
rate divinities under the primacy of Zurvan.
The central Zurvanite belief made Ahura
Mazda the middle god and Angra Mainyu
the fallen twin brother. Mazdeans consider
the divinity of Ahura Mazda the transcen-
dental creator.

"Classical Zurvanism" is the term coined
by Zaehner (1955, intro) to denote the

movement to explain the inconsistency of
Zoroaster's description of the 'twin spir-
its' as they appear in Yasna 30.3-5 of the
Avesta. According to Zaehner, this "Zurva-
nism proper" was "genuinely Iranian and
Zoroastrian in that it sought to clarify the
enigma of the twin spirits that Zoroaster left
unsolved." (Zaehner, 1961)

As the priesthood sought to explain it, if
the Malevolent Spirit (lit: Angra Mainyu)
and the Benevolent Spirit (Spenta Mainyu,
identified with Ahura Mazda) were twins,
then they must have had a "father", who
must have existed before them. The priest-
hood settled on Zurvan - the hypostasis of
(Infinite) Time - as being "the only possible
'Absolute' from whom the twins could pro-
ceed" and which was the source of good in
the one and the source of evil in the other

In Zoroastrianism, as the most religions,
variations in theology and heresies are com-
mon. The most important of these is the
Zurvanite/Zurvanism, a heresy which was
developed in the late Achaemenian period.
During this period of time (6th to 4th centu-
ries BCE), Zoroastrian had became the main
religion, in Iran which was followed and
promoted by the Achaemenian Emperors.

The basic heresy is the creation of the god
Zurvan (Eternal Time) who begets his sons
Ohrmazd and Ahriman. As Boyce (1979:
69) notes, "by declaring that Ohrmazd
and Ahriman are brothers, the Zurvanites
betrayed Zoroaster's fundamental doctrine
that good and evil are utterly separate and
distinct by origin and nature."

The name Zurvan means Time, and our
knowledge of the heresy comes only from
non-Zoroastrian sources. The heresy devel-
oped from the argument that if there were

ZURVAN

Ficus religiosa or Sacred Fig is species

of fig native to India, Bangladesh, Nepal,
Pakistan, Sri Lanka, southwest China and
Indochina. It belongs to the Moraceae, the
fig or mulberry family. It is also known as
Bo-Tree (from the Sanskrit Bodhi: "wis-
dom", "enlightened", and as a Sinhalization
of this the Sinhala Bo) or Peepal (in India),

Buddhist legend tells of Gautama Bud-
dha attained enlightenment (bodhi) while
meditating underneath the Bodhi tree, a
Ficus religiosa. The site is in present day
Bodh Gaya, northern India. The Bodhi tree
and the Sri Maha Bodhi propagated from it
are notable specimens of Sacred Fig. The
known planting date of the latter, 288 BCE,
gives it the oldest verified age for any flow-
ering plant (angiosperm).

The time of Gautama's birth and death is
uncertain: most historians in the early 20th
century dated his lifetime as circa 563 BCE
to 483 BCE, [10] but more recent opinion
dates his death to between 486 and 483
BCE or, according to some, between 411
and 400 BCE

Some of the fundamentals of the teachings
attributed to Gautama Buddha are:

The Four Noble Truths: that suffering
is an ingrained part of existence; that the
origin of suffering is craving for sensuality,
acquisition of identity, and annihilation; that
suffering can be ended; and that following
the Noble Eightfold Path is the means to
accomplish this;

The Noble Eightfold Path: right view,
right intention, right speech, right action,
right livelihood, right effort, right mindful-
ness, and right concentration;

Dependent origination: the mind creates
suffering as a natural product of a complex
process;

Rejection of the infallibility of accepted
scripture: Teachings should not be accepted
unless they are borne out by our experience
and are praised by the wise.;

Anicca (Sanskrit: anitya): That all things
that come to be have an end;

Dukkha (Sanskrit: duhkha): That nothing
which comes to be is ultimately satisfying;

Anatta (Sanskrit: anatman): That nothing
in the realm of experience can really be said
to be "I" or "mine";

Nibbana (Sanskrit: Nirvana): It is
possible for sentient beings to realize a
dimension of awareness which is totally

unconstructed and peaceful, and end all
suffering due to the mind's interaction with
the conditioned world.

Buddhism is the world religion with the
strongest connection to gardens. It origi-
nated from the foothills of the Himalayas
(c600 BC): see entries on Kapilavastu and
Lumbini. It is therefore understandable that
the Mountains came to be thought of as the
place of the Gods. Mount Sumeru (Mount
Meru in Hinduism, sometimes identified
with Mount Kailash) was believed to be at
the centre of the world. Buddha spoke to
his followers in the Deer Park of Isipatana
(Sarnath) and groves of trees became an
important aspect of Buddhist sacred space.

The Pure Land Sutras, written in India
during the 2nd century A.D. say that men
can attain rebirth in the Pure Land of the
West (or 'Western Paradise') from where
they can proceed to nirvana.

Brahma is the Hindu god (deva) of creation
and one of the Trimurti, the others being
Vishnu and Siva.

Vishnu is a main Vedic God (including
His different avataras and/or expansions),
venerated as the Supreme Being in the
Vaishnavism. He is also commonly known
as Narayana or Hari

Shiva meaning "auspicious one" is a Hindu
deity and is "the Destroyer" or "the Trans-
former" among the Trimurti, the Hindu
Trinity of the primary aspects of the divine.

Krishna literally "black, dark blue" is a
Hindu deity, one of the "avatars" (or "incar-
nation") of Vishnu. According to Bhagavata
Purana, Lord Krishna is termed as Svayam
Bhagavan since he was the purna-avatara or
full incarnation of Supreme Lord Vishnu or
Narayana.

HINDUISM

The word Hindu is derived (through
Persian) from the Sanskrit word Sindhu,
the historic local appellation for the Indus
River in the northwestern part of the Indian
subcontinent, which is first mentioned in the
Rig Veda.

Hinduism is the predominant religion of
the Indian subcontinent. Hinduism in-
cludes Shaivism, Vaishnavism and Srauta
among numerous other traditions. Among
other practices and philosophies, Hindu-
ism includes a wide spectrum of laws and
prescriptions of "daily morality" based on
karma, dharma, and societal norms. Hindu-
ism is a conglomeration of distinct intellec-
tual or philosophical points of view, rather
than a rigid common set of beliefs.

Hinduism is formed of diverse traditions
and has no single founder. Among its direct
roots is the historical Vedic religion of Iron
Age India and, as such, Hinduism is often
called the "oldest living religion" or the
"oldest living major religion" in the world

Increasing urbanization of India in 7th and
6th centuries BCE led to the rise of new
ascetic or shramana movements which
challenged the orthodoxy of rituals. [29]
Mahavira (c. 549^77 BCE), proponent of
Jainism, and Buddha (c. 563-483), founder
of Buddhism were the most prominent icons
of this movement. Shramana gave rise to
the concept of the cycle of birth and death,
the concept of samsara, and the concept of
liberation

Hinduism is a diverse system of thought
with beliefs spanning monotheism, polythe-
ism, panentheism, pantheism, monism, and
atheism among others; [82] [83] [84] [85] and
its concept of God is complex and depends
upon each individual and the tradition
and philosophy followed. It is sometimes
referred to as henotheistic (i.e., involving
devotion to a single god while accepting the
existence of others), but any such term is an
overgeneralization. [86]

The Rig Veda, the oldest scripture and the
mainstay of Hindu philosophy does not take

a restrictive view on the fundamental ques-
tion of God and the creation of universe. It
rather lets the individual seek and discover
answers in the quest of life. Nasadiya Sukta
(Creation Hymn) of the Rig Veda thus says:

Who really knows?

Who will here proclaim it?

Whence was it produced? Whence is this
creation?

The gods came afterwards, with the cre-
ation of this universe.

Who then knows whence it has arisen?

Kali is tne temmine torm <
dark coloured"). [3] Kala primarily means
"time" but also means "black" in honor of
being the first creation before light itself.
Kali means "the black one" and refers to her
being the entity of "time" or "beyond time."
Kali is strongly associated with Shiva,
and Shaivas derive the masculine Kala (an
epithet of Shiva) to come from her feminine
name.

Ganesha's elephant head makes him par-
ticularly easy to identify. Ganesha is widely
revered as the Remover of Obstacles [10]
and more generally as Lord of Beginnings
and Lord of Obstacles

HINDUISM

1^ ^pr<

7 v

s I . I % ■ ...

In the Vedic religion, Rta (Sanskrit rtam
"that which is properly joined; order, rule;
truth") is the principle of natural order
which regulates and coordinates the opera-
tion of the universe and everything within it.
In the hymns of the Vedas, Rta is described
as that which is ultimately responsible for
the proper functioning of the natural, moral
and sacrificial orders. Conceptually, it is
closely allied to the injunctions and ordi-
nances thought to uphold it, collectively
referred to as Dharma, and the action of the
individual in relation to those ordinances,
referred to as Karma - two terms which
eventually eclipsed Rta in importance as
signifying natural, religious and moral order
in later Hinduism

Rta is thought to be derived from the Pro-
to-Indo-European stem *h2r-to- "properly
joined, right, true", the latter being formed
from the root *h2ar- "to join properly" (also
found in *h2ar-yo-; cf. Skt. try a "noble").
This root survives in Sanskrit as r- "to go,
move, rise, tend upwards", and the deriva-
tive noun rtam is defined as "fixed or settled
order, rule, divine law or truth". As Mahony
(1998) notes, however, the term can just as
easily be translated literally as "that which
has moved in a fitting manner", abstractly as
"universal law" or "cosmic order", or sim-
ply as "truth". The latter meaning dominates
in the Avestan cognate to Rta, asa

Concept of ARYA(good thoughts) & DA-
SUE(evils) in VEDAs —How to trasform
latter into former as per RIG VEDA?

CHARACTERISTICS THROUGH WHICH
ONE RUINS ONESELF—-
The bad inclinations & evil thoughts are
real enemies of a person which cause self

destruction after obstructing the path to
God.

Read the verse from Rig Veda about such
enemy thoughts —
"AKERMA(non dutiful) DASUE(evil
thoughts) ABHY NO(assault us) AMAN-
TOO(non considerate) ANYAVRATO(away
from austerity) AMANUSHA(non human)".

VEDA ■ MUJG/KTA

Zarathushtra is believed to have lived some-
time between 1500 and 1200 BCE when be-
lief in many Gods (Sanskrit: Asuras, Aves-
tan: Ahuras) prevailed. Also, the concept of
right and wrong, namely, Asha, (Sanskrit:
Rta) symbolizing truth and righteousness,
and Drug, representing falsehood, were
already present at that time. Zarathushtra
brought forth a profound vision, a radically
new idea rooted in wisdom and conscience,
constituting a novel view of the world and
a unique way of life. He elevated Ahura
Mazda, the Lord of Wisdom, to the position
of the only God, and associated him with
Asha, which has many connotations such as
goodness, truth and righteousness.

Zoroastrianism also called Mazdaism and
Magianism, is a religion and philosophy
based on the teachings of the prophet Zoro-
aster (also known as Zarathustra in Avestan)
and was formerly among the world's largest
religions. It was probably founded some
time before the 6th century BCE in the east-
ern part of ancient Greater Iran.

In Zoroastrianism, the creator Ahura
Mazda (Persian: is all good,

and no evil originates from him. Thus, in
Zoroastrianism good and evil have distinct
sources, with evil (druj) trying to destroy
the creation of Mazda (asha), and good
trying to sustain it. While Ahura Mazda is

not immanent in the world, his creation is
represented by the Amesha Spentas and
the host of other Yazatas, through whom
the works of God are evident to humanity,
and through whom worship of Mazda is
ultimately directed. The most important
texts of the religion are those of the Avesta,
of which a significant portion has been lost,
and mostly only the liturgies of which have
survived. The lost portions are known of
only through references and brief quotations
in the later works, primarily from the 9th to
11th centuries.

In some form, it served as the national or
state religion of a significant portion of
the Iranian people for many centuries. The
religion first dwindled when the Achae-
menid Empire was invaded by Alexander
the Great, after which it collapsed and
disintegrated[l] and it was further grad-
ually marginalized by Islam from the 7th
century onwards with the decline of the
Sassanid Empire. [2] The political power
of the pre-Islamic Iranian dynasties lent
Zoroastrianism immense prestige in ancient
times, and some of its leading doctrines
were adopted by other religious systems. It
has no major theological divisions (the only
significant schism is based on calendar dif-
ferences), but it is not uniform. Modern-era
influences have a significant impact on in-
dividual and local beliefs, practices, values
and vocabulary, sometimes merging with
tradition and in other cases displacing it. By
one estimate, there are between 124,000 and
190,000 Zoroastrians worldwide

VEDA - D1UJG/RTA

Men scavenging a dead horse during World
War II (at the end of the Battle of Berlin),
on Manfred- von-Richthofen-StraBe in Tem-
pelhof borough, 1945

The earliest humans probably lived pri-
marily on scavenging, not actual hunting.
Early humans in the Lower Paleolithic lived
in mixed habitats which allowed them to
collect seafood, eggs, nuts, and fruits be-
sides scavenging. Rather than killing large
animals themselves for meat, they used
carcasses of large animals killed by other
predators or carcasses from animals that
died by natural causes

By 7000 BC, small-scale agriculture
reached Egypt. From at least 7000 BC the
Indian subcontinent saw farming of wheat
and barley, as attested by archaeological
excavation at Mehrgarh in Balochistan in
what is present day Pakistan. By 6000 BC,
mid- scale farming was entrenched on the
banks of the Nile.

Until the Industrial Revolution, the vast
majority of the human population labored in
agriculture. The Fertile Crescent of Western
Asia, Egypt, and India were sites of the
earliest planned sowing and harvesting of
plants that had previously been gathered
in the wild. Independent development
of agriculture occurred in northern and
southern China, Africa's Sahel, New Guinea
and several regions of America. The eight
so-called Neolithic founder crops of agricul-
ture appear: first emmer wheat and einkorn
wheat, then hulled barley, peas, lentils, bitter
vetch, chick peas and flax.

tiunter-gatherer or forager society is one
in which most or all food is obtained from
wild plants and animals, in contrast to
agricultural societies which rely mainly on
domesticated species.

Hunting and gathering was the ancestral
subsistence mode of Homo, and all modern
humans were hunter- gatherers until around
10,000 years ago. Following the invention
of agriculture hunter- gatherers have been
displaced by farming or pastoralist groups in
most parts of the world.

SCAVENGING HUNTER GATIIERE

Neolithic Revolution: Where did agriculture
come from?

Wild barleyMankind has fed ourselves as
hunter- gatherers for 99% of our time on
earth. Why did we suddenly put down our
spears and pick up the hoe?

Archaeologists agree that several factors
coincided to make agriculture possible
around 8500 BC. Wild cereals were already
part of the diet of nomadic hunter-gatherers,
but around 10,000 years ago climate change
increased the extent of these fields of native
grain in the Fertile Crescent. At about the

K AGRICULTURE

same time, we began to develop tools and
tricks necessary to take full advantage of the
wild grains — we created sickles, baskets,
and mortars and pestles; we figured out how
to roast grains so that they wouldn't sprout
during Stones for grinding wheatstorage;
and we developed underground storage pits.
Suddenly, a family could gather enough
seeds to feed itself for a year during the
three week ripening season of the wild
wheat.

The switch from gathering this abundant
wild wheat to growing it seems to come
down to one factor — overpopulation. At
the same time that wild wheat was expand-
ing in the Fertile Crescent, large wild game
was becoming much less numerous, either
because of climate change, because we
became better hunters, because our numbers
exploded, or some combination of these
three factors. Whatever the reason, hunt-
ing was no longer really working for us, so
wheat became more and more important in
our diets.

Young wheat plants

It seemed sensible to settle down near the
important wheat fields, and this change in
turn dismantled the factors that had pre-
viously kept our population in check. As
nomads, our women had been limited to
bearing children about four years apart in
age since the first child had to be old enough
to walk by itself before baby number two
could come along — Mom could only carry
one kid at a time during frequent moves and
I guess Dad wasn't the nurturing type. But
we no longer had this restriction in our new,
settled lifestyle, so our reproductive rate
doubled, with women producing on average
one child every two years.

When previously ample wheat fields
suddenly became too bit puny to feed our
burgeoning numbers, agriculture was the
clear solution. By clearing new ground out-
side the natural wheat fields, we were able
to plant wild wheat seeds and reap harvests
from a larger area. Agriculture was born.

SCAVENGING HUNTER GATHERER AGRICULTURE

Manhattan Project - Einstein Szilard

In the above map, conceived by Swedish
linguist Mikael Parkvall, each country's
area is proportional to the number of lan-
guages it has produced. The map, which
appears in Parkvall's fascinating book
Limits of Language, is accompanied by the
following caption:

Languages are very unevenly distribut-
ed among the countries of the world. The
map tries to capture this fact by rendering
each country in a size corresponding to the
number of languages spoken in it... The ten
shaded countries are those in which more
than 200 languages are in use.

So why does Papua New Guinea have so

NEW GUINEA 800 LANGUAGES

many indigenous languages? Deep valleys
and unforgiving terrain have kept the differ-
ent tribes of Papua New Guinea relatively
isolated, so that the groups' languages are
not blended together but remain distinct.
While the country is thought to have over
800 living languages, some, like Abaga, are
spoken by as few as five(!) people.

Papua New Guinea. 6,070,000. Papuan
78%, Melanesian 20%. National or official
languages: Hiri Motu, Tok Pisin, English.
600 islands. Literacy rate: 32%-43%. Also
includes Chinese, and languages of the
Philippines and India. Information mainly
from }. Anceaux 1961; L. Carrington 1996;
K. Franklin 1968; A. Healey 1964; B. Hooley
1971; B. Hooley and K. McElhanon 1970;
K. McElhanon 1970, 1978; M. Ross 1988;
G. Sankoff 1968; R. Shaw 1973, 1981; SIL

1971-2008; S. Wurm and S. Hattori 1981; J.
Z'Graggen 1969, 1971, 1975. Blind popu-
lation: 12,500. The number of individual
languages listed for Papua New Guinea is
841. Of those, 830 are living languages and
1 1 have no known speakers.

NEW GUINEA 800 LANGUAGES

Robin Ian MacDonald Dunbar (born June
28, 1947) is a British anthropologist and
evolutionary psychologist and a specialist in
primate behaviour. He is currently Professor
of Evolutionary Psychology and head of
the Social and Evolutionary Neuroscience
Research Group in the Department of Ex-
perimental Psychology at the University of
Oxford. From 2007-2012, he was Profes-
sor of Evolutionary Anthropology and the
Director of the Institute of Cognitive and
Evolutionary Anthropology at the Universi-
ty of Oxford and the Co-director of the Brit-
ish Academy Centenary Research Project.
He is best known for formulating Dunbar's
number, roughly 150, a measurement of the
"cognitive limit to the number of individu-
als with whom any one person can maintain
stable relationships"

Dunbar is an anthropologist at the Univer-
sity College of London, who wrote a paper
on Co-Evolution Of Neocortex Size, Group
Size And Language In Humans where he
hypothesizes:

... there is a cognitive limit to the number
of individuals with whom any one person
can maintain stable relationships, that this
limit is a direct function of relative neocor-
tex size, and that this in turn limits group
size ... the limit imposed by neocortical
processing capacity is simply on the number

CROUP SIZE - DUNBAR S NUMBER

of individuals with whom a stable inter-per-
sonal relationship can be maintained.

Beginning with the assumption that the
current mean size of the human neocortex
had developed about 250,000 years ago,
during the Pleistocene, Dunbar searched the
anthropological and ethnographical litera-
ture for census-like group size information
for various hunter-gatherer societies, the
closest existing approximations to how
anthropology reconstructs the Pleistocene
societies. Dunbar noted that the groups fell
into three categories — small, medium and
large, equivalent to bands, cultural lineage
groups and tribes — with respective size
ranges of 30-50, 100-200 and 500-2500
members each.

Dunbar's surveys of village and tribe sizes
also appeared to approximate this predicted
value, including 150 as the estimated size
of a Neolithic farming village; 150 as the
splitting point of Hutterite settlements; 200
as the upper bound on the number of aca-
demics in a discipline's sub-specialization;
150 as the basic unit size of professional
armies in Roman antiquity and in modern
times since the 1 6th century; and notions of
appropriate company size.

Dunbar has argued that 150 would be the
mean group size only for communities with
a very high incentive to remain together.
For a group of this size to remain cohesive,
Dunbar speculated that as much as 42% of
the group's time would have to be devoted
to social grooming. Correspondingly, only
groups under intense survival pressure, [ci-
tation needed] such as subsistence villages,
nomadic tribes, and historical military
groupings, have, on average, achieved the
150-member mark. Moreover, Dunbar noted
that such groups are almost always physi-
cally close: "... we might expect the upper

limit on group size to depend on the degree
of social dispersal. In dispersed societies,
individuals will meet less often and will
thus be less familiar with each, so group
sizes should be smaller in consequence."
Thus, the 150-member group would occur
only because of absolute necessity — due
to intense environmental and economic
pressures.

Dunbar, in Grooming, Gossip, and the Evo-
lution of Language, proposes furthermore
that language may have arisen as a "cheap"
means of social grooming, allowing early
humans to efficiently maintain social cohe-
sion. Without language, Dunbar speculates,
humans would have to expend nearly half
their time on social grooming, which would
have made productive, cooperative effort
nearly impossible. Language may have
allowed societies to remain cohesive, while
reducing the need for physical and social
intimacy. [6]

Dunbar supports this hypothesis through
studies by a number of field anthropologists.
These studies measure the group size of a
variety of different primates; Dunbar then
correlate those group sizes to the brain sizes
of the primates to produce a mathematical
formula for how the two correspond. Using
his formula, which is based on 36 primates,
he predicts that 147.8 is the "mean group
size" for humans, which matches census
data on various village and tribe sizes in
many cultures.

Lately, Dunbar's number has been
taken as a mean size for online net-
works and groups, as shown in Ross
Mayfields Weblog, where he states:

Ultima Online provides one of the best ex-
amples of what sizes an online community

will support because it's well documented
and the overall game size is large enough
to generate many smaller communities. If
you look at Raph Roster's statistics for the
size of groups in Ultima Online, you will
see a definite point of diminishing returns at
around 150; however, you will also see that
most groups are around 60 large.

|NtLinwk |Si£t

Dl-:, trillion

jDislrtbuliuiL

IPoitkui XrCwinfc \- lOCKb

3!^. jv mare i :;?J;j

IPowct law (xriilr Sin)

| Social XeLwwfc j- 150

jBLu^ai^ Classic

|&rS tuif (xmJuni)

|CiHiiivf Nctwuck |- 32

3:v.:. J 1 ." diiuin tuuvnuaL

uq jDenrc equal

Dunbar's Number Ricked My Ass in Face-
book Friends Experiment

In trying to disprove Dunbar's number,
I actually proved it. I proved that even if
you're aware of Dunbar's number, and even
if you set aside a chunk of your life specifi-
cally to broaden your social capital, you can
only maintain so many friendships. And "so
many" is fewer than 200.

GROUP SIZE - DUNBAR S NUMBER

TOUMAI FIRST HUMANS - TCHAD

Discovered by Ahounta Djimdoumalbaye in
2001 in Chad, in the southern Sahara desert
(Brunet et al. 2002, Wood 2002). Based on
faunal studies, it is estimated to be between
6 and 7 million years old, and more likely in
the older part of that range. This is a mostly
complete cranium with a small brain (be-
tween 320 and 380 cc) comparable in size to
that of chimpanzees.

No bones below the skull have been discov-
ered yet, so it is not known whether Toumai
was bipedal or not. Brunet et al. say that it
would be a not unreasonable inference that
it was a habitual biped because it shares
characteristics with other hominids known
to be bipedal. Other scientists have pointed
out the foramen magnum (the hole through
which the spinal cord exits the skull) of
Toumai is positioned towards the back of
the skull as in apes, indicating that the skull
was held forward and not balanced on top of
an erect body.

Brunet et al. consider Toumai to be a homi-
nid, that is, on our side of the chimp-human
split and therefore more closely related to
us than to chimps. This is not at all certain.
Some scientists think it probable; others
have suggested that it may come from be-
fore the point at which hominids separated
from chimps, while Brigitte Senut (one of
the discoverers of Orrorin tugenensis, "Mil-
lennium Man") has suggested that it may
be an early gorilla. It is, I think, impossible
to know how Toumai is related to us until
other fossils can be found from the same
time period.

Whatever it is, all scientists have been in
agreement with its finders that Toumai is a
find of major significance.

Michel Brunet of the University of Poitiers
in France and his international team,

Mission Paleoanthropologique Franco
Tchadienne, found the cranium, teeth, and
jaw fragments of the primate in the Djurab
Desert in northern Chad- far from South
Africa and the Rift Valley of East Africa,
where humans are largely thought to have
evolved.

But even more surprising is the skull's
puzzling mix of primitive and advanced
characteristics, which is causing a stir of
controversy among anthropologists. While
its small braincase is apelike, its face and
teeth are more human than much younger
fossils such as the famous australopithecine
Lucy dated at about 3.2 million years old.
This doesn't fit into the prevailing linear
model of human evolution.

The researchers have nicknamed the fossil
Toumai, or "hope of life" in the local Goran
language. If future research proves the spec-
imen is indeed an early human, and walked
on two legs, then Toumai will surely stand
up to today's acclaim and breathe new life
into the quest to understand human origins.

Evolutionary history of the primates can
be traced back 65 million years. The oldest
known primate-like mammal species, the
Plesiadapis, came from North America, but
they were widespread in Eurasia and Africa
during the tropical conditions of the Paleo-
cene and Eocene.

Age (million Europe Africa Asia Americas.

bergensis which may be the direct
ancestor of both Homo neandertha-
lensis and Homo sapiens. H. heidel-
bergensis (Heidelberg Man) lived
from about 800,000 to about 300,000
years ago.

TOUMAI FIRST HUMANS - TCHAD

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Chutzpah 911 2001 World War IV World History 2015 V 1"

See other formats